NLC India 810 MW Solar Project Tender
NLC India 810 MW Solar Project Tender
TENDER DOCUMENT
FOR
BOS WORKS FOR SETTING UP OF 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) SOLAR
PROJECT IN RVUNL SOLAR PARK AT PUGAL, BIKANER DISTRICT,
RAJASTHAN UNDER ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT (EXCLUDING SUPPLY
OF SOLAR PV MODULES) & CONSTRUCTION WITH O&M FOR A PERIOD OF
03 YEARS
VOLUME – IA
Phone: 04142-212308/218588
Website: [Link] E-Mail: [Link]@[Link]
Registered Office: 135, E.V.R. Periyar High Road, Kilpauk, Chennai- 810 010.
Page 1 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
OVERALL CONTENTS
3. II Technical Specification
Page 2 of 115
Page 2 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
VOLUME – IA
COMMERCIAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Sections Description Page No.
SCHEDULE OF TENDER (SOT)
Section 1 NOTICE INVITING BID
1.0 Invitation for Bid 9
1.1 Brief Scope of Work 10
2.0 Pre-Qualification Requirement (PQR) for the Bidders 10
3.0 Documentary Evidence 13
4.0 Notes 13
5.0 Other Conditions 15
6.0 Public Procurement Policy (Preference to Make in India) 16
7.0 Time Schedule 23
8.0 Bid Guarantee 23
9.0 Bid Submission & Opening conditions 24
10.0 Special Note and Information Regarding the Tender 25
Section 2 GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION
2.0 General Project Information 28
Section 3 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
3.1 Introduction 29
3.2 Language of the Bid 30
3.3 Scope of Work 30
3.4 Time Schedule 31
3.5 Tender Specifications 31
3.6 Instruction to bidders for submission of Online Bids through E- 31
Tender
Page 3 of 115
Page 3 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 4 of 115
Page 4 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
ANNEXURES TO SECTION-3
ANNEXURES DESCRIPTION Page No.
SECTION – 4
LIST OF FORMS
[Link] Details Page No.
I PRE-QUALIFYING REQUIREMENT FORMS
1 Pre-Qualifying Requirement (PQR) 80
2 Group Company / Holding Company/Subsidiary company details 84
3 Bidder‟s experience 85
4 Bid Guarantee 87
5 Cost of Tender Document 89
II Technical Forms
1 Acceptance for Technical Specification and Conditions 90
2 Sub vendors to be proposed by the bidder for the project 91
Page 5 of 115
Page 5 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
SECTION – 5
SCHEDULES
Page 6 of 115
Page 6 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
LIST OF ACRONYMS
Page 7 of 115
Page 7 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
*********
Page 8 of 115
Page 8 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
SECTION – 1
NOTICE INVITING BID
DOMESTIC COMPETITIVE BIDDING
Online Bids in English are invited by NLC India Limited, Neyveli on behalf of NLC
INDIA RENEWABLES LIMITED(NIRL) for “BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW
(410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Ramsar Chhota,
Bandarewala & Barala ,Tehsil Pugal, District Bikaner, Rajasthan Under Engineering,
Procurement (Excluding Supply Of Solar Pv Modules) & Construction along with
O&M for a period of 03 Years” in Two Part system (Part-I and Part-II) followed by
Reverse Bidding.
i) BOS package of 810MW is intended to develop as a two blocks (Block 1 -
410MW & Block 2 - 400MW).
ii) This 810 MW Solar Power Project is intended to be developed by NLCIL through
its wholly owned subsidiary M/s. NLC India Renewable Energy Limited as details
given below.
Page 9 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
TECHNICAL CRITERIA:
Bidder shall meet the technical requirements either in clause 2.1 or 2.2 or 2.3 or 2.4
below:
2.1. Route-I:
The Bidder should have designed, supplied, erected/ supervised erection and
commissioned/ supervised commissioning of Balance of System Package/ Solar power
Page 10 of 115
Page 10 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
project for Solar Photo Voltaic (SPV) based grid connected power plant(s) of cumulative
installed capacity of 40MWp or higher in maximum of 4 agreements/orders, out of which at
least one plant should have been of 10 MWp or higher capacity. The reference plant of
10MWp or higher capacity must have been in successful operation for at least six (6)
months prior to the date of techno-commercial bid opening (i.e., Part-I Bid Opening).
2.2. Route-II
The Bidder should be a developer of Solar Photo Voltaic (SPV) based grid connected
power plant(s) of cumulative installed capacity of 40 MWp or higher in maximum of 4
agreements/orders, out of which at least one plant should have been of 10 MWp or higher
capacity. The reference plant of 10 MWp or higher capacity must have been in successful
operation for at least six (6) months prior to the date of techno-commercial bid opening
(i.e., Part-I Bid Opening).
2.3. Route-III:
[Link] Bidder should have executed in the last ten (10) years an industrial project either as
developer or as EPC Contractor in the area of Power/ Solar Power/ Steel/ Oil and Gas/
Petrochemicals/ Fertilizer/ Cement/ Coal mining including coal handling plant / Rail/
Ports/ Bridges/ any other Infrastructural projects of Contract value as specified in the
Table below, in a single project or single work and the same should be in successful
operation for at least one (1) year prior to the date of techno- commercial bid opening
(i.e., Part-I Bid Opening).
No of Blocks Contract value
(AND)
2.3.2. The Bidder should have executed at least one (1) Electrical Sub-station of 33 kV or above
voltage level, consisting of equipment such as 33kV or above voltage level circuit
breakers and Power transformer, either as developer or as EPC Contractor which should
be in successful operation for at least one (1) year prior to the date of techno-commercial
bid opening (i.e., Part-I Bid Opening).
Note: The works referred at clause 2.3.1 (as applicable) & 2.3.2 can be in same or
different projects.
2.4. Route-IV:
The bidder should be an Indian company registered in India and should be a Group
Company/Holding Company/ Subsidiary Company of a firm meeting the requirement
stipulated in clause 2.1 (Route-I) or 2.2 (Route-II) or 2.3 (Route-III) above. In such a case,
Bidder shall furnish a Joint Deed of Undertaking (JDU) jointly executed by the firm
Page 11 of 115
Page 11 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
qualified as per the clause 2.1 (Route-I) or 2.2 (Route-II) or 2.3 (Route-III) and the Bidder
along with its bid for complete performance of the contract jointly or severally as per the
format enclosed in the bid documents shall only be furnished without financial backup BG
in the bid document failing which the Bidder‟s bid will be rejected.
2.5. Financial Criteria:
[Link] Bidder shall have Positive Net Worth as per the latest audited financial statements
individually.
[Link] average annual turnover of the Bidder, should not be less than as mentioned in the
table below, during the preceding three (3) financial years as on the original scheduled
date of tender opening.
No of Blocks Annual turnover
a. Copies of the unaudited unconsolidated financial statements of the Bidder along with
copies of the audited consolidated financial statements of its Holding Company and
Certificate from the CEO/ CFO of the Holding Company, as per the format enclosed in
the bidding documents, stating that the unaudited unconsolidated financial statements
form part of the consolidated financial statement of the Holding Company.
b. In case where audited results for the last financial year as on date of techno
Page 12 of 115
Page 12 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
commercial bid opening are not available, the financial results certified by a practicing
Chartered Accountant shall be considered acceptable. In case the Bidder is not able to
submit the Certificate from a practicing Chartered Accountant certifying its financial
parameters, the audited result of preceding three (3) consecutive financial years as on
the original scheduled date of tender opening shall be considered for evaluating
financial parameters. Further, a certificate would be required from the CEO/CFO as
per the format enclosed in the bidding documents stating that the financial results of
the company are under audit as on techno commercial bid opening and the Certificate
from a practicing Chartered Accountant certifying the financial parameters is not
available.
4.0 Notes:
4.1. The Bidder or Group Company or Holding Company or Subsidiary Company as the case
may be, shall attach documentary evidence to prove that the qualifying requirements
mentioned in Clause no: 2.1 or 2.2 or 2.3 above are met by him / them, along with the bid
in the form of user certificate along with copy LOA/Work order / Contract agreement
together with full contact details for verification.
4.2. The bidder or the bidder with Group Company or Holding Company or Subsidiary
Company, as the case may be, shall furnish their audited profit and loss accounts and
balance sheets for the last three (3) consecutive financial years.
4.3. The Bidder shall submit End User Certificate which is subject to verification for
qualification. In case the bidder furnishes the end user certificates showing the
experiences of their subsidiary or group companies or companies under the same
Management, a confirmation from the firm which is having the experience in this regard
is to be enclosed along with end user certificate. In case of end user certificates are
Page 13 of 115
Page 13 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
furnished by the Bidder from the subsidiary or group companies or companies under the
same Management, in addition to End User Confirmation, NLCIL/NIRL reserves the
right to inspect such installations where such certificates are obtained by the Bidder, only
if the Bidder facilitates necessary inspection of such installation by the purchaser. The
subsidiaries/group companies will submit an undertaking for extending necessary
support/expertise to the bidder for execution of the project. NLCIL/NIRL reserves the
right to verify the credentials submitted by the bidders. However, cost pertaining to the
purchaser‟s personnel for such inspection shall be borne by the purchaser.
4.4. NLCIL/NIRL reserves the right to inspect the plant(s) referred to by the bidders as well as
the original documents submitted in support of their claim to assess its veracity.
4.5. The bidder shall furnish major legal cases and their statutory liabilities if any.
4.6. The bidder shall also possess a valid certificate of registration under GST and the same
should be furnished along with tender documents.
4.7. The bidder should have (obtained / holder of) the Permanent Account Number (PAN)
under the income tax act and production of the documents relating to same are
mandatory. To ensure that the bidder is not a defaulter in payment of income tax as
evidenced by income tax assessment records for four consecutive years prior to bidding,
it is mandatory for the bidder to provide the self-attested printout of the online IT
Statement indicating zero tax liabilities for four consecutive years prior to bidding along
with the tender documents. NLCIL/NIRL reserves the right to send the same to the
income tax department for verification. (In this regard, the bidder can seek the help of the
auditor in case of any doubt or otherwise.)
4.8. In case of participation by the Bidder with Group Company or Holding Company or
Subsidiary Company as the case may be, the above clauses (4.5), (4.6) and (4.7) shall be
applicable to the partners also.
4.9. The Project Consultant for this tender shall not be a Bidder for same tender. If a bidder
from a Group of Company /Subsidiary company /Holding Company is the Project
Consultant for this tender, any bidder from the same group of company cannot be a
bidder for the same tender.
4.10. If the Bids submitted by both the Main contractor and Sub contractor claiming the same
experience, then the bid submitted by the Main Contractor alone shall be considered for
further evaluation for that experience. The bid submitted by the Sub-Contractor shall not
be considered for that experience claimed by main Contractor.
4.11. In case, if a bidder meets the technical QR but could not furnish his /their audited
financial statement of three consecutive financial years preceding the last financial year
for evaluating the average Annual turnover, due to the incorporation / formation of the
bidder, with in a period of less than 3 years from the original scheduled date of tender
opening, then, such bidder shall also be considered and the Average annual turnover of
such bidder shall be arrived at as below:
4.11.1. If the bidder furnished audited financial statement (Profit & Loss Account and Balance
Sheet) for the last financial year only, then such bidder‟s average Annual turnover shall
Page 14 of 115
Page 14 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 15 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 16 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
(iv) Non-Local Supplier‟ means a supplier or service provider whose goods, services or
works offered for procurement has local content less than that prescribed for
„Class-II local supplier‟ under order dt. 16.09.2020.
(v) Minimum local content: The „Local Content‟ requirement to categorize a supplier
as „Class-I Local Supplier‟ is equal or more than 50%. For „Class – II Local
Supplier‟, the „Local Content‟ requirement is equal or more than 20%. For the
items, for which Nodal Ministry Department has not prescribed higher minimum
local content notification under the Order, it shall be 50% and 20% for Class – I
local supplier / Class – II local supplier respectively.
(vi) „RL1‟ means the lowest tender or lowest bid or the lowest quotation received in a
tender, bidding process or other procurement solicitation as adjusted in the
evaluation process as per the tender or other procurement solicitation.
(vii) „Margin of purchase preference‟ means the maximum extent to which the price
quoted by a „Class-I local supplier‟ may be above the RL1 for the purpose of
purchase preference.
(viii) „Nodal Ministry‟ means the Ministry of Department identified pursuant to this
order in respect of a particular item of goods or services or works.
(ix) „Procuring entity‟ means a Ministry or department or attached or subordinate office
of, or autonomous body controlled by the Government of India and includes
Government companies as defined in the Companies Act.
(x) „Works‟ means all works as per Rule 130 of GFR-2017, and will also include
„turnkey works‟
6.1 ELIGIBILITY CLASS: Only Class-I local suppliers are eligible to participate in this
Tender.
6.2 MARGIN OF PURCHASE PREFERENCE: Not Applicable
6.3 Verification of local content:
a. The „Class-I local supplier‟ at the time of tender, bidding or solicitation shall be
required to indicate percentage of local content and provide self-certification that
the item offered meets the local content requirement for „Class-I local supplier‟, as
the case may be. They shall also give details of the location(s) at which the local
value addition is made.
b. In cases of procurement for a value in excess of Rs.10 crores, the „Class-I local
supplier‟ shall be required to provide a certificate from the statutory auditor or cost
auditor of the company (in the case of companies) or from a practicing cost
accountant or practicing chartered accountant (in respect of suppliers other than
companies) giving the percentage of local content.
c. False declarations will be in breach of the Code of Integrity under Rule
175(1)(i)(h) of the General Financial Rules for which a bidder or its successors can
be debarred for up to two years as per the Rule 151(iii) of the General Financial
Rules along with such other actions as may be permissible under law.
Page 17 of 115
Page 17 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
d. A supplier who has been debarred by any procuring entity for violation of this
order shall not be eligible for preference under this Order for procurement by any
other procuring entity for the duration of the debarment. The debarment for such
other procuring entities shall take effect prospectively from the date on which it
comes to the notice of other procurement entities.
e. The bidder shall give self-certification for local content in the quoted item
(goods/works/services) at the time of tendering. However, at the time of execution
of the project, for all contracts above INR 10 Crore, the contractor/ supplier shall
be required to give local content certification duly certified by cost/ chartered
accountant in practice. For cases where it is not possible to provide certification by
Cost/Chartered Accountant at the time of execution of project, the supplier shall be
permitted to provide the certificate for local content from Cost/ Chartered
Accountant after completion of the contract, within time limit acceptable to the
procuring entity. In case the contractor/ supplier does not meet the stipulated local
content requirement and the category of the supplier changes from Class-I to
Class-Il/ Non-local or from Class-Il to Non-local, a penalty upto 10% of the
contract value may be imposed. However, contract once awarded shall not be
terminated on this account
6.4 RECIPROCITY CLAUSE:
i. Entities of Countries which have been identified by the nodal Ministry / Department
as not allowing Indian companies to participate in their Government procurement
for any item related to that nodal Ministry shall not be allowed to participate in
Government procurement in India for all items related to that nodal Ministry /
Department, except for the list of items published by the Ministry / Department
permitting their participation.
ii. The term „entity‟ of a country shall have the same meaning as under the FDI policy of
DPIIT as amended from time to time.
Page 18 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
border with India will be eligible to bid in any procurement whether of goods,
services (including consultancy services and non-consultancy services) or works
(including turnkey projects) only if the bidder is registered with the specified
Competent Authority.
iii) The requirement of registration for cases covered by paragraph (i) above has been
applicable since 23.07.2020. The requirement of registration for bidders covered by
paragraph (ii) above will be applicable for all procurements where tenders are
issued/published after 01.04.2023.
II. Definitions:
1. “Bidder” (including the term „tenderer‟, „consultant‟ or „vendor‟ or „service
provider‟ in certain contexts) means any person or firm or company, including any
member of a consortium or joint venture (that is an association of several persons,
or firms or companies), every artificial juridical person not falling in any of the
descriptions of bidders stated hereinbefore, including any agency branch or office
controlled by such person, participating in a procurement process.
2. "Tender'' for the purpose of the Order will include other forms of procurement,
except where the context requires otherwise.
3. ''Transfer of Technology" means dissemination and transfer of all forms of
commercially usable knowledge such as transfer of know-how, skills, technical
expertise, designs, processes and procedures, trade secrets, which enables the
acquirer of such technology to perform activities using the transferred technology
independently. (Matters of interpretation of this term shall be referred to the
Registration Committee constituted by the Department for Promotion of Industry
and Internal Trade, and the interpretation of the Committee shall be final.)
4. "Specified Transfer of Technology" means a transfer of technology in the sectors
and/ or technologies, specified in paragraph 15, occurring on or after 23.07.2020.
III. “Bidder (or entity) from a country which shares a land border with India” for the
purpose of this Order means:
a. An entity incorporated, established or registered in such a country; or
b. A subsidiary of an entity incorporated, established or registered in such a country; or
c. An entity substantially controlled through entities incorporated, established or
registered in such a country; or
d. An entity whose beneficial owner is situated in such a country; or
e. An Indian (or other) agent of such an entity; or
f. A natural person who is a citizen of such a country; or
Page 19 of 115
Page 19 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
g. A consortium or joint venture where any member of the consortium or joint venture
falls under any of the above.
IV. The beneficial owner for the purpose of (iii) above will be as under:
1. In case of a company or Limited Liability Partnership, the beneficial owner is the
natural person(s), who, whether acting alone or together, or through one or more
juridical person(s), has a controlling ownership interest or who exercises control
through other means
Explanation –
a. “Controlling ownership interest” means ownership of, or entitlement to, more
than twenty-five per cent of shares or capital or profits of the company.
b. “Control” shall include the right to appoint majority of the directors or to
control the management or policy decisions, including by virtue of their
shareholding or management rights or shareholders agreements or voting
agreements.
2. In case of a partnership firm, the beneficial owner is the natural person(s) who,
whether acting alone or together, or through one or more juridical person, has
ownership of entitlement to more than fifteen percent of capital or profits of the
partnership.
3. In case of an unincorporated association or body of individuals, the beneficial
owner is the natural person(s), who, whether acting alone or together; or through
one or more juridical person, has ownership of or entitlement to more than fifteen
percent of the property or capital or profits of such association or body of
individuals.
4. Where no natural person is identified under (1) or (2) or (3) above, the beneficial
owner is the relevant natural person who holds the position of senior managing
official.
5. In case of a trust, the identification of beneficial owner(s) shall include
identification of the author of the trust, the trustee, the beneficiaries with fifteen
percent or more interest in the trust and any other natural person exercising
ultimate effective control over the trust through a chain of control or ownership.
V. An Agent is a person employed to do any act for another, or to represent another in
dealings with third persons.
Note:
i. A person who procures and supplies finished goods from an entity from a country
which shares a land border with India will, regardless of the nature of his legal or
commercial relationship with the producer of the goods, be deemed to be an Agent
for the purpose of this Order.
Page 20 of 115
Page 20 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
ii. However, a bidder who only procures raw material, components etc. from an entity
from a country which shares a land border with India and then manufactures or
converts them into other goods will not be treated as an Agent.
VI. The successful bidder shall not be allowed to sub-contract works to any contractor from
a country which shares a land border with India unless such contractor is registered
with the Competent Authority.
VII. i. Bidder is permitted to procure raw material, components, sub-assemblies etc. from
the vendors from countries which shares a land border with India. Such vendors will
not be required to be registered with the Competent Authority, as it is not regarded
as "sub-contracting".
ii. However, in case a bidder has proposed to supply finished goods procured
directly/indirectly from the vendors from the countries sharing land border with
lndia, such vendor will be required to be registered with the Competent Authority.
VIII. Procurement of spare parts and other essential service support like Annual Maintenance
Contract (AMC)/Comprehensive Maintenance Contract (CMC), including consumables
for closed systems, from Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) or their
authorized agents, shall be exempted from the requirement of registration as mandated
under Rule 144(xi) of GFRs 2017 and Public Procurement Orders issued in this regard.
6.6 Model Certificate
“I have read the clause regarding restrictions on procurement from a bidder of a country
which shares a land border with India; I certify that this bidder is not from such a
country or, if from such a country, has been registered with the Competent Authority. I
hereby certify that this bidder fulfils all requirements in this regard and is eligible to be
considered. [Where applicable, evidence of valid registration by Competent Authority
shall be attached].
6.6.1 Model Certificate for Works involving possibility of sub-contracting
“I have read the clause regarding restrictions on procurement from a bidder of a country
which shares a land border with India and on sub-contracting to contractors from such
countries; I certify that this bidder is not from such a country or, if from such a country,
has been registered with the Competent Authority and will not sub-contract any work to
a contractor from such countries unless such contractor is registered with the Competent
Authority. I hereby certify that this bidder fulfils all requirements in this regard and is
eligible to be considered. [Where applicable, evidence of valid registration by the
Competent Authority shall be attached].
The above said order will not apply to bidders from those countries (even if sharing a
land border with India) to which, Govt. of India has extended lines of credit or in which,
and the Govt. of India is engaged in development projects (Order Public Procurement
No.2).
Page 21 of 115
Page 21 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
6.9 Bidder is also requested to confirm the compliance of MNRE vide order No F. No.
283/22/2019-GRID SOLAR Dt 23.09.2020 with regard to the Class-I local supplier.
Note:
The Bidders are requested to note that the bids will be evaluated taking into consideration
of compliance to the orders mentioned in the above Clauses.
Page 22 of 115
Page 22 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 23 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
vii. Acceptance of insurance surety bond: The bidders can furnish the various type of
securities (Bid guarantee, CPBG, O&M BG, DLP, AMC BG for Inverter, SCADA,
CCTV and Dry robotic cleaning system) either Bank guarantee or in form of insurance
surety bond.
Page 24 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
(iii) Bidders are requested to submit their Physical Cover containing the documents in
physical form as listed in [Link].3 of the table above within the last date and time of
receipt of Bids at the Office of the Chief General Manager / Contracts, Corporate Office,
Block-1, NLC India Limited, Nevyeli-607801, Tamil Nadu, India.
(iv) Any Bid submitted without Cost of tender document and Bid Guarantee or submitted
with part amount, or any request to adjust it in any other bills etc., or seeking exemption
shall be treated as non-responsive offer and their offer will not be considered for further
evaluation.
(v) Part-I and Physical cover shall be opened on the scheduled date of tender
opening. The offers/bids of the bidders who satisfy the conditions of Bid Guarantee and
Cost of tender document shall be considered for further evaluation on QR aspects.
The bidder is to note that the Bank commission charges will be to the account of the
bidder and the net amount transferred to NIRL account shall be equal to the cost of the
tender document. The qualification of bidder is subject to receipt of cost of the tender
Page 25 of 115
Page 25 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 26 of 115
Page 26 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 27 of 115
Page 27 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
SECTION – 2
*********
Page 28 of 115
Page 28 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
SECTION – 3
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
3.1 Introduction
NLC INDIA LIMITED (formerly Neyveli Lignite Corporation Limited) (NLCIL) is a
Navratna, Government of India Enterprise registered under the Indian Companies Act 1956,
engaged in mining of lignite and power generation in Neyveli, Tamil Nadu State and
Barsingsar, Rajasthan State in India. NLCIL views its business as an opportunity to set up
the mechanisms for sustainable socio-economic development of its operating regions and
also for contributing to the Nation Building Efforts.
A pioneer among the public sector undertakings in energy sector, NLCIL operates:
Three highly mechanized opencast Lignite Mines (28.5 Million Tonnes per Annum) at
Neyveli and one Lignite Mine (2.1 Million Tonnes per Annum) at Barsingsar, Rajasthan
with a total capacity of 30.6 MTPA.
Talabira II & III Coal Block (20 MTPA), Odisha, allotted to NLCIL as linked mine to
proposed Odisha Thermal Power Project and operating Thermal Power Plant of NTPL at
Tuticorin.
Four Lignite based Thermal Power Stations (3,390 Mega Watt) in Neyveli and one
Lignite based Thermal Power Plant in Barsingsar, Rajasthan (250 Mega Watt) with a total
capacity of 3,640 MW.
On green energy front it operates a Solar Power Plant of 141.06 MW (130MW+10
MW+1.06 MW) capacity at Neyveli.
Solar Power Plant of 500 MW commissioned in 2018-19 and 709 MW commissioned in
2019-20 in various districts of Tamil Nadu.
20 MW capacity Solar Power Project was commissioned May 2020 at Andaman&
Nicobar Islands.
Wind Power Plant of 51 MW at Kazhuneerkulam, Tirunelveli, Tamil Nadu.
A coal based Thermal Power Station of 1000 MW - NTPL at Tuticorin, Tamil Nadu as a
joint venture between NLC India Limited and TANGEDCO (89:11).
ON GOING PROJECTS:
Expansion of Mine-IA (From 3.0 MTPA to 7.0 MTPA) at Neyveli.
Pachwara South Coal Block (11 MTPA), Jharkhand, allotted by GOI as a linked mine to
NUPPL – A JV between NLCIL & UPRVUNL (51:49)
NLC India Limited has also formed a Joint Venture (JV) company with Uttar Pradesh
Rajya Vidut Utpadan Nigam Limited (UPRVUNL) in the name of Neyveli Uttar Pradesh
Power Limited (NUPPL) to set up a coal based supercritical power plant with a capacity
of 1980 MW (3 x 660 MW) in the state of Uttar Pradesh at Ghatampur Tehsil, Kanpur
Nagar.
Page 29 of 115
Page 29 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
NLC India Limited also formed a Joint Venture Company with Coal India Ltd (CIL), in
the name of 'Coal Lignite Urja Vikas Private Limited, (CLUVPL)', incorporated on
10.11.2020 to venture into various Solar and Thermal Power projects across India around
5000 MW.
NLCIL has envisaged to enhance the Renewable Energy installed capacity to 6031 MW
by 2030.
NLCIL executing development of 600 MW Solar Power Project in GSECL‟s Solar Park
at Khavda (GSECL Phase-II).
For more details on the activities of NLCIL, please refer to [Link].
3.2 Language of the Bid
The Bid, prepared by the Bidder and all correspondence and documents relating to the
Bid, exchanged by the Bidder and the Purchaser shall be written in the English language.
Any printed literature/material furnished by the Bidder in any other language shall be
accompanied by an authentic English translation of all pertinent points. For purposes of
interpretation of Bid, the English translation shall govern.
3.3 Brief Scope of Work
The entire scope of work (excluding supply of Solar PV Modules) shall be carried out by
the contractor on Lump-sum turnkey basis.
The scope of work includes the Design, Engineering, Site development, Manufacture,
Inspection at supplier‟s works, Supply, Insurance, Transport, Storage, Erection,
Installation, Testing & Commissioning of the total capacity of 410MW/400MW SPP and
the Evacuation System up to the Point of Connection (i.e., 33KV side of 33/400KV Park
Pooling Sub Station (PSS)) Except Supply of Solar PV Modules.
The scope also includes necessary arrangements and support to enable SPD to Declare
Scheduled Commercial Operation Date (SCOD) after entire commissioning of SPP with
DC overloading and conducting PG Test for 90 days. The scope also includes Operation &
Maintenance (O&M) of entire SPP up to Point of connection, at free of cost for the
warranty period of 12 months from SCOD and paid O&M for 3 years from the date of
completion of the warranty period. In addition, Scope also includes, Annual Maintenance
Contract (AMC) of Inverter, SCADA, CCTV and Dry robotic cleaning system for Six (6)
years starting from 5th year to 10th year (i.e., on completion of 03 years paid O&M of
410MW/400MW SPP).
This Scope of Work is indicative only. Detailed Scope of Work is contained in Volume-
II (Technical Specification).
Page 30 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
be considered as 12 months from the date of LOA. If single bidder awarded both
the blocks, the time schedule shall remain same as 12 months for the both the blocks
(Block 1 - 410MW & Block 2 - 400MW).
b. One-year warranty period from Commercial Operation Date (SCOD) of each block
of the project (Block 1 - 410MW & Block 2 - 400MW).
3.5 Tender Specifications:
The scope of contract, bidding procedures and contract terms are prescribed in the
Tender Specifications. The Tender Specifications comprise, interalia, the following
volumes:
Volume – IA : Invitation for Bid
Volume – IB : Commercial – Draft Contract
Volume – II : Technical Specification
The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the
Tender Specifications including clarifications/corrigendum/amendments for
completeness and obtain clarifications, if any, from Purchaser.
3.6 Instruction to bidders for submission of Online bids through E-Tender
Bidders/Firms are requested to read the terms & conditions of this tender before
submitting their online bids. In this document the terms “bidders” and “Bidders/firms”
mean the one and same.
3.6.1 Pre-requisites for accessing NLCIL Website:
A. Software Requirements:
Operating system: Windows 7 & above.
Web browser: Google Chrome or Firefox or Edge or Internet Explorer 11 or
above.
Java JRE: JRE 1.8 or above.
PDF reader: Adobe Acrobat Reader 8 or above.
B. Digital Certificate:
Bidder should have a legally valid CLASS III Digital Certificates (i) Digital
Signature, non-repudiation certificate (used for Signing) and (ii) Key
Encipherment Certificate (used for encrypting Bid Document) with
Organization name from any of the licensed Certifying Authorities (CA)
operating under the Root Certifying Authority of India (RCAI), Controller of
Certifying Authorities (CCA) of India.
Ensure that all necessary trust certificates and drivers are installed as per CA‟s
instruction and working properly. For detailed guidance about browser and Java
configuration the bidders are advised to go through the guide available in the
Page 31 of 115
Page 31 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
3.6.2 Enrollment:
Bidders interested to participate in the tender require to complete the enrollment process
at NeAT [Link] to create their account / user id and password, if
not done already.
Bidder(s) having a valid NeAT account with user id and password can only submit
his/their bids online electronically. Bidders are required to make their own arrangement
for bidding from a computer connected with Internet. NLCIL/NIRL shall not be
responsible for making such arrangements.
3.6.3 Payment of Tender Fee/ Cost of Tender document: Rs.20,000/- (Rupees Twenty
Thousand only).
3.6.4 Bidding Process:
A. Preparation of Bid
(i) The Bidder will be able to prepare his TECHNICAL AND COMMERCIAL BID
and PRICE BID through online using the respective forms in the system. For
Guidelines, please refer to the help in the Portal.
(ii) Before submission of bid, the Bidder can edit and save his bid any number of
times till closing time for submission of the bid.
(iii) After submission of bid, if Bidder wants to edit his submitted bid, then he has to
first delete his submitted bid and then edit his bid and resubmit before closing
time for submission of the bid. Only submitted bids will be considered for
evaluation. Any saved bids that are not submitted will be deleted by the system
after the due date of opening.
(iv) Bidder can attach files containing company profile details, scanned copies of
dealership certificate, scanned copies of technical drawings, etc., which are
required for the enquiry. The documents attached should be in PDF format.
(v) File Size: 10 MB is the maximum size of a single file that can be attached.
B. e-Bid Submission and Signing
(i) Submission of e-bids online is a two-step process. In the first step, the Techno
Commercial bid and Price bid (Schedule of Price-F1) have to be filled and
submitted. In the second step, these bids have to be digitally signed using
Bidder‟s Digital Signature Certificate.
(ii) Bidder cannot submit any offer after the due date and time stipulated in the e-
Tender.
Page 32 of 115
Page 32 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
(iii) All bids submitted by Bidder can be viewed by clicking on the link “Submitted
bids” provided in the left menu of the corresponding Bidder's home page.
(iv) All notices and correspondence to the bidder(s) shall be sent by email message
only during the process till finalization of tender. Hence the bidders are required
to ensure that their email address provided at the time of registration is valid and
updated. Non-receipt of email will not entitle any bidder to lodge any claim and
no complaint in this regard shall be entertained. Bidders are also requested to
ensure validity of their DSC (Digital Signature Certificate).
(v) Bidders are advised to see the website regularly to remain updated with latest
information to ensure that they do not miss out any corrigendum /
Amendments/errata uploaded against the said e-tender after downloading the e-
tender document. The responsibility of downloading the related corrigendum, if
any, will be that of the bidders.
(vi) Submitted bids will be returned to the Bidder screen in Saved bid, if any
Corrigendum/Amendments/errata issued before the last date and time of bid
submission and intimation mail will be sent to the bidder‟s registered email id.
Bidder shall ensure the resubmission of their bid after noting of the
Corrigendum/Amendments/errata.
3.6.5 Process of e-Tender:
(i) On the scheduled date and time of tender opening, Tender Opening Committee shall
open online bids (Part-I) and Physical Cover (Part-1) Tender Opening Committee
shall confirm Compliance of Important Tender Conditions.
(ii) If a bidder desires to be present at the time of Tender Opening, he shall depute his
representative(s) (not more than two persons) in time with due authorization for
participating in the Tender Opening.
3.6.6 Bidding in e-Tender:
a. In all cases, bidder should use their own ID and Password along with Digital
Signature at the time of submission of their bid.
b. The e-tender floor shall remain open from the pre-announced date & time and for as
much duration as mentioned above.
c. All electronic bids submitted during the e-tender process shall be legally binding on
the bidder. Any bid will be considered as the valid bid offered by that bidder and
acceptance of the same by the Purchaser will form a binding contract between
Purchaser and the Bidder for execution of work.
d. It is mandatory that all the bids are submitted with digital signature certificate
otherwise the same will not be accepted by the system.
Page 33 of 115
Page 33 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 34 of 115
Page 34 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 35 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
14.30 Hrs. IST on the date fixed for tender opening. The sealed cover deposited /
delivered after the time & date fixed for the receipt of the bids shall be rejected.
a) Shri. C. Venkatraman, Additional Chief Manager / Contracts
b) Shri. Sunil Kumar, Deputy Executive Engineer / Contracts
c) Smt. D. Packia Jeeva, Asst. Executive Manager / Contracts
Page 36 of 115
Page 36 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
3.8 Part-I Bid Guarantee, Pre Qualifying Requirements and Technical & Commercial
Aspects (without prices)
3.8.1 Bid Guarantee:
i) The Bid shall be accompanied by Bid Guarantee either in the form of (a) Bank
Guarantee valid for 210 days from the date of opening of the Bids (Part-I) or
(b) Demand Draft of equivalent amount drawn in favor of “NLC India Renewables
Limited (NIRL)” payable at Neyveli, without any exception or (c) NEFT/RTGS mode to
NIRL‟s Account No. 00000020514068558, Beneficiary Name: NLC India Renewables
Ltd.,(NIRL) in State Bank of India, Branch: Neyveli Main (IFS Code No.
SBIN0000958, SWIFT Code: SBININBB457) and the remittance details with UTR
No./DD (d) in the form of Insurance Surety Bond or in the form of e - BG (Preferably)
issued by Banks through NeSL Platform shall be enclosed with the bid in Part-I failing
which the offer is liable for rejection. The bidder is to note that the Bank‟s commission
charges will be to the account of the bidder and the net amount transferred to NIRL
account shall be equal to the Bid Guarantee value as stipulated in the Tender. No other
mode of payment will be accepted.
ii) The Bank Guarantee shall be from any scheduled commercial Bank in India authorized
by Reserve Bank of India other than Bank of China, to issue such bank guarantee on a
non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value of respective state purchased in the name
of the Bank/Name of the bidder. The date of purchase of stamp paper shall be on or
before the date of execution of Bank Guarantee.
iii) Insurance surety bonds from an Insurer as per guidelines issued by Insurance Regulatory
and Development Authority of India (IRDAI).
Page 37 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
viii) The Bid Guarantee shall be forfeited and the bidder will be banned for 2 years for breach
of the following condition(s):
a) The bid has been unilaterally revoked/ revised / modified/withdrawn before expiry
of bid validity period, by the Bidder(s) (or)
b) The price(s) have been unilaterally increased or altered after the bid opening and
during validity of offer by the bidder, (or)
c) On issue of LOA by NLCIL/NIRL to the bidder, the bidder has omitted or refused to
accept the said LOA within the stated period and/or execute the Contract
Agreement, (or)
d) The Successful bidder, after issue of LOA, omitted or failed to submit Contract
Performance Guarantee within the period specified (or)
e) The bidder furnished Forged /Bogus certificates.
ix) In addition to banning the bidder for 2 years for breach of the above condition(s),
NLCIL/NIRL may resort to the following actions without prejudice to any other
remedies available at law,
1. In the event of any of the contingencies mentioned in Clause 3.8.1 viii (a) and (b),
NLCIL/NIRL shall have the right at their discretion, to reject the Bid without notice
to the Bidder(s).
2. In the event of the contingency mentioned in Clause 3.8.1 viii (c) and (d),
NLCIL/NIRL shall have the right to cancel the LOA/Contract, without notice to the
Bidder(s).
3. In the event of the contingency mentioned in Clause 3.8.1 viii (e), the Bidder will be
disqualified for the tender.
4. In addition to (1) to (3) above, NLCIL/NIRL shall also have the right to Ban the
defaulting Bidder(s) for a period of two years from participating in any of their
tenders at the discretion of NLCIL/NIRL and the decision of NLCIL/NIRL in this
regard shall be final and binding on the Bidder(s) and NLCIL/NIRL would also
inform the matter to other PSUs / Statutory Bodies.
Page 38 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Bid Guarantee submitted in the form of BG Physical mode, which cannot be verifiable
through Structured Financial Messaging System (SFMS) will be rejected summarily.
3.8.2 Pre-Qualifying Requirements (PQR) of the Bidder (Technical & Financial Criteria):
Bidder to refer Clause: 2.0 of Section-1 of Volume IA.
3.8.3 Public Procurement (Make in India): Bidder to refer Clause: 6.0 of Section-1 of
Volume IA.
3.8.4 Price Bid (Part-II)-Bidder to refer Clause 3.8.7.
3.8.5 Integrity Pact Programme:
1. NLCIL is committed to have most ethical business dealing with the Vendors, Bidders
and Contractors of goods and services and deal with them in a transparent manner with
equity and fairness.
2. NLCIL being a signatory in implementing the Integrity Pact Programme with
Transparency International India, all the bidders / contractors required to sign the
„Integrity Pact‟ during the submission of the Techno-Commercial
bids / offers (as per Annexure – E of this Volume).
3. In order to achieve these goals, NLCIL is implementing the Integrity Pact Programme
in co-operation with Central Vigilance Commission (CVC) and renowned International
Non-Governmental Organization, Transparency International India (TII).
4. The Integrity Pact Programme will cover Tenders/Contracts valued at Rs. 1 (one) Crore
Page 39 of 115
Page 39 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
or above.
5. The Integrity Pact Programme covers the following aspects.
i) Commitments and Obligations of NLCIL (Principal).
ii) Commitments and Obligations of Vendors / Bidders / Contractors
(Counterparties).
iii) Violations and Consequences.
iv) Independent External Monitors.
6. As per the Integrity Pact Programme, an “Integrity Pact”, which envisages an
agreement between the prospective Vendors, Bidders & Contractors and NLCIL,
committing the persons / officials of both parties, not to exercise any influence on any
aspect of the contract. Only those Vendors / Bidders / Contractors, who have entered
into such an “Integrity Pact” with NLCIL would be competent to participate in the
bidding. In other words, entering into this Pact would be a preliminary qualification.
7. Hence the bidder shall submit the Integrity Pact agreement duly filled and signed in his
offer enclosed in Part-I cover.
8. The format of “Integrity Pact”, which should form a part of the tender is attached as
Annexure – E of this volume.
9. The details of the Independent External Monitors of NLCIL are given below:
Sl. Name and Address E-mail
No.
1 [Link] Ram Sihag,IAS (Retd.), Email:arsihag@[Link]
D-396,Second Floor,
Defence colony,
New Delhi- 110 024.
2 Shri. Anand Deep, IRS (Retd.) Email: anand.deep117@[Link]
Flat No. 804,
Prithvi Ratan Green Apartments,
7/172, Swaroopnagar,
Kanpur – 208 002, Uttar Pradesh.
3 Shri. Prem Chand Pankaj, Email: prempankaj@[Link]
Ex-CMD/NEEPCO
M-402, Pioneer Park,
Sector-61, Golf Course Extn. Road,
Gurgaon, Haryana.
10. The main role and responsibility of IEM is to resolve issues raised by an intending
bidder regarding any aspect of the tender which allegedly restricts competition or
indicates bias towards some bidders. IEMs are expected to examine process integrity
and not expected to concern themselves with fixing of responsibility on officers.
Page 40 of 115
Page 40 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
11. However, Bidders are requested to visit NLCIL‟s website: [Link] for
changes, if any of the Independent External Monitors of NLCIL.
3.8.6 Technical & Commercial Bid (Part-I)
This part shall, interalia, include the following in the same order as listed below.
i) Covering letter clearly indicating the PQR clauses under which the bid is submitted
for BOS Works For Setting Up Of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project In
RVUNL Solar Park At Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under Engineering,
Procurement (Excluding Supply Of Solar PV Modules) & Construction With O&M
for a Period of 03 Years.
ii) Proof of remittance of cost of tender document and Bank Guarantee towards Bid
Guarantee (As per Annexure-A) or Insurance Surety Bond towards Bid guarantee
(as per Annexure – I)if applicable of this Volume.
iii) Duly filled in "Form of Bid Part-I" (As per Annexure-B of this Volume).
iv) Power of Attorney/Authorization with the seal of the company in favour of the
person signing the Bid.
v) Documentary Evidence for meeting Minimum local content as per Cl 6.3(a) & 6.3
(b) of Section 1 of Volume 1A.
vi) Joint Deed of Undertaking (JDU) as per Annexure-F of this Volume, if applicable.
vii) Documentary Evidence for meeting PQR.
viii) Integrity Pact Programme as per Annexure-E of this Volume
ix) Schedule of Prices as per Schedule – F1 along with annexures. Bidder is required
to furnish all the details called for in Notes indicated in the Tables of Schedule –
F1 in the form of separate Annexures.
x) Overall time schedule as per Schedule – F2
xi) Schedule F-3 to F-5 – NOT APPLICABLE
xii) Resource deployment schedule as per Schedule – F6
xiii) Schedule of weights and dimensions as per Schedule – F7- NOT APPLICABLE
xiv) Checklist for Bid submission
xv) Details of Sub-Contractors/Sub-Suppliers/Sub-Vendors
xvi) Quality Assurance Programme.
xvii) Technical Details to be furnished with the Bid as called for in the Technical
Specification. Bidder shall furnish the above separately in the same order as in the
relevant section of Technical Specification Volume(s).
xviii) Bar chart/PERT Network schedule to achieve the time schedule, as per clause 7.0
Page 41 of 115
Page 41 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
xix) of this Volume-IA and details as called for in Section-4 of Volume-IB (Draft
Contract).
xx) All other details as called for in Schedule F1 to F7 to this Volume 1A.
xxi) Technical parameter, Sub Vendors to be proposed by the bidder for the Project.
xxii) Any other information the Bidder wishes to furnish.
Page 42 of 115
Page 42 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
any letters sent by post/courier either way and also reserve the right to reject any
Bid in part or full without assigning any reasons thereof.
v) Notwithstanding any information and data, which may be contained in these Tender
Specifications, the Bidder has to make independent inquiries and generally obtain
his own information on all matters that may in any way affect prices, risks and
obligations of the bidder under the Contract.
3.10 Signature of Bids
i) The Bid must contain the name and place of business of the person or persons
making the Bid and each page of the Bid must be signed and stamped by the Bidder
with his usual signature. The names of all persons signing should also be typed or
printed below the signature.
ii) Bids by a Corporation / Company must be signed with the legal name of the
Corporation / Company by the President, Managing Director or by the Secretary or
such other person or persons authorized to Bid on behalf of such Corporation /
Company in the matter with the official seal of the company.
iii) Bid by a partnership must be furnished with full names of all partners be signed
with the partnership name, followed by the signature(s) and designation(s) of the
authorized partner(s) or other authorized representative(s).
iv) Satisfactory evidences of authority of a person signing on behalf of the Bidder shall
be furnished with the Bid.
v) The Bidder‟s name stated on the Bid shall be the exact legal name of the Bidder.
vi) Corrections in the Bid documents if any shall be countersigned by the person
signing the Bid.
vii) Printed literature, if enclosed need not be signed.
viii) Bids not conforming to the above requirements are liable to be treated as non-
responsive.
Page 43 of 115
Page 43 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 44 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 45 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 46 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
construed that the Taxes & Duties will be borne by the Bidder.
vii) In case of any Arithmetical errors between the prices quoted in Schedule of Prices:
F1-Table -1 and Table-2 for O&M, the prices quoted in Schedule of Prices: F1-
Table -1 will only be considered for Evaluation. This price shall be binding on the
Contractor.
viii) Bidder shall quote the Total Project Cost with O&M Price including taxes and
duties in block wise.
ix) The Total Quoted Bid Price inclusive of taxes and duties in Total project cost
including O&M Price for comparison of bids shall be calculated up to two places of
decimals.
x) Ranking will be done at the end of e-RA and Lowest bidder of each block shall be
considered as successful bidder.
xi) The Bidders will be ranked starting from the lowest total evaluated bid price (i.e.,
Total EPC cost plus O&M price with taxes and duties) (L1) for the entire scope of
the Contract and increasing in the ascending order (L1, L2, L3......).
xii) From the ranking the bidders starting from Highest total evaluated bid price, H1
shall be eliminated subject to ensuring minimum 4 bidders participation in Reverse
Auction for each block i.e, 400MW and 410MW.
xiii) All the shortlisted bidders for Reverse Auction will be intimated about their
eligibility for participation in Reverse Auction. The Rules and terms & conditions of
reverse auction is given in Clause 3.40.
xiv) Two separate e-RA‟s will be conducted for Block -1 410 MW & Block-2 400 MW
simultaneously.
xv) After Reverse Auction, bidders would be ranked in ascending order as RL-1, RL-2,
RL-3, RL-4 and so on with RL-1 being the bidder with lowest total evaluated Bid
Price. After the Reverse Auction is closed, the bidder with the lowest evaluated bid
price will be considered for award of contract.
xvi) Final Price after RA: The contract shall be awarded to successful bidder who has
quoted the lowest evaluated bid price in Reverse Auction for each block.
xvii) Based on the price ranking, the end user verification/confirmation of the PQR
documents submitted by the bidders shall be carried out.
xviii) In case the documents of the bidder who offered lowest price (RL1) are found to
be false/incorrect, the next lowest bidder‟s offer in their order of price ranking
including the eliminated bidders, if any, will be evaluated for obtaining end user
verification till a successful bidder is identified.
xix) During the above said evaluation process, in case, the documents of the bidder(s)
Page 47 of 115
Page 47 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
are found to be false / incorrect, then the bid(s) of such bidder(s) shall be rejected
and action of banning / suspension / debarment of such bidder(s) for a specific
period shall be taken by the Purchaser.
xx) After completion of the Reverse Auction event, successful bidder of each block
shall submit item wise price break up for Final Price after RA (INR) for all the
items (i.e., For Sl. No. 1.0 to 6.0 and 9.0 to 14.0 of Schedule of Prices- F1 Table-1)
to Purchaser, within 24 hours of conclusion of the RA as per the ratio quoted in
original Evaluated bid price.
xxi) Bidder to note that the Final Total Price as per item wise detailed break-up
(including taxes and duties) shall not exceed the Award Price to be calculated after
completion of RA.
xxii) If the single bidder is the lowest bidder on both the blocks, Both the blocks would
be allocated to single bidder,
xxiii) Bidder for the BOS tender has to design the plant with reference module as
560Wp and quoted accordingly. However, the actual module will be supplied
from 560Wp and above based on the availability. Hence Suitable adjustment in
the award price in Total EPC Cost shall be carried out during detailed
engineering as per the relevant clause 3.26. The Award price for 3 years O&M
remains the same.
3.24 Technical Loading/Adjustments: Not applicable
3.25 Total Capital Expenditure (CE):
Total Capital Expenditure inclusive of taxes and duties (CE) in Rs. = EPC cost
(Schedule-1 + Schedule-2 + Schedule-3 + Schedule-4) + O&M cost for 3 years
(Schedule-5).
Where,
Schedule-1: Site preparation works
Schedule-2: Supply of Plant and Equipment
Schedule-3: Installation and Commissioning
Schedule-4: Civil and Structural Works
Schedule-5: Operation and Maintenance
a. Basic Design Parameters like DC/AC ratio, minimum pitch, mounting technology etc for
BOS package has been stipulated in Technical Specifications Volume-II. It is proposed
that bids shall be evaluated based on the Total Project cost including taxes and duties in
block wise (in crores).
Page 48 of 115
Page 48 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
b. The actual wattage(s) of the PV Modules offered to BOS vendor can vary depending on
the outcome of the PV Modules tender. Suitable adjustment in price for BOS vendor
shall be carried out during detailed engineering as per the relevant clause.
c. The post award price variation Adjustment shall be based on the actual wattage of the
module supplied.
d. De loading factor is calculated based on the data available at present and the same may
be revised after the allotment of land by RVUNL.
Contract price variation shall be adjusted as per the formula below:
Page 49 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Award Price based on 560Wp (X) for 400MW (AC) = 100 Crores.
If 560Wp of 300MWp and 565Wp of 260MWp is supplied by NLCIL/NIRL .
Wp_new = ((560*300MWp) + (565*260MWp)) / 560MWp = 562.32
Total Price Reduction (∆X) = 48,41,211* (562.32-560) = 1,12,31,609.52
Final Price after Correction for 400MWp (AC)
= (X - ∆X) = 100,00,00,000 -1,12,31,609.52= 98,87,68,390.48
Page 50 of 115
Page 50 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
materials, the site for disposal of surplus earth and debris, the available
accommodation, underground existing services, sub-soil water conditions, storms,
prevailing winds, climatic conditions and all other similar matters which may affect
the work.
(d) The Bidder shall be deemed to have acquainted himself with the Indian Income tax
Act, 1961, Indian Companies Act, 1956, Indian Customs Act, 1962, Indian Central
Excise Act, GST Act, Indian Electricity Act, Interstate Migrant Workmen Act 1979,
Factories Act, Pollution Control Regulations and other related Acts & Laws
prevalent in India and as amended from time to time. The Purchaser shall not
entertain any request for clarifications from the Bidders regarding such local
conditions.
(e) Any neglect or omission or failure on the part of the bidder in obtaining necessary
and reliable information as stated above or on any other matter affecting the Bidder
shall not relieve him from any risk or liabilities or the entire responsibility for
completion of the work in accordance with the Tender Specifications.
3.28 Deviations
i) Bidders will not be allowed to take any deviations in the Tender conditions. Bidders
are permitted to furnish clarification / deviation, if any, during pre-bid stage only.
Deviations listed elsewhere in the Bid shall not be considered and will be summarily
rejected. Separate printed standard terms and conditions of the Bidder shall not be
taken into cognizance and shall be totally rejected.
ii) No alterations or disfigurement, other than filling in particulars wherever called for in
the formats of the Tender Specifications shall be made in the Bid. Any
changes/modifications made by the Bidder in Bid documents itself shall not be taken
into consideration.
iii) If at any later date, it is found that documents, information, averments and data
submitted by the bidder in the Bid, based on which the Bidder has been considered
eligible or successful or has been awarded the Contract is incorrect or false to the
extent that had the correct or true information been made available to the Purchaser at
time of tender evaluation, the Bid would have been declared ineligible or
unsuccessful, the Bidder shall be forthwith disqualified or, as the case may be, the
Contract awarded based on such incorrect or false information shall be cancelled and
the CPG /Back up Guarantee for compliance to JDU, if applicable / any other
Guarantees deposited shall be appropriated by the Purchaser towards Purchaser‟s
cost, loss and damage to Purchaser.
3.29 Suspension/Banning/Debarment
The Bidder will be disqualified for this tender and also would be banned for (2) Two
years for the following acts:
Page 51 of 115
Page 51 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
i. Formation of Cartel with other Contractors with a view to artificially hike the prices.
ii. Wilful suppression of facts or furnishing of wrong information or
manipulated/forged documents or using other illegal/unfair means.
iii. If the bidder withdraws/modifies/impairs/derogates his offer on his own after
tenders are opened or fails to accept the LOA/fails to submit CPG.
Purchaser would also be at liberty to inform the matter to other PSUs of the Government
of India / Statutory Bodies.
Any firm which is placed under Suspension/Banning/Debarment by NLCIL/NIRL will
not be allowed to participate in any tender issued on or after the date of
suspension/banning/ debarment order and also if that firm has already participated in any
tender, which is under process their bid will not be considered for further processing.
Page 52 of 115
Page 52 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 53 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 54 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
i) Scope of Work
ii) Time Schedule
iii) Price Basis
iv) Contract Performance Guarantee (CPG)
v) Joint Deed of Undertaking (JDU), if applicable
vi) Warranty
vii) (a) Price Reduction & (b) Penalty
viii) Force Majeure
ix) Arbitration
x) Taxes & Duties
xi) Bid Guarantee
xii) Patents, Indemnity
xiii) Validity of Bids
xiv) Governing Laws
xv) Termination
3.39 Pre-Bid meeting:
Pre-bid meeting will be held on the date and time indicated in the Tender Documents
through video conference. The points for discussion / clarification shall be furnished in
advance of Scheduled Date of Pre-bid meeting, both in hard and editable soft copy
(like word document) to the Chief General Manager/Contracts /Corporate Office, NLC
India Limited, Neyveli - 607 801 and also to the following E-mail ID:
[Link]@[Link]
3.40 RULES FOR REVERSE BIDDING/AUCTION
1. Rules of Reverse Bidding/Auction: The price bids of all the bidders who were
techno-commercially qualified will be opened online with due intimation to the
concerned bidders.
2. Schedule for Reverse Bidding: After Price e-Bids are opened online, date and time
of start of Reverse Auction shall be intimated to all the eligible bidders. Scheduled
duration of Reverse Auction shall be normally two hours.
3. Auction extension time: If a valid bid is placed within Ten (10) minutes of End
Time of the Reverse auction (RA), then RA duration shall get automatically
extended for another Ten (10) minutes from the existing end time. It may be noted
that the auto-extension will take place only if a valid bid comes in those last Ten
(10) minutes. If a bid does not get accepted as the lowest bid, the auto-extension
will not take place even if that bid might have come in the last Ten (10) minutes.
The above process will continue till no bid is received in last Ten (10) minutes
which shall mark the completion of Reverse Auction. However, bidders are advised
not to wait till the last moment to enter their bid to avoid complications related to
Page 55 of 115
Page 55 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
internet connectivity, their network problems, system crash down, power failure etc.
4. Procedure of Reverse Auctioning:
I. The Reverse Auction will be conducted based on lowest evaluated bid price
emerged as per Clause 3.23 in Section-3 of Volume 1A of Tender Specifications.
II. The „Opening Price‟ i.e. Start Price for RA (Reverse Auction) shall be the lowest
Evaluated bid price (L1 price).
III. Bid Decrement shall be 0.1% of the start price for Reverse Auction and its
multiples.
IV. “RL1” Bid is the last offered price i.e. further no bidder responds within the time
limit.
V. After completion of the online Reverse Auction, the Closing Price (i.e. RL1 price)
shall be available for further processing.
VI. After Reverse Auction, the price break-up for all components shall be arrived at
the same ratio as quoted in their initial price bid such that the total price shall be
equal to the lowest quoted Bid Price during Reverse Auction.
3.40.1 NLCIL shall conduct the Online Reverse Auction and the terms and conditions
shall be as below:
i. Once NLCIL decides to conduct reverse auction for a tender, an e-mail containing
the terms and conditions, date and time of reverse auction (RA), the start price and
the decrement amount will be sent to all the eligible bidders to their Email ID
enrolled with NLCIL NeAT portal ([Link] The same will also
be available in the home page of NLCIL. e-contracts site after logging in under
Reverse auction menu. It shall be the sole responsibility of the bidders to view such
emails and participate in the Reverse Auction. NLCIL shall not be responsible for
any failure on the part of the bidders to notice the emails.
ii. In case of any change in the bidders Email ID, it is the responsibility of the bidder to
update his Email ID then and there (available under “Update Profile” menu using
secure login). NLCIL does not hold any responsibility for the lapses on the bidders‟
side in this regard.
iii. The bidders are also requested to login to NLCIL NeAT portal
([Link] regularly and view the details of Reverse Auction (RA).
iv. The duration indicated in the auction screen, will be the minimum duration for the
Reverse Auction process.
v. If a bid is received in the last 10 minutes of closing of the auction, the auction gets
extended automatically for 10 minutes (rounding off to the nearest minute) from the
time of last bid. If no bid is received in the last 10 minutes the auction will get
closed. However, bidders are advised not to wait till the last minute or last few
seconds to enter their bid to avoid complications related with internet connectivity,
network problems, system crash down, power failure, etc.
vi. During the course of Reverse Auction if any problem arises in NLCIL‟s Server that
interrupts the participation of the bidder in RA and resulting in closure of RA,
Page 56 of 115
Page 56 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
NLCIL reserves the right to reconduct RA with the last bid price offered in the RA.
The rescheduled date and time of RA will be intimated to the qualified bidders by e-
mail / SMS.
vii. RA screens are activated 10 minutes before the start of the Reverse Auction.
viii. In all cases, bidder should use their own ID and Password along with Digital
Signature at the time of submission of their bid.
ix. During the entire e-reverse auction process, the bidders will remain completely
anonymous to one another and also to everybody else.
x. The e-reverse auction floor shall remain open from the pre-announced date & time and
for as much duration as mentioned above.
xi. All electronic bids submitted during the e-reverse auction process shall be legally
binding on the bidder. Any bid will be considered as the valid bid offered by that
bidder and acceptance of the same by the NLCIL will form a binding contract
between NLCIL and the Bidder for execution of work.
xii. It is mandatory that all the bids are submitted with digital signature certificate
otherwise the same will not be accepted by the system.
xiii. The Start Price and the minimum Bid decrement value shall be displayed to the
Bidders at the start of the Reverse Auction. The bidder can bid lower than the
current bid amount however such bid should be single or multiple of decrement
value.
xiv. Bidders shall be required to start bidding from this Start price, reducing their price by
minimum one decrement value or multiple of decrement value by clicking the
calculator button under the column „Action‟.
xv. A single Bid cannot have more than 5 times the decrement value from the current
lowest bid. In case the bidder wants to give more than 5 times the decrement value,
he can give multiple bids.
xvi. At the end of Reverse Auction, the lowest closing bid will be considered for further
processing.
xvii. NLCIL‟s decision on award of the order shall be final and binding on all the bidders.
xviii. The lowest bidder‟s price shall be final.
xix. Bids once made by the bidder cannot be revoked / withdrawn by them and the bidder
shall be bound to accept the price indicated in the auction as per their final bid price.
Should the bidder fail to accept the prices quoted and in conformity with the terms
and conditions of enquiry, their offer will be rejected without any notice besides
debarring the firm for a fixed period from participating in any of the NLCIL tenders
and encashing the Bid guarantee if any.
xx. NLCIL reserves the right to reschedule or cancel the Reverse Auction Process /
Tender at any time without any notice or assigning any reason thereof.
xxi. The time of NLCIL Server, hosting the reverse auction will be the basis for all time
related activities i.e., start of auction, closing of auction, acceptance of bid, etc. The
server time shall be treated as final and binding. Bids recorded in the server before
Page 57 of 115
Page 57 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
the bid closing time will only be treated as valid bid. Bidders are, therefore, advised
to submit their bids well before the closing time of e-reverse auction. If any bid
reaches the server after the bid closing time as per server time, the same will not be
recorded and no complaint in this regard shall be entertained.
xxii. NLCIL is not liable for any interruption or delay in accessing NLCIL‟s Website
irrespective of the cause and for any system problems or inability to use the system
by the Bidders. Bidders are requested to make all the necessary arrangements /
alternatives whatever required so that they are able to circumvent such situation and
be able to participate in the reverse auction successfully.
xxiii. The Bidder shall not involve himself or any of his representatives in Price
manipulation of any kind directly or indirectly by communicating with other
suppliers / bidders.
xxiv. The Bidder shall not divulge either his Bids or any other exclusive details of NLCIL
to any other party.
xxv. The prevailing / current lowest bid will be displayed on the bidding screen during
the course of e-reverse auction and all subsequent bids shall have to be quoted lower
than the prevailing / current lowest bid.
xxvi. Bidders are advised to exercise caution in quoting their bids in e-reverse auction to
avoid any mistake. Bids once submitted can‟t be recalled.
xxvii. Any order resulting from this bidding process shall be governed by the terms and
conditions mentioned in the Tender. No deviation to the technical and commercial
terms & conditions are allowed. NLCIL reserves the right to cancel this bidding
process (e-reverse auction) or extend the due date of receipt of bid(s) without
assigning any reason thereof.
*****
Page 58 of 115
Page 58 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
SECTION-3
ANNEXURES
Page 59 of 115
Page 59 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
ANNEXURE-A
Dear Sirs,
In accordance with your "Invitation to Bid" under your Tender No. ................. M/s ...............
..........................herein after called the Bidder, having its registered office/head office at
………….. with the following Directors on their Board of Directors / partners of the firm:
1. ................ ........................ 2...... ...................................
3....................... ................... 4...................... ...................
5.................... ...................... 6.......................... ...............
7....................... ................... 8.......................... ...............
9....................... ................... 10.......................... ...............
wish to participate in the said bid for ………………
As an irrevocable Bank Guarantee against Bid Guarantee for a sum of
Page 60 of 115
Page 60 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Signature :
Name :
Designation :
Staff Code No.:
Banker‟s Seal :
Date :
WITNESS
1. Signature................. 2. Signature...................
Full Name in (Block Letters) ............ Full Name in (Block Letters) ........
Designation Designation
Address Address
Page 61 of 115
Page 61 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
ANNEXURE –B
FORM OF BID
To be submitted by the Bidder in
Part-I [Techno-commercial]
From:
To:
NLC India Renewables Limited,
Corporate Office, Block-1,
Neyveli - 607801,
Cuddalore Dist.,
Tamil Nadu, India
Sub :
1. Having carefully examined the Tender Documents attached to your Invitation to Bid
No_________________ dated__________, and its Amendments / Errata / Corrigendum /
clarifications issued till the date of tender opening, we agree to complete the „works‟ in
conformity with all the terms and conditions stated in Tender Documents and its
Amendments / Errata / Corrigendum / Clarifications issued till the date of tender opening
and as per time schedule given in Tender Documents. The plant, equipment and systems
offered are of the best and latest technology and of international standards.
2. I/We declare and certify that I/We fully satisfy the eligibility criteria and the documentary
proof as called for, have been annexed.
3. We undertake, in case our Bid is accepted, to commence the work from the date of Letter
of Award and to complete and deliver the whole of the work and responsibilities
comprised in the Contract as per Time Schedule given in Tender Documents.
4. We are submitting the Bid Guarantee for a sum of …….. (Rupees….. only) as instructed
by you. This Bid Guarantee shall be governed as per the stipulations provided in the
"Instructions to Bidders".
5. We agree to abide by and keep our Bid valid initially for a period of 150 (One Hundred
and Fifty) days from the date of opening of bid (Part-I) by NLC India Limited/NIRL and
it shall remain binding on us and may be accepted at any time before the expiry of that
period.
6. Should our Bid be accepted, we hereby agree to abide by and fulfill all terms and
conditions of Tender Documents as accepted by us and in default thereof, to forfeit and
pay to NLC India Ltd/NIRL or NLC India Ltd.‟s successors, assignees or authorized
nominees such sums of money as are stipulated in conditions contained in Tender
Documents and agree to furnish Bank Guarantee for Contract Performance as per the
proforma prescribed by NIRL and acceptable to NIRL and for the sum equal to 10% of
the "Contract Price excluding O&M price for 3 years", for the entire scope of work within
30 days from the date of Letter of Award.
Page 62 of 115
Page 62 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
7. We understand that NLC India Ltd/NIRL is not bound to accept the lowest or any Bids
received and NLC India Ltd/NIRL has the right to reject any Bid, without assigning any
reason whatsoever.
8. This Bid together with written acceptance thereof, shall constitute a binding Contract
between NLC India Ltd/NIRL. and ourselves till a formal Contract is executed.
9. We have noted the contents of clause 6.0 of Section-1 of Volume-IA in line with DIPP
order and its subsequent Amendments and confirm compliance to the requirements.
Signed this --------------------day of ----------------- 2025
Signature :
Name :
Designation :
Company :
Company Seal
Date :
xxxxx
Page 63 of 115
Page 63 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
ANNEXURE - C
FORM OF BID
To be submitted by the Bidder in
Part-II– [Price Bid]
NLCIL‟s Tender No. : Dated :
Our Bid No :
From:
To:
NLC India Renewables Limited
Corporate Office, Block-1
Neyveli – 607 801, Cuddalore Dist.,
Tamil Nadu, India.
Dear Sirs
1. I/We, the undersigned have carefully examined and understood the Tender Documents
including the Amendments/Errata/Corrigendum/Clarifications issued till the date of
Tender Opening. I/We hereby agree to carry out the entire works as described in the
specifications in conformity with the specifications and Tender Documents, as per prices
quoted by us in the Schedule of Prices (Schedule F1 – Table 1) enclosed herewith.
2. In the event of our offer being accepted, we agree to furnish a Bank Guarantee for
Contract Performance as per the proforma prescribed by NLC India Renewables Limited
and acceptable to NLC India Renewables Limited and for the sum equal to 10% (Ten
percent) of “Total Contract Price excluding O&M price for 3 years” within 30 days from
the date of Letter of Award.
Signature :
Name :
Designation :
Company :
Company Seal
Date :
xxxxxx
Page 64 of 115
Page 64 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
ANNEXURE-D
From:
(Name & Address of Bidder)
……………………………….
……………………………
We do hereby declare that the contents of the offer submitted vide No._____________ against
this tender (i.e Tender No. CO CONTS/ ………………………………., Dt. …………) have
been submitted after fully understanding that the information contained in the offer and the
documents enclosed/provided along with the bid are true, correct and complete in every aspect
and that if any information contained therein is found to be false/incorrect/fabricated, offer shall
be considered as null and void and we shall be liable for any penal action as per the provisions of
Law for the time being in force.
i) I/We ……..........………………. Partner / Legal Attorney / Proprietor/ Accredited
Representative of M/s……………………. declare that, we are submitting our offer/bid for
the supply of equipment/material/works/services vide our offer…………………………….
dated ……….
ii) The contents/enclosures/documents of the offer are submitted after fully understanding that
all the information furnished by me / us are correct and true and complete in every respect
and all documents/credentials submitted along with the offer/bid are genuine, authentic, true
and valid.
iii) During the verification of offer or even at a later date, if any information or document
submitted by me/us is found to be false /fabricated/ incorrect, the said offer shall be
considered absolutely null and void and action as deemed fit shall be taken against me / us
including forfeiture of EMD/Bid Guarantee/Security Deposit/Contract Performance
Guarantee and action of suspension/banning/debarring/black-listing of my / our firm
(including all partners of the firm)/company as per the tender conditions and law.
Authorized Signatory
(Name & Designation)
Place:
Date : Seal:
Page 65 of 115
Page 65 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
ANNEXURE – E
Integrity Pact Between NLC India Limited (NLCIL)/ NIRL hereinafter referred to as "The
Principal” and............................. hereinafter referred to as ''The Bidder/ Contractor"
Preamble:
The Principal intends to award, under laid down organizational procedures, contract/s for
………………………… The Principal values full compliance with all relevant laws and
regulations, and the principles of economic use of resources, and of fairness and transparency in
its relations with its Bidder/s and Contractor/s.
In order to achieve these goals, the Principal cooperates with the renowned international Non-
Governmental Organization ''Transparency International" (TI). Following TI's national and
international experience, the Principal will appoint an Independent External Monitor who will
monitor the tender process and the execution of the contract for compliance with the principles
mentioned above.
Definitions:
In pursuance of the above Pact, for the purposes of this provision, the Principal defines the
relevant terms set forth therein as under:
1) “Contract” means the contract entered into between the Principal and Bidder (or
Tenderer) / Contractor for the execution of work mentioned in the preamble above.
2) “Contractor” means the bidder or tenderer whose tender (bid) has been accepted by the
principal or Company whose tender (bid) has been accepted and shall be deemed to
include his/its/their successors, representatives, heirs, executors and administrators
unlessexcluded by the Contract.
3) “Coercive practice” means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly,
persons or their property to influence their participation in the procurement process or
affect the execution of a contract; In order to achieve these goals, the Principal
proposes to appoint one or more Independent External Monitor/s who will monitor the
tender process and the execution of the contract for compliance with the principles
mentioned above.
4) “Collusive practice” means a scheme or arrangement between two or more bidders, with
or without the knowledge of the Principal designed to establish bid prices at artificial,
noncompetitive levels; and
5) “Corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of anything of
value to influence the action of a public official in the procurement process or in
contract execution;
6) “Fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a
Page 66 of 115
Page 66 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
procurement process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of the Principal and
includes collusive practices among Bidders (Prior to or after bid submission) designed
to establish bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels and to deprive the Principal
of thebenefits of free and open competition;
Page 67 of 115
Page 67 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 68 of 115
Page 68 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
(4) If the Bidder / Contractor can prove that he has restored / recouped the damage caused
by him and has installed a suitable corruption prevention system, the Principal may
revoke the exclusion prematurely, provided such systems has been audited by an
independent agency.
The Contractor will also grant the IEMs, upon his request and demonstration of a
valid interest, unrestricted and unconditional access to his project documentation.
The same is applicable to Subcontractors. The IEM is under contractual obligation
to treat the information and documents of the Bidder / Contractor / Subcontractor
with confidentiality.
(4) The Principal will provide to the IEMs sufficient information about all meetings
among the parties related to the Project provided such meetings could have an
impact on the contractual relations between the Principal and the Contractor. The
parties offer to the IEMs the option to participate in such meetings.
(5) As soon as the IEM notices, or believes to notice, a violation of this agreement, he
will so inform the Management of the Principal and request the Management to
discontinue or heal the violation, or to take other relevant action. The IEMs can in
this regard submit non- binding recommendations. Beyond this, the IEM has no right
to demand from the parties that they act in a specific manner, refrain from action or
tolerate action.
(6) After award of work, the IEMs shall look into any issue related to execution of
contract if specifically raised before them. However, the IEMs may suggest systemic
improvements to the Principal if considered necessary to bring about transparency,
equity and fairness in thesystem of procurement.
(7) The IEMs would examine all complaints received by them and give their
recommendations/views to the Chief Executive of the Principal, at the earliest. They
may also send their report directly to the CVO in case of suspicion of serious
irregularities requiring legal/administrative action. Only in case of very serious issue
having a specific, verifiable Vigilance angle, the matter should be reported directly
to the Commission. IEMs are expected to tender their advice on the complaints,
within 30 days.
(8) For ensuring the desired transparency and objectivity in dealing with the complaints
arising out of any tendering process or during execution of contract, the matter
should be examined by the full panel of IEMs jointly, who would look into the
records, conduct an investigation and submit their joint recommendations to
Principal.
(9) IEMs should examine the process integrity, they are not expected to concern
themselves with fixing of responsibility of officers.
(10) In the event of any dispute between the Principal and the Contractor/Bidder, in case,
both the parties are agreeable, they may try to settle the dispute through mediation
before the IEMs in a time bound manner, not more than five meetings for a
particular dispute resolution. The sitting fees and expenses towards travel and stay
arrangements for such meetings for the IEMs shall be equally shared by both the
parties.
(11) If required, the Principal may adopt any mediation rules for this purpose. In case, the
dispute remains unresolved even after mediation by the panel of IEMs, the Principal
may take further action as per the terms and conditions of the contract.
(12) The advisory role of IEMs is envisaged as that of a friend, philosopher and guide.
The advice of IEMs would not be legally binding and it is restricted to resolving
Page 70 of 115
Page 70 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
issues raised by a bidder regarding any aspect of the tender which allegedly restricts
competition or bias towards some bidders. At the same time, it must be understood
that IEMs are not consultants to Principal. Their role is independent in nature and
the advice once tendered would not be subject to review at the request of Principal.
(13) Issues like warranty/guarantee etc. shall be outside the purview of IEMs.
(14) The reference to „IEM‟ would include both Singular and Plural.
(15) The IEM can be removed from his office, before the expiry of his tenure only with
the approval of the Board of the Principal.
Place
Date
Page 71 of 115
Page 71 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Annexure-F
This Deed of undertaking executed this ............ ........ ....... day of ............ ........... ........ by
Collaborator (Holding/Subsidiary/Group Company) (Name)..................... .............. a Company
incorporated under ............................ and having its Registered Office at ......................
.............. herein after called ...................... ................ or Collaborator (Holding/Subsidiary/Group
Company) which expression shall include its successors, executors and permitted assigns and
(Bidder/Contractor Name) .................................... a Company incorporated under the Companies
Act 1956 having its registered office at … ................... .......... ................. hereinafter called
........... ...................... (Bidder/Contractor Name) or 'Contractor' which expression shall include
its successors, executors and permitted assigns) in favour of NLC India Renewables
Limited(NIRL) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1956 having its Registered
Office at Chennai-600 031 (hereinafter called the 'PURCHASER'), which expression shall
include its successors, executors and assigns.
Whereas the Purchaser is desirous of getting work of the design, manufacture, supply, transport
and insurance, Port handling, Customs clearance, forwarding, storage, erection, testing and
commissioning of ............................. (herein after called as equipment) at ....... done as per its
specification No ...................... dated .................... whereas ................................
(Bidder/Contractor Name) submitted its technical proposal vide its Letter No. ........................
dated ...... ........ based on the association of M/s .................................. (Collaborator
(Holding/Subsidiary/Group Company) ) and whereas it is a condition for the award of contract
to ...................... (Bidder/Contractor Name) that ............................... (Bidder/Contractor Name)
and its Collaborator (Holding/Subsidiary/Group Company) M/s ......................... ........ would be
jointly and severally bound and shall be responsible to the Purchaser for the successful
performance of the equipment fully meeting the parameters guaranteed as per the Purchaser's
specifications in terms of the Contract. Now, Therefore, this Undertaking witnesses as under:
1. That consideration of the award of Contract by the Purchaser (herein after referred to
as the 'Contract') we, the Collaborator (Holding/Subsidiary/Group Company) and
Bidder/Contractor do hereby declare and guarantee that we shall be jointly and
severally bound unto to NLC India Renewables Limited(NIRL) (Purchaser) for the
successful performance of equipment fully meeting the guaranteed parameters as per
the contract and further shall be fully responsible for the correctness of design,
manufacture, supply, transport, insurance, erection supervision, testing and
commissioning of the equipment in accordance with the Contract specifications. Further,
Page 72 of 115
Page 72 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
2. Without prejudice to the generality of the undertaking in para - 1 above, the methods of
achieving the objectives set forth above shall be as follows:
3. In the event of any breach in the performance of the obligations set forth above, we the
Collaborator (Holding/Subsidiary/Group Company) and the Contractor, shall jointly and
severally pay the loss or damage to the Purchaser on his demand. Further we the
Collaborator (Holding/Subsidiary/Group Company) and the Contractor, jointly and
severally undertake to pay to the Purchaser to effect price reduction arrived at in
accordance with the provisions of the Contract, in the event of any delay in supply or
in completion of functional test including weighing of the equipment or in
commissioning of the equipment without any demur, reservations, protest and recourse.
Further, any extension of time, relaxation or indulgence by the Purchaser to the
Contractor/ Collaborator (Holding/Subsidiary/Group Company) shall not prejudice the
Page 73 of 115
Page 73 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
4. We, the Collaborator (Holding/Subsidiary/Group Company) and the Contractor agree that
this undertaking shall be irrevocable and further agree that this undertaking shall continue
to be enforceable till the end of warranty period under the Contract. We further agree that
this undertaking shall without prejudice to the various liabilities of the Contractor
including his Contract Performance Guarantee as well as his other obligations in terms of
the Contract.
5. The Performance, rights and responsibility of the party shall be in accordance with the
Contract and further the liability of the Contractor/ Collaborator
(Holding/Subsidiary/Group Company) under this Undertaking shall not in any case
exceed the limits as stipulated in the Contract.
(Official address)
*******
NOTE:
i) Power of Attorney of each of the person signing the Deed of Joint Undertaking and
Board resolution in regard of POA of Authorized signatory, shall be furnished along
with this Deed of Joint Undertaking.
ii) * Bidder to strike out, whichever is not applicable
Page 74 of 115
Page 74 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
ANNEXURE-G
(To be executed by the Holding Company Supported by Board Resolution and submitted by the
Bidder along with the Techno-Commercial Bid, Applicable to the Bidder for meeting the
stipulated Financial Qualifying Requirement)
Ref. : Date :
To
NLC India Renewables Limited(NIRL)
Corporate Office, Block-1,
Neyveli- 607 801, Cuddalore District,
Tamil Nadu, INDIA.
Dear Sirs,
1.0 We, M/s................................ declare that we are the holding company of M/s
............................... (Name of the Bidder) and have controlling interest therein. M/s.
.................................. (Name of the Bidder) proposes to submit the bid for the package
.................................. (Name of the package) for.............................(Name of the Project) under
bid reference no. ........................... dated ..................... and have sought financial strength and
support from us for meeting the stipulated Financial Qualifying Requirement as per Clause No. --
--------of Bid Data Sheet.
2.0 We hereby undertake that we hereby pledge our unconditional & irrevocable financial
support for the execution of the said package to M/s................................... (Name of the Bidder),
in case they are awarded the Contract for the said package, at the end of the bidding process. We
further agree that this undertaking shall be without prejudice to the various liabilities that M/s
.................................. (Name of Bidder) would be required to undertake in terms of the Contract
including the Performance Security as well as other obligations of the Bidder/Contractor.
3.0 This undertaking is irrevocable and unconditional, and shall remain in force till the successful
execution and performance of the entire contract and/or till it is discharged by Employer.
4.0 We are herewith enclosing a copy of the Board Resolution in support of this undertaking.
Yours faithfully
Page 75 of 115
Page 75 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
ANNEXURE-H
Madam/Sir,
I, .............................. (CEO/ CFO of the Company) of ………….. (Name of the
Company) declare that the financial results of M/s. .................................... (Name of the Bidder)
are under audit as on ……. (as on original scheduled date of Tender opening) and the Certificate
from the practicing Chartered Accountant certifying the financial parameters is also not
available.
Yours faithfully
(Signature)
Date : (Name & Designation) ........................................
Place : (Name of the Company) ...................................
(Seal of Company) .............................................
Note: *Strike off if not applicable.
Page 76 of 115
Page 76 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
ANNEXURE – I
Format of Insurance Surety Bond Towards Bid Security
(Non-Judicial Stamp Paper/e- stamp paper of appropriate value as per stamp Act)
To
NLC India Renewables Limited(NIRL)
Corporate Office, Block-1,
Neyveli - 607 801, Cuddalore Dist., Tamil Nadu, India.
Dear Sirs,
In accordance with Invitation for Bids under your Bid Document No. ………………………….
M/s…………………….. [Bidder's Name]…………………….having its Registered/ Head Office
at (hereinafter called the 'Bidder') wish to participate in the said bid for…………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………..
As an irrevocable Insurance Surety Bond against Bid Security for an amount of
……………………(*)…………..valid for................................days from…………
…………..(**) …………. required to be submitted by the Bidder as a condition precedent for
participation in the said bid which amount is liable to be forfeited on the happening of any
contingencies as mentioned under the Bidding Documents.
We, the ……………………… (Name & address of the Insurer)
………………………………......having our Head Office at
………………………………(#)................. guarantee and undertake to pay immediately on
demand by NLC India Renewables Limited(NIRL) hereinafter called the 'Employer'/'Purchaser')
the amount without any reservation, protest, demand and recourse. Any such demand made by
the 'Employer'/'Purchaser' shall be conclusive and binding on us irrespective of any dispute or
difference raised by the Bidder and/or any right/remedy available to the bidder in terms thereof.
This Insurance Surety Bond shall be unconditional as well as irrevocable and shall remain valid
upto.................... (@)........... if any further extension of this Insurance Surety Bond is required,
the same shall be extended to such required period (not exceeding one year) on receiving
instructions from M/s …………(Bidder „s Name)……….on whose behalf this Insurance Surety
Bond is issued.
Page 77 of 115
Page 77 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
In witness whereof the Insurer, through its authorised officer has set its hand and stamp on this
….. day of ……..2025 …………. at …………
Signature :
Name :
Designation with Insurer Stamp :
Authorised vide Power of Attorney:
No………..
Date…………………
NOTE:
1) (*) The amount shall be as specified in the Bid Data Sheets.
(**) This shall be the date of opening of Techno-Commercial bids.
(#) Complete mailing address of the Head Office of the Insurer to be given.
(@) This date shall be forty-five (45) days after the last date for which the bid is valid.
2) The Insurance Surety Bond shall be from an Insurer as per guidelines issued by Insurance
Regulatory and Development Authority of India (IRDAI) as amended from time to time.
3) The Employer shall be the Creditor, the Bidder shall be the Principal debtor and the
Insurance company/Insurer shall be the Surety in respect of the Insurance Surety Bond to
be issued by the Insurer.
4) The Insurance Surety Bond should be on Non-Judicial stamp paper/e-stamp paper of
appropriate value as per Stamp Act prevailing in the state(s) where the Insurance Surety
Bond is submitted or is to be acted upon or the rate prevailing in State where the
Insurance Surety Bond is executed, whichever is higher. The Stamp Paper/e- stamp paper
shall be purchased in the name of Bidder/Insurer issuing the Insurance Surety Bond.
5) While getting the Insurance Surety Bond issued, Bidders are required to ensure
compliance to the points mentioned in Form of Bank Guarantee/Insurance Surety Bond
Verification Check List enclosed in this Section of Bidding Documents. Further, Bidders
are required to fill up this Form and enclose the same with the Insurance Surety Bond.
*******
Page 78 of 115
Page 78 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
SECTION -4
LIST OF FORMS
Page 79 of 115
Page 79 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
1.0 TECHNICAL CRITERIA: Bidder to specify the Route viz. Route-I or Text
Route-II or Route-III or Route-IV under which bid is submitted. entry
1.1 2.1 Route-I
Whether the Bidder have designed, supplied, erected/ supervised erection
and commissioned/ supervised commissioning of Balance of System
Package/ Solar power project for Solar Photo Voltaic (SPV) based grid
connected power plant(s) of cumulative installed capacity of 40 MWp or
higher in maximum of 4 agreements/orders, out of which at least one plant Yes/No
should have been of 10 MWp or higher capacity. The reference plant of 10
MWp or higher capacity must have been in successful operation for at least
six (6) months prior to the date of techno-commercial bid opening (i.e., Part-
I Bid Opening)
(OR)
1.2 2.2 Route-II
Whether the Bidder is a developer of Solar Photo Voltaic (SPV) based grid
connected power plant(s) of cumulative installed capacity of 40 MWp or
higher in maximum of 4 agreements/orders, out of which at least one plant
should have been of 10 MWp or higher capacity. The reference plant of 10 Yes/No
MWp or higher capacity must have been in successful operation for at least
six (6) months prior to the date of techno-commercial bid opening (i.e., Part-
I Bid Opening)
(OR)
1.3 2.3 Route-III
1.3.1
2.3.1 Whether the Bidder have executed in the last ten (10) years an
industrial project either as developer or as EPC Contractor in the area of
Power/ Solar Power/ Steel/ Oil and Gas/ Petrochemicals/ Fertilizer/ Cement/
Coal mining including coal handling plant / Rail/ Ports/ Bridges/ any other
Infrastructural projects of Contract value as specified in the Table below, in a
single project or single work and the same should be in successful operation
for at least one (1) year prior to the date of techno- commercial bid opening
(i.e., Part-I Bid Opening). (AND) Yes/No
No of Blocks Contract Value
Single block (410MW or 400MW) Rs. 125 crores
Both block (410MW and 400MW) Rs. 250 crores
1.3.2 2.3.2 Whether the Bidder have executed at least one (1) Electrical Sub-
station of 33 kV or above voltage level, consisting of equipment such as
33kV or above voltage level circuit breakers and Power transformer, either
as developer or as EPC Contractor which should be in successful operation
for at least one (1) year prior to the date of techno-commercial bid opening
Page 80 of 115
Page 80 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
1.5 Whether the bidder has attach documentary evidence to prove that the
qualifying requirements mentioned in the clause 2.1 or 2.2 or 2.4 are met by Yes/No
him.
1.5.1 If yes, Upload relevant Documentary Evidence in the form of user certificate
Upload
along with copy LOA/Work order/Contract agreement together with full
Files
contact details for verification.
1.6 Whether the bidder has attached documentary evidence to prove that the
qualifying requirements mentioned in the clause 2.3.1 & 2.3.2 are met by Yes/No
him.
1.6.1 If yes, Upload relevant Documentary Evidence in the form of user certificate Upload
along with copy LOA/Work order / Contract agreement together with full Files
contact details for verification.
1.7 In case of bidding by Group Company/Holding Company/Subsidiary
Text
Company, the bidder to specify the name of the firm meeting the Qualifying
entry
Requirement i.e., on whose strength the bidder is participating.
1.8 Upload
Upload the Deed of Joint Undertaking, as per Annexure-F (If applicable)
Files
2.0 2.5 FINANCIAL CRITERIA
2.1 2.5.1 Whether the bidder has Positive Net Worth as per the latest audited
Yes/No
financial statements individually.
2.2 2.5.2 Whether the bidder the Average Annual Turnover of the Bidder,
should not be less than as mentioned in the table below, during the preceding
three (3) financial years as on the original scheduled date of tender opening.
No of Blocks Annual turnover Yes/No
Single block (410MW or Rs. 125 crores
400MW)
Both block (410MW and Rs. 250 crores
400MW)
Page 81 of 115
Page 81 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
2.3
2.5.3 Whether the bidder is Group Company/Holding Company/Subsidiary
Company of a firm meeting the requirement stipulated in clause 2.1 (Route-
I) or 2.2 (Route-II) or 2.3 (Route-III) then the combined annual average
turnover of the bidder and the firm meeting the QR should not be less than as
mentioned in the table below, during the preceding three (3) financial years
as on the original scheduled date of tender opening Yes/No
No of Blocks Annual turnover
Single block (410MW or Rs. 125 crores
400MW)
Both block (410MW and Rs. 250 crores
400MW)
2.3.1 Have you Uploaded relevant Documentary Evidence (Financial Criteria) for
meeting QR in [Link].2.5.1, 2.5.2, 2.5.3 & 2.5.4 above in support of Bidder
Yes/No
as per details stated in 2.5 under Section -1 of Volume IA.
2.4 Whether the annual turnover criteria, stipulated above is on your own or your Text
Holding Company? Entry
2.4.1 If Holding Company, please attach the Net Worth of such Holding Company
Upload
as on the last day of the preceding financial year is at least equal to or more
Files
than the paid- up share capital of the Holding Company.
2.4.2 Upload Letter of Undertaking from the Holding Company, supported by the
Upload
Holding Company‟s Board Resolution, as per the format Annexure-G
Files
enclosed in the bid documents.
2.5 Whether the Bidder is able to furnish its audited financial statements on
Yes/No
standalone entity basis.
2.5.1 If no, whether the bidder has furnished the unaudited unconsolidated
Yes/No
financial statements.
2.5.2 If yes, the Bidder has to upload the following documents on substantiation of
its qualification:
(a) Copies of the unaudited unconsolidated financial statements of the Bidder Upload
Files
along with copies of the audited consolidated financial statements of its
Holding Company.
(b) Certificate from the CEO/ CFO of the Holding Company as per the
format enclosed in the bidding documents, stating that the unaudited Upload
unconsolidated financial statements form part of the consolidated financial Files
statement of the Holding Company.
2.5.3 In case audited results for the last financial year as on date of techno
Upload
commercial bid opening are not available, please upload the financial results
Files
certified by a practicing Chartered Accountant.
[Link] In case the Bidder is not able to submit the Certificate from a practicing
Upload
Chartered Accountant certifying its financial parameters, please upload the
Files
audited result of any three consecutive financial years preceding the last
Page 82 of 115
Page 82 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
financial year.
[Link] Upload certificate obtained from the CEO/CFO as per Annexure-H in the
bidding documents stating that the financial results of the company are under
Upload
audit as on techno-commercial bid opening and the Certificate from a
Files
practicing Chartered Accountant certifying the financial parameters is not
available.
4.0 Upload Power of Attorney/Authorization in favour of the person signing the Upload
Bid. Files
5.0 Upload
Upload Major legal cases, if any
Files
6.0 Bidder to upload copy of Integrity Pact duly signed as per Annexure-E of Upload
Section 3 of Volume 1A. Files
7.0 Bidder accepted the points mentioned in Clause No. 4.0 [4.1 to 4.11] of
Yes/No
Section-1 of Volume I A.
8.0 Upload
Any other details/Information, Bidder wishes to furnish. Kindly upload.
Files
Page 83 of 115
Page 83 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
********
Page 84 of 115
Page 84 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
3. BIDDER’S EXPERIENCE
(Checklist for breakup details for each project/work furnished towards QR)
Sl. Bidder
Description
No. Response
1.0 Bidder to Provide the following details of Owner/ End
user/Client such as Name of the Company, Contact Person Text Entry
name, address, phone/ Mobile No, email id etc.
2.0 Bidder to indicate the reference No. of Work Order(s) /
Text entry
Contract(s) / Agreement(s).
3.0 Whether copy of work order/Agreement/Contract is enclosed Yes/No
4.0 Bidder to mention the brief Scope of work Text Entry
5.0 Bidder confirms having designed, supplied, erected/
supervised erection and commissioned/ supervised
commissioning of Balance of System Package/ Solar power
project for Solar Photo Voltaic (SPV) based grid connected
power plant(s) of cumulative installed capacity of 40 MWp or
higher in maximum of 4 agreements/orders, out of which at Text Entry
least one plant should have been of 10 MWp or higher
capacity. The reference plant of 10 MWp or higher capacity
must have been in successful operation for at least six (6)
months prior to the date of techno-commercial bid opening
(i.e., Part-I Bid Opening)
Upload supporting documents Upload Files
6.0 Bidder confirms to be a developer of Solar Photo Voltaic
(SPV) based grid connected power plant(s) of cumulative
installed capacity of 40 MWp or higher in maximum of 4
agreements/orders, out of which at least one plant should have
been of 10 MWp or higher capacity. The reference plant of 10 Text Entry
MWp or higher capacity must have been in successful
operation for at least six (6) months prior to the date of
techno-commercial bid opening (i.e., Part-I Bid Opening)
Page 85 of 115
Page 85 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
I Bid Opening).
(AND)
********
Page 86 of 115
Page 86 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
4. BID GUARANTEE
Note: Bidder is requested to attach the proof for the issuance of bid guarantee through SFMS
given by banker in the provision given below for attachment.
Bidder’s
[Link] Description
Response
Bid Guarantee Type
BG Bank Guarantee
1 Bank Guarantee No.
2 Bank Guarantee Date
3 Details of Stamp paper
3.1 Stamp Paper Amount
3.2 Whether stamp paper purchased in the Name of the issuing Bank/Bidder
3.3 Stamp paper purchased address
3.4 Date of Purchase
3.5 Whether Bank Guarantee Date is on or after the Date of Purchase of Stamp
Paper
4 Bank details
4.1 Banker's Name
4.2 Banker's Address
4.3 Bank email-id
4.4 Bank Phone No.
4.5 Bank IFSC code
4.6 Banker's Seal
5 Manager's Name & No.
6 Whether signed by two Witness
7 Whether overwriting/cutting if any on the BG authenticated under signature
& seal of executants
8 Whether the BG has been issued by a Nationalized/Scheduled Bank in India
9 If the bank guarantee issued by a foreign bank. Whether it is in the approved Not
list of RBI. applicable
10 Details of value and validity
10.1 Currency of BG
10.2 Value of BG
10.3 Validity upto
11 Whether Bank Guarantee is as per NLCIL/NIRL Format
SFMS Structural Financial Messaging System (SFMS)
Whether the Bid Guarantee submitted in physical form can be verifiable YES
through SFMS.
RTGS/NEFT RTGS/NEFT details
1 UTR No for RTGS/NEFT.
2 UTR Date
DD Demand Draft
1 Demand Draft No
Page 87 of 115
Page 87 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
2 Date of DD
3 DD in favour of
4 Payable at
5 Amount
12 Insurance Surety Bond towards Bid Guarantee
12.1 Insurance Surety Bond No.
12.2 Insurance Surety Bond Date
12.3 Details of Stamp paper
12.4 Stamp Paper Amount
12.5 Whether stamp paper purchased in the Name of the Bidder/Insurer
12.6 Stamp paper purchased address
12.7 Date of Purchase
12.8 Whether Insurance Surety Bond Date is on or after the Date of Purchase of
Stamp Paper
12.9 Whether insurance Surety Bond is as per NLCIL/NIRL Format
Insurer details
Insurance Company Name
12.10
12.11 Insurance Company Address
12.12 Insurer / Insurance Company email-id
12.13 Insurer/ Insurance Company Phone No.
12.14 Insurer's/ Insurance Company Seal
12.15 Authorized Manager's /Staff Name & No. who has signed and issued the
Surety Bond
12.16 Whether Insurance Surety Bond is issued asper guidelines issued by IRDAI
as amended from time to time
Page 88 of 115
Page 88 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
2 UTR Date
3 Remitted Bank
4 Amount
*********
Page 89 of 115
Page 89 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
II TECHNICAL FORM
Description
[Link] Bidder’s Response
*********
Page 90 of 115
Page 90 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Sl. No List for Class I Category I Sub Vendor Name(s) Bidder to Specify
items Sub Vendor
I. Electrical Items Name(s)
1 Solar PV modules NA
Page 91 of 115
Page 91 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 92 of 115
Page 92 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 93 of 115
Page 93 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Pyranometer: Kipp&Zonen.
24 Module Cleaning
system
25 Surge Arrestor
26 Isolator
1. Module Mounting
Structure (MMS)
Transmission line
2. structures (if
applicable)
Pre-Engineered
3.
Building material
(if applicable)
B. Class II items:
Sl. Equipment list for Class Category I Sub Vendor Bidder to Specify
No II items names Sub Vendor
Name(s)
1 Cable termination kits Raychem, 3M, Denson
2 LED Lamp fixtures for Bajaj, CGL, Havells, Philips,
indoor Wipro
3 LED Flood light fittings Bajaj, CGL, Havells, Philips,
for outdoor Wipro
Note: In case, the contractor is proposing a Vendor who has already supplied the
specific material/equipment to NLCIL/NIRL but the same is not in the above list, such
Vendor shall be considered as Category-I after due verification.
Page 94 of 115
Page 94 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 95 of 115
Page 95 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
***********
Page 96 of 115
Page 96 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
2. AFFIDAVIT
[Link] Description
Bidder Response
Page 97 of 115
Page 97 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
**********
Page 98 of 115
Page 98 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
[Link]. Bidder’s
Public procurement policy (Make in India)
Response
1. Do you certify that you have read conditions as specified in the Order
applicable for this Tender in the Department for Promotion of Industry
and Internal Trade (DPIIT), revised Public Procurement (Preference to
Make in India) Order 2017 - Revision Dt 16.09.2020 and its amendments Yes
as in Clause 6.0 as per Section-1 of Volume 1A. and MoP vide Order No.:
A-1/2021-FSC-Part(5), Dt: 16.11.2021 and order No.P-45021/2/2017-
PP(BE-II)-PART(IV) [Link] Dt:19.07.2024
2. The Bidder to confirm compliance to the requirements of Public
Procurement Policy (Preference to Make in India) as in Clause 6.0 as per Yes
Section-1 of Volume 1A.
3. The bidder to confirm that they are Class-I local supplier as per Cl.6.3 as
Yes/No
per Section-1 of Volume 1A.
4. The Bidder to attach self-certification that the item offered meets the local
content requirement for „Class-I local supplier‟ as per Clause 6.3(a) as per Upload Files
Section-1 of Volume 1A.
5. The Bidder to attach a certificate from the statutory auditor or cost auditor
of the company (in the case of companies) or from a practicing cost
accountant or practicing chartered accountant (in respect of suppliers other Upload Files
than companies) giving the percentage of local content as per Clause
6.3(b) as per Section-1 of Volume 1A
6. Bidder hereby certify that I have read the “Reciprocity Clause” 6.4 and I
am not a bidder from the Entities of countries which have been identified
by the Nodal Ministry/ Department as not allowing Indian companies to Yes
participate in their Government procurement for any item as per Clause
6.6 as per Section-1 of Volume 1A.
7. Upload certification for not being a bidder from the Entities of countries
which have been identified by the Nodal Ministry/ Department as not
Upload Files
allowing Indian companies to participate in their Government
procurement for any item.
8. The Bidder to attach confirmation certificate (refer model certificate as in
6.6 & 6.6.1) regarding restrictions on procurement from a country which
Upload Files
shares a land border with India as per Clause 6.6 of Section 1 of Volume
1A
9. Bidder to certify that I have read and complied to "Protect the security,
integrity and reliability of the strategically important and critical power
Yes
supply system & Network in the Country" as per Cl 6.7 of Section-1 of
Volume - IA of tender Specification.
**********
Page 99 of 115
Page 99 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Description Bidder
[Link].
Response
1.0 Please confirm acceptance of all commercial terms and YES
conditions stipulated in the tender document including
Corrigendum/ Amendments/ Clarification/ Errata issued, if any
without deviation.
2.0 Any other information, the bidder wants to furnish Upload Files
********
5. BIDDER’S DETAILS
Sl.
Description Bidder’s Response
No.
1.0 Particulars of the firm Header
1.1 Bidder‟s Name and Address Text Area Entry (Mandatory)
1.2 Telephone No. Text Entry (Mandatory)
1.3 Fax No. Text Entry (Optional)
1.4 E – Mail address Text Entry (Mandatory)
1.5 Name of Contact Person Text Area Entry (Mandatory)
1.6 Mobile Number of Contact Person Text Area Entry (Mandatory)
1.7 PAN No. of the Bidder Text Area Entry (Mandatory)
1.8 GST Registration No. Text Area Entry (Mandatory)
1.9 MSME Details, if applicable Text Area Entry (Mandatory)
1.10 Other Statutory Registration No., if any Text Area Entry (Optional)
1.11 Name and full address of Chief executives Text Area Entry (Mandatory)
1.12 Upload copies of PAN, GST Registration Upload Files
certificate, any other statutory documents
2.0 Bank Details Header
2.1 Name of the beneficiary Text Area Entry (Mandatory)
2.2 Bank A/c No. Text Area Entry (Mandatory)
2.3 Name of the Bank Text Area Entry (Mandatory)
2.4 Name of the Branch Text Area Entry (Mandatory)
2.5 IFS Code (For NEFT/RTGS Payment) Text Area Entry (Mandatory)
2.6 BANK ADDRESS Text Area Entry (Mandatory)
2.7 BANK FAX NO. Text Entry (Optional)
2.8 BANK EMAIL-ID Text Area Entry (Mandatory)
2.9 Bank Phone No. Text Area Entry (Mandatory)
2.10 Upload Supporting Documents for the applicable Upload Files
items
Bidder’s
[Link]. Description
Acceptance
1.0 I/We, the undersigned have carefully examined and understood the
Tender Documents including the Amendments/ Errata/
Corrigendum/Clarifications issued till the date of Tender Opening.
I/We hereby agree to carry out the entire works as described in the
specifications in conformity with the specifications and Tender Yes
Documents, as per prices quoted by us in the Schedule of Prices
(Schedule F1 – Table 1) enclosed herewith.
2.0 In the event of our offer being accepted, we agree to furnish a Bank
Guarantee for Contract Performance as per the proforma prescribed
by NLC India Renewables Limited and acceptable to NLC India
Renewables Limited and for the sum equal to 10% (Ten percent) of Yes
“Total Contract Price excluding O&M price for 3 years” within 30
days from the date of Letter of Award.
SECTION -5
SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE OF PRICES-F1
TABLE 1
Note:
1. The bidder can quote for either 410 MW or 400 MW block if the average annual turnover of
the bidder during the preceding three (3) financial years as on the original scheduled date of
tender opening is not less than 125 crore as per PQR.
2. The Bidder can quote for either 410MW or 400MW or 410MW & 400MW blocks if the
average annual turnover of the bidder during the preceding three (3) financial years as on the
original scheduled date of tender opening is not less than 250 crore as per PQR.
Option1: 410MW
Option 2: 400MW
Option 3: 410MW & 400MW
410 MW Package Price Price in Rupees
Sl. No. Description Price GST Total Price
1.0 Schedule-1
Site Preparation Works
1.1 Lumpsum and firm price for Site
preparation Works
2.0 Schedule-2
Plant and Equipment
2.1 Lumpsum and firm price for supply
(excluding Solar PV Modules) delivery
of items including Design, Engineering
Manufacturing, Shop Testing, packing,
forwarding, loading into container, all
Transport charges including Transit
Insurance, Unloading at Site, Stacking &
Storage inclusive of all taxes and duties.
(Also, the price shall include Receipt,
Unloading, storage of PV Modules)
3.0 Schedule -3
Installation and Commissioning
3.1 Lumpsum and firm Price for erection,
testing and commissioning of Solar
Power plant including Solar PV Modules
& all items as per scope, Storage &
Erection Insurance inclusive of all taxes
and duties.
4.0 Schedule -4
Page 105 of 115
Page 105 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works for Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar
VOLUME – IA
Project in RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal , Bikaner District, Rajasthan
Under Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV
Modules) & Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Note:
1. Bidders shall quote the prices in the above format only. The price quoted in this format
alone shall be considered for Evaluation and comparison as per clause No.3.23 of
Section 3 of Volume-1A.
2. Any item of work not mentioned in the above particulars but written elsewhere in the
scope of work (or) in Technical Specification (or) essentially required for completion of
works (or) proper operation and maintenance of Solar power plant (or) safety of
equipment and operating personnel shall be deemed to have been included in the above
particulars.
3. First year O & M price shall be minimum 2% of EPC cost (Sum of Schedule 1 to 4 &
schedule 9 to 12 block wise) quoted by the bidder. Further the bidder shall furnish price
Breakup for O&M price for 3 years quoted in Schedule-5 in Sl. No 8.0, 16.0 and the
price breakup shall have minimum escalation of 3.84% on further subsequent years.
4. Download Spread sheet for calculating the O&M Charges (Schedule of Prices F1 -
Table-2)
5. The bidder shall upload the signed copy of the Spread sheet for calculating the O&M
Charges (Schedule of Prices F1 -Table-2) in Sl. No 8.0 and 16.0 for each block.
6. In case of any Arithmetical errors between the prices quoted in Schedule of Prices: F1-
Table -1 and Table-2 for O&M , the prices quoted in Schedule of Prices: F1-Table -1
will only be considered for Evaluation. This price shall be binding on the Contractor.
7. Bidder shall note that Total price of 410 MW Solar Power Project including O&M for 3
years in Sl. No.7.0 is equal to Total Capital Expenditure (CE) in Rs. = {EPC cost
(Schedule-1 + Schedule-2 + Schedule-3 + Schedule-4) + O&M price for 3 years
(Schedule-5)}
8. Bidder shall note that Total price of 400 MW Solar Power Project including O&M for 3
years in Sl. No.15.0 is equal to Total Capital Expenditure (CE) in Rs. = {EPC cost
(Schedule-1 + Schedule-2 + Schedule-3 + Schedule-4) + O&M price for 3 years
(Schedule-5)}.
9. Bidder to quote GST on ceiling basis wherever applicable in the column provided.
10. Bidder shall attach Form of Bid, Part II, as per Annexure – C of Section 3 of Volume
1A.
11. Bidder for the BOS tender has to design the plant with reference module as 560Wp and
quoted accordingly. However, the actual module will be supplied from 560Wp and
above based on the availability. Hence Suitable adjustment in the award price in Total
EPC Cost shall be carried out during detailed engineering as per the relevant clause
3.26. The Award price for 3 years O&M remains the same.
12. Reverse auction will be conducted individually for SI No. 17.0 and 18.0 of schedule of
prices F1 Table in separate screen for 410MW, 400MW packages simultaneously. As
per Evaluation and comparison clause No.3.23 of Section 3 of Volume-1A.
*****
Lumpsum and firm price for O&M of Solar Power Plant of 810 (410MW & 400MW) MW
capacity for 3 years as per technical specification inclusive of all taxes and duties
Total Quoted
Price in
Quoted Price Quoted GST
Rupees
[Link] For the year in Rupees in Rupees
including
GST
(a) (b) c = (a+b)
st
1 1 Year after SCOD 0
2 2nd Year after SCOD 0
3 3rd Year after SCOD 0
Schedule-5 (Total O&M Charges in Rupees including GST). 0
Note:
First year O & M price shall be minimum 2% of EPC cost Further the bidder shall furnish price
Breakup for O&M price for 3 years quoted and the price breakup shall have minimum escalation
of 3.84% on further subsequent years.
SCHEDULE-F2
OVERALL TIME SCHEDULE
FOR BOS PACKAGE OF 810 MW(410 MW & 400 MW) SOLAR POWER PROJECT
(Bidder to fill-in and submit with its Bid)
Signature :
Name :
Designation :
Company :
Company Seal
Date :
SCHEDULE F3
NOT APPLICABLE
SCHEDULE F4
NOT APPLICABLE
SCHEDULE F5
NOT APPLICABLE
SCHEDULE F6
The Bidder shall indicate the schedule of manpower resources proposed to be deployed at
the site for executing the BOS works for 810MW Solar Power Project (Bidder to fill-in and
submit with its Bid)
S.
Type of Resource Months
No.
1 2 3
Signature:
Name:
Designation:
Company:
Company Seal Date:
SCHEDULE F7
NOT APPLICABLE
TENDER DOCUMENT
FOR
BOS WORKS FOR SETTING UP OF 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) SOLAR PROJECT
IN RVUNL SOLAR PARK AT PUGAL, BIKANER DISTRICT, RAJASTHAN UNDER
ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT (EXCLUDING SUPPLY OF SOLAR PV MODULES)
& CONSTRUCTION WITH O&M FOR A PERIOD OF 03 YEARS
VOLUME – IB
COMMERCIAL – DRAFT CONTRACT
Registered Office: 135, E.V.R. Periyar High Road, Kilpauk, Chennai- 600 010.
VOLUME – I B
DRAFT CONTRACT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Description Page No.
Number
Contract Agreement
Section-1 Definitions 8
Section-2 Brief Scope of Work 14
Section-3 Contract Price 21
3.1 Contract Price Break up 21
3.2 Price Basis 22
3.3 Firm price 22
Section-4 Time Schedule 23
4.1 Completion Time 23
4.2 Time Schedule for Feedback Data, Drawings and Documents 23
4.3 PERT Network 24
4.4 Delivery of Equipment, Wig’s substances Equipment etc 26
4.5 Maintaining spares 27
4.6 Delivery of Engineering Services 27
4.7 Respect for Time Schedule and price reduction for Non-Fulfilment 27
of Time schedule
4.8 Compensation for shortfall in generation during O&M Period 28
4.9 Total Liability for delay & shortfall in performance Guarantee 29
(PG) values
4.10 Compensation for overstay- Shall not be applicable 29
4.11 Implementation Strategy 29
4.12 Construction/Erection Plan 29
4.13 Progress Monitoring 30
4.14 Overall Time Schedule 31
4.15 Extension of Time 31
Section-5 Taxes & Duties 33
Page 2 of 174
5.1 General 33
5.2 Goods and Service Tax 33
5.3 Tax Deduction at Source (TDS) towards Income Tax / other Taxes 34
5.4 Personnel Income Tax & Cess 35
5.5 Building & Other Construction Workers Welfare (BOCW) Cess, 35
applicable
5.6 Royalty 35
5.7 Billing Schedule 35
Section-6 Payment Terms 36
6.1 General Procedure 36
6.2 Due Dates for Payment 36
6.3 Payment Schedule 36
6.4 Advance Payment 37
6.5 Terms of Payment 38
6.6 Terms of Payment for Supply, Erection, Civil Works, Testing & 39
Commissioning of Solar Power Project
6.7 Terms of Payment for Taxes and Duties. 41
6.8 General 42
6.9 Payment Procedure 42
6.10 Payment for Contract Bills through National Electronic Fund 42
Transfer (NEFT)
6.11 Documents for Payment 43
Section-7 Facilities to be Provided by the Purchaser-Not applicable 45
Section-8 Contract Technical Specifications 46
Section-9 Performance Guarantees Test 47
Page 3 of 174
Page 4 of 174
Page 5 of 174
ANNEXURES
Annexure- XIV Pro-forma for Financial Back up Bank Guarantee Not Applicable
Page 6 of 174
Note: Annexure II, V to XII shall be prepared after mutual agreement with the successful bidder
based on offer and agreement arrived at during techno commercial discussion and shall
form part of the contract. LOA issued to the successful bidder, Integrity Pact and Deed of
Joint Undertaking (DJU) furnished in the bid by the successful bidder shall be attached as
Annexure XXI to XXIII.
*******
Page 7 of 174
SECTION-1
DEFINITIONS
1. DEFINITIONS
The following words and expressions are used in this Contract (as herein defined and in the
Invitation for Bid) shall have the meanings hereof assigned to them, except where the
context requires otherwise:
1.1. ‘Acceptance’ shall mean the manifestations by the owner of his assent to the mutually
agreed terms of the offer by the bidder.
1.2. ‘Agreement’ shall mean mutual understanding between the parties which creates obligations
between each other.
1.3. ‘Approval of the Purchaser’ shall mean the written approval by the ‘Purchaser’ or
‘Consultant’ with respect to matters delegated to the consultant by the purchaser of a
document or drawing or other particulars or matters in relation to the Contract.
1.4. ‘Base date’ shall mean the first working day of the calendar month, one month prior to the
actual date of opening of Bids (Part-I).
1.5. ‘Bid’ shall mean a valid offer made against this tender enquiry, indicating terms, conditions
and prices.
1.6. Bidder / Tenderer / SDO (Solar Developer and Operator) shall mean a person/party/ firm/
company /consortium who submits an offer/ bid against a tender enquiry.
1.7. ‘Billing Schedule’ shall mean the item, description and Quantities arrived at after detailed
design and engineering are prepared. It generally occurs in lump sum Price contracts, where
rates are fixed up for such items, based on the Break up prices indicated in the offer.
1.8. ‘Commercial use' shall mean that use of the equipment for works, which the `Contract'
contemplates.
1.9. ‘Commissioning’ – The Solar Power Project will be considered as commissioned if all
equipment as per rated project capacity has been installed and energy has gone into the gird.
1.10. ‘Compensation’ shall mean anything as an equivalent as to make assessment for loss or
damage.
a) The consideration for services rendered by contract agreed or implied.
b) Remuneration for injury suffered, especially when it has resulted in measurable loss or
in expenditure.
c) Money paid for damage caused by any wrong or breach of contract, to the person
defrauded or injured.
1.11. ‘Completion of erection’ shall be defined as to be completion of erection of all the materials
and items of the equipment covered under the scope of Contract, successful completion of
functional tests.
1.12. ‘Completion of Handing Over’ shall mean that completion certificate as indicated in the
technical specifications and conditions of contract.
1.13. Completion time for scheduled commercial operation date (SCOD) shall be 12 months from
the date of LOA.
1.14. ‘Condition’ shall mean the conditions agreed between the parties and stipulated in the
Contract agreement.
Page 8 of 174
1.15. ‘Consequential damages’ mean the damages, claimed in a tort or breach of contract which
do not normally follow from the tort or breach.
1.16. `Consultant' shall mean the Consultants appointed by the Purchaser for the `Project’ or their
duly authorized representatives.
1.17. `Contractor' shall mean the successful Bidder whose bid has been accepted by the Purchaser
and on whom the `Contract' or `Purchase order’ is placed by the Purchaser and shall include
his heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assignees.
1.18. ‘Contract’ shall mean and include this contract between the owner and Contractor for the
execution of the works as per agreed terms, conditions, specifications prices and
enforceable as per law.
1.19. ‘Contract period’ shall mean the period / time schedule agreed in the contract during which
period the Contracted work shall be performed / executed, inclusive of any period covered
by extension(s), duly issued. ‘Contractual Delivery Period’ for the purpose of statutory
variations in taxes & duties shall be 12 months from the date of LOA.
1.20. ‘Contract Price’ in relation to particular contract shall mean the total consideration to be
paid by the Purchaser to the Contractor. It includes all taxes and duties.
1.21. "Contractor's works” or "Manufacturer's works” shall mean the places which are used by
the Contractor/Sub-Contractor for the manufacture of equipment.
1.22. ‘Day’ shall mean the period between midnight to next midnight.
1.23. Defects liability: For latent defects, the liability period shall be up to 3 (Three) years from
the Expiry of Guarantee / Warranty period of equipment or completion of O&M Period.
1.24. ‘Delivery’ shall mean delivery of only such equipment, materials and supplies specified in
the Contract and manufactured and/or supplied by the Contractor in accordance with the
sequence of delivery schedule of the Contract and in case of construction and erection work,
delivery shall mean the approval of the owner to the said construction and erection work.
1.25. ‘Dimensions’ shall mean length, area, volume etc. all expressed in metric system.
1.26. ‘Drawing’ shall mean such drawings provided along with bid documents / furnished during
the progress of work by the Contractor and approved by the Purchaser.
1.27. ‘Date of Contract’ shall mean the calendar date on which Purchaser and the Contractor have
signed the `Contract'.
1.28. ‘Design Charges’ shall mean the charges payable for design and engineering of the
equipment.
1.29. ‘Effective date of Contract’ shall mean the date of Letter of Award.
1.30. ‘Engineer’ / ‘Project Manager’ shall mean the Officer nominated by the Purchaser for the
performance of the Contract.
1.31. ‘Equipment Portion of the Contract Price’ shall mean the F.O.R. SITE. Price of the
equipment components and goods including charges for design, manufacture, shop-testing,
packing and forwarding and loading into containers / carriers, Transit Insurance,
Transportation and Unloading to the Site.
1.32. ‘Erection’ shall mean the putting up of structures and/or installation of plant and equipment
under the Contract by the Contractor and/or under the supervision of the Contractor and will
include any service which the Contractor is required to perform at the site with his own
Page 9 of 174
and/or other staff and/or labour and/or Sub-Contractor for the due fulfilment of the
Contract.
1.33. ‘Erection Portion of the `Contract Price' shall mean the value of field activities of the
`Works’ including unloading, handling, storage till erection, erection, commissioning and
testing including supervision to be performed at "site" by the Contractor.
1.34. Final take over will occur when the following are achieved:
i. All supplies and services have been completed as per Contract.
ii. The Contractor has met any and all obligations under this Contract
iii. Final balance documentation, if any, incorporating latest modifications in ‘as built’
drawings has been submitted by the Contractor in requisite copies.
iv. The Contractor has rectified in a definite manner all objections / observations
mentioned in the "Commissioning Certificate" and ‘Final Project Punch List’.
v. Successful completion of Performance Guarantee Test for the plant and acceptance of
PG Test Report submitted.
1.35. ‘Functional tests’ shall mean all activities undertaken after completion of erection and shall
include mechanical and electrical check outs, safety checks, calibration of instruments and
protection devices and such other tests carried out to ensure functional reliability of various
sub-supporting systems.
1.36. ‘Guarantee/ Warranty period of the equipment’ shall mean the period of 12 (twelve) months
from the date of SCOD.
1.37. ‘Inspector’/ ‘Inspecting Engineer’ shall mean any person or persons, or any firm nominated
by or on behalf of the Purchaser or his duly authorized agent or Consultant to inspect
equipment, supplies, materials or any type of work under the contract.
1.38. ‘Instructions’ shall mean any drawings and/or instructions, oral and/or in writing details,
direction and explanations issued by the Consultant or the Purchaser from time to time
during the ‘Contract Period’.
1.39. ‘Initial Operation’ shall mean all operations undertaken as part of “Commissioning” after
completion of “Preliminary Operation” It shall be the first integral operation of the
complete plant/system/ equipment covered under this “Contract” and shall include first
start-up on no-load and/or partial load and/or full load runs of PV arrays, Inverters and
electrical equipment and gathering of operational data, calibration, setting and
commissioning of control systems and shut-down inspection and adjustment after running
of the plant/system/equipment covered under the Contract.
1.40. ‘Letter of Award’ (LOA) shall mean the official communication issued by the owner
notifying legally to the bidder that his bid has been accepted on mutually agreed terms,
conditions and prices.
1.41. Part Commissioning of the Project shall be accepted subjected to the condition that the
minimum capacity for acceptance of first and subsequent part(s) commissioning shall be in
blocks of minimum 50MW.
1.42. Price Reduction, not as a Penalty, is agreed upon between parties in the Contract towards
time delay.
Page 10 of 174
1.43. Compensation is agreed upon between parties in the Contract towards shortfall in
performance parameters agreed in a Contract.
1.44. ‘Manufacturer’ shall mean a person firm/company who manufactures and/or produces
Plant, Equipment, Component Spare Parts etc.
1.45. ‘Mechanical Completion’ shall be defined to be a state of readiness for “Preliminary
Operation” after due erection of all the materials and items of equipment covered under the
scope of the contract.
1.46. ‘Mobilisation’ shall mean establishment as per contract of sufficiently adequate
infrastructure by the Contractor at site inclusive of construction equipment, aides, tools &
tackles, setting up site offices with facilities such as power, water, communication etc.
establishing man power organisation consisting of Resident Engineers, Supervisory
personnel and an adequate strength of skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled workers, who,
with the so established infrastructure shall be in a position to commence execution of work
at site(s), in accordance with the agreed time schedule of completion of works.
‘Mobilisation’ shall be considered to have been achieved if the Contractor is able to
establish infrastructure as indicated above to begin work at site in accordance with agreed
schedule of work to the satisfaction of the Purchaser.
1.47. ‘Month’ shall mean English Calendar month. The month or months unless herein otherwise
expressly defined shall mean Calendar month or months.
1.48. ‘Notice’ shall mean any written Notice issued by the owner / Bidder / Contractor.
1.49. ‘Notice inviting Tender’ (NIT)/Notice inviting Bid (NIB) shall mean a Notice published by
the owner with the intention to invite offer/ bid for his requirements.
1.50. ‘Particulars’ shall mean the following:
a) Specification
b) Drawing
c) Sealed pattern denoting a pattern sealed and signed by the Inspector.
d) Proprietary make denoting the product of an individual firm.
e) Any other details governing the construction, manufacture, supply and / or erection
as per the Contract.
1.51. Performance Guarantee Test’ shall mean such tests as are prescribed in the Specification to
be done by the Contractor.
1.52. ‘Preliminary Operation’ shall mean all activities undertaken, as part of “Commissioning”
after “Mechanical Completion” upto commencement of “Initial Operation” and include
mechanical and electrical checkouts, calibration of instrument and protection devices,
commissioning of sub/supporting system of the plant/system/equipment covered under the
Contract.
1.53. ‘Plant, Equipment, Stores, Item or Material’ shall mean and include plant, equipment,
material, machinery or any part thereof to be provided for and the erection work to be done
by the Contractor under the Contract.
1.54. ‘Price’ shall mean the price agreed in the contract between the parties towards the scope of
work.
1.55. ‘Project’ shall mean the project specified in the tender documents and specification.
Page 11 of 174
1.56. ‘Purchaser/Owner’ shall mean and include NLC India Renewables Limited(NIRL) and its
different functionaries entrusted with the responsibilities in relation to this contract in
respect of the area of responsibilities of such functionaries.
1.57. ‘Provisional take over’ shall mean acceptance of prima facie and in principle subject to
completion of / fulfilment of certain conditions and entire plant is exporting power to grid.
This is not a complete acceptance of work entitling the Contractor to get full payment or to
assume that all the obligations and terms and conditions of the contract have been fulfilled
to the satisfaction of the Owner / Purchaser.
1.58. ‘Scheduled Commercial Operation Date (SCOD)’ shall be the date on which the
commissioning certificate is issued by the purchaser upon successful commissioning of the
full capacity of the Project (410MW/400 MW SPP) including DC overloading.
1.59. ‘Site’ shall mean the land set for the location of the project / work.
1.60. ‘Specification’ shall mean the Technical – Commercial specification including modification
set in the tender / contract documents.
1.61. “Sub-Contractor/ Sub-Vendor/Sub-Supplier" shall mean the contractor undertaking a part of
the work/supply or any person to whom a part of the Contract has been sublet with the
consent in writing of the Purchaser and shall include its heirs, legal representatives,
successors and permitted assignees.
1.62. ‘Sublet ‘shall mean to let out the work to another.
1.63. ‘Supervision’ shall mean the successive control and directions given by the Contractor in
relation to Contract work during execution of the Contractor’s and/or his sub-Contractor’s
work.
1.64. ‘Successful Bidder’ / ‘Tenderer’ shall mean the bidder whose bid is considered for
acceptance.
1.65. `Supply' shall mean the goods to be supplied by the Contractor under the `Contract'.
1.66. ‘Tender’ shall mean the bidder’s offer with his terms, conditions, Specifications and prices
to perform the scope of work.
1.67. ‘Test’ shall mean such test / tests stipulated or considered necessary by the Inspecting
Officers.
1.68. ‘Time’ shall be reckoned by months, weeks, days and hours, month being equivalent to the
Calendar month according to the Gregorian calendar. The day or days unless herein
otherwise expressly defined shall mean Calendar Day or days of 24 hours each.
1.69. ‘Time of completion’ shall mean the time / period stated / agreed for completing the scope
of work specified in the contract.
1.70. ‘Transport Portion of the Contract Price’ shall mean charges on all the mode of transport
envisaged under Contractor’s scope including inter-carting storage at any intermediate
point.
1.71. ‘Warranty’ shall mean Contractor’s assurance to the Purchaser that the goods or property is
or shall be as represented and if not, it will be repaired and reconditioned or replaced by the
Contractor at his cost or expenses.
1.72. ‘Warranty Period of the equipment’ shall mean 12 months from the date of SCOD.
Page 12 of 174
1.73. ‘Weight’ shall mean the calculation of a load. It is to be stated in ton (1 ton = 1000
kilogram) and / or kilogram (1 Kilogram = 1000 gram).
1.74. ‘Works’ shall mean plant, non-plant, buildings, Structures, Foundations and all plants,
Equipment, Components to be provided and other construction/erection services that the
contract requires the Contractor to provide.
1.75. Terms and expressions not herein defined shall have the same meaning as are assigned to
them in the Indian Sales of Goods Act (1930), failing that in the Indian Contract Act (1872)
and failing that in the General Clauses Act (1897) and such others as mentioned from time
to time.
1.76. `Writing' shall include any manuscript, typewritten or printed statement, under or over
signature and/or seal as the case may be.
1.77. When the words `Approved', `Subject to Approval’ `Satisfactory', `Equal to', `Proper',
`Requested', `As requested', `Where directed', `When directed', `Determined by', `Accepted',
`permitted', or words and phrases of like import are used the approval, Judgement, direction,
[Link] understood to be function of the Purchaser or the Consultant.
1.78. Words imparting person shall include firms, Companies, Corporation, associations or body
of individuals whether incorporated or not. Words imparting masculine gender or singular
number shall also include the feminine gender and plural number and vice-versa where the
context so required or permits.
1.79. The various Acts and Regulations are normally available for sale from the following
address:
`Deputy Controller -Publication Department,
Government of India,
Civil Lines, Delhi - 110 006.
and with leading authorised Government of India book sellers.
*****
Page 13 of 174
SECTION-2
Page 14 of 174
construction engineering, testing, start up, trial run, commissioning and performance
guarantee tests. The Contractor shall bring his own or Sub-Contractor(s) Specialists for
the performance of the above-mentioned works.
[Link]. Total day to day supervision of construction including erection and specialized
services, if any.
[Link]. Technical consultation/liaison/guidance relating to detail design and plant engineering
by its sub-Contractors.
[Link]. Quality control and adherence to the time schedule control of site work and other
works.
[Link]. Start-up trial runs and commissioning services.
[Link]. Demonstration of performance guarantee tests by deputing commissioning
engineers/specialists.
[Link]. Clearance for installations including power evacuation system from the statutory and
other concerned authorities on behalf of Purchaser. The Contractor shall also assist in
preparing application forms, providing necessary drawings, documents, test certificates
etc., including necessary co-ordination with statutory and other concerned authorities.
[Link]. All applications will be filed on the name of purchaser. Statutory fee if any will be paid
by Purchaser for approval.
[Link]. Submission of complete as built drawings/documents, O&M Manuals etc., as instructed
by the Purchaser.
[Link]. The Contractor shall be responsible for supply of all the drawings and technical
documents & information in respect of the plant & equipment. The Contractor shall
deliver the drawings, technical documents and information to the Purchaser and their
authorized agency.
[Link]. Detailed Scope of Work: The detailed scope of work covers the following activities
and services in respect of all the equipment & works specified and covered under the
specifications. All equipment, materials and services whether explicitly stated or
otherwise and that are necessary for the satisfactory operation of the Solar PV System
and its integration as described in the specification shall be deemed to be included in
the scope of work of the Contractor and shall not be limited to the following:
1. Site preparation like vegetation removal, soil grading and levelling of the Project area.
2. Conducting Topographical survey, Geo-Technical investigation and Soil Resistivity
test in all the site locations.
3. Detailed Design and Engineering of all the equipment and equipment system(s)
including civil works.
4. Submitting the engineering drawings, data sheets, process calculations, test certificates
and reports, structural design calculations, Equipment layout, Civil
structural/architectural Drawings for Review and approval by SPD/SPDs Engineering
consultant.
5. Finalization of sub-vendors, manufacturing quality plans and Field quality plans.
6. Purchase, testing, packing and transportation from the manufacturer’s works to the site
including customs clearance & port clearance, port charges, (if any) of all the
Page 15 of 174
Page 16 of 174
2.3.2. Supervision
The Contractor shall depute Technical personnel/ Specialists from various disciplines
for the supervision of construction work under his scope of work. The above-mentioned
Technical personnel/Specialists shall supervise the construction and commissioning of
the Project so as to establish to the Purchaser that the guarantees as agreed by the
Contractor are fully met.
2.3.3. Construction & Erection Works
[Link]. The Contractor shall mobilize all necessary construction and erection tools & tackles,
small hand tools, instruments, all commissioning instruments, bolts, nuts, washers, jigs
and fixtures, winches, alignment tools etc. and the material handling equipment such as
cranes, hoists etc., welding equipment and accessories, measuring instruments,
temporary supports and staging, consumables (e.g. welding gas, electrodes etc.),
erection packs etc. for erection of steel structures, and other equipment which may be
required for carrying out the construction and erection work efficiently within the time
schedule provided herein in the Contract. The Contractor shall ensure that proper
documentation is followed at entry gate of Purchaser's premises for such items which
shall be carried back by Contractor after completion of work.
[Link]. The Contractor shall carry out any and all such works, as may be required, to build the
project complete in all aspects as per the Contract Specification.
[Link]. The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to deliver the equipment at the
project site by wagons/trucks/trailers, build his own stores (covered, uncovered, air-
conditioned, if necessary) for the proper storage of equipment, maintain the stores and
all related documents and records, transport the equipment to site for erection purpose.
Necessary security arrangements also shall be made by the Contractor. Area required
for construction of stores and construction site office, labour colony, etc. shall be made
available by the Contractor.
[Link]. The Contractor shall unpack and do visual checking against physical damages to the
equipment/cases, clean equipment before start of erection. Damage/ shortage, if any,
will be reported to the Purchaser and shall be rectified/replaced expeditiously, so as not
to upset the erection and commissioning schedule. Delay on account of settlement of
insurance claims by the Contractor shall not be considered as an excuse for delay in
completion of erection and commissioning.
[Link]. The Contractor shall erect and maintain his own site offices and stores, as required for
the work and arrange for proper housekeeping and up-keep of the area.
[Link]. The Contractor shall provide sufficient fencing/barricade, notice boards, signage and
lighting to protect and warn others as may be considered necessary by the Purchaser.
All materials used for providing these facilities shall be the property of the Contractor.
[Link]. The Contractor shall mobilize adequate material handling equipment such as mobile
cranes, forklifts, trailers, dozers, winches etc. in addition to other erection tools &
consumables keeping in view the erection schedule. The Contractor shall provide
within two weeks from the date of Letter of Award, his scheme for mobilization with
Page 17 of 174
Bar Chart indicating clearly the resources, manpower and machinery proposed to be
deployed to ensure timely completion of work and quality of workmanship.
[Link]. Underground services, if any to be diverted / protected shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor and shall be informed to the Purchaser. Approval from authorities required
for such works shall be obtained by the Contractor. The compensation / statutory
payments if any for such works shall be borne by the Contractor.
[Link]. The Contractor shall organize the work in such a manner that work being carried out
simultaneously at site is not impeded and the workmen not endangered and shall
arrange all temporary access as required for the erection work.
[Link]. The Contractor shall carry out base/primer and final painting of all Plant & Equipment,
Structures, Pipelines, etc. supplied. The painting including its process shall be carried
out as specified in the detailed technical specification. Where not specified, the same
shall be as per the standard codes & practices normally applicable and adopted
internationally for the type of Plant & Equipment offered.
[Link]. Grouting of the equipment and steel structures on the foundations with approved non-
shrink-grouting compound shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The grouting
materials shall be supplied by the Contractor.
[Link]. All safety, health and pollution control measures as required to be adopted as per the
statutory regulations and the safety codes for projects issued along with the tender or
otherwise required or implied by local statutory regulations or practices shall be strictly
followed by the Contractor during the entire duration of execution of the Contract. The
Contractor shall set up a suitable safety organization of its own at site, in this regard.
[Link]. The Contractor shall not dispose of, transport or withdraw any tools, tackles,
equipment, and material provided by him for the "contract" without taking prior written
approval from the Purchaser.
2.3.4. Demonstration of Performance Guarantee (PG) Test:
The Contractor shall undertake Performance Guarantee (PG) Test and achieve the rated
power generation and net energy export in a sustained manner and also the other
parameters as in Technical specification. In case the Contractor fails to demonstrate and
prove the Performance Guarantees and achieve the results as agreed in this Contract,
the Contractor shall rectify the Plant and Equipment and demonstrate the performance
guarantees failing which the Purchaser’s option of either to reject the equipment or to
levy Compensation will be exercised..
2.3.5. Construction Power:
The Contractor needs to arrange the Construction Power Supply at the project location
for construction purpose. Control, protection, distribution inside the solar power plant
area shall be made by the Contractor at his own cost.
2.3.6. Water during Construction & O&M:
Water supply need to be arranged by the Contractor at his own cost during construction
period. Details of the provision of water during O&M period of Solar Power Plant shall
furnished through corrigendum. The Contractor shall arrange for Metering, storage
Page 18 of 174
sumps, pumps and distribution piping to various locations within the solar power plant.
Water charges will be recovered based on actual usage during O&M phase if Applicable.
As per Solar Power Park Developer (SPPD), the quantum of water required to wash a
module is 2.5 litres per Module surface per washing with total 10 washings in a year. For
drinking water, sanitations etc, the quantum of water required are considered at the
standard norms of 70 liters per person per day. Details of supply of water by SPPD will
be furnished through corrigendum.
Page 19 of 174
regulations of State Government, Factories Act, Pollution Control Regulation and other
related Acts & Laws prevalent in India and as amended from time to time. The
Purchaser shall not entertain any request for clarifications from the Contractors
regarding such local conditions.
[Link]. Any neglect or omission or failure on the part of the Contractor in obtaining necessary
and reliable information as stated above or on any other matter affecting the Contractor
shall not relieve him from any risks or liabilities or the entire responsibility of
completion of the work in accordance with the Contract.
[Link]. The Contractor shall make all efforts to maximise the supplies and services from Indian
Sources.
Page 20 of 174
SECTION-3
3. CONTRACT PRICE
1. The total lumpsum prices quoted by the Contractor in his bid with additions and
deletions as may be agreed to before award of Letter of Award/ Contract, for the entire
scope of work, viz., design, manufacture, supply, transportation, insurance, storage,
erection, commissioning and testing of the equipment etc. covered by detailed scope of
work of contract and in accordance with all terms, conditions, stipulations,
specifications, requirements and other conditions of the Contract and incorporated in
the Price Schedule and documents shall be treated as the Contract Price.
2. The Contract Price shall be paid in Indian currency only. The contract price (inclusive
of GST) shall be firm till completion of contract period.
3. The Contract Price shall be deemed inter-alia to include and cover the cost of
deployment of construction equipment, temporary works, establishment of labour
camp, all materials and supplies, labour, insurance, fuel, stores, appliances, security
arrangements, safety and fire-fighting arrangements (including those required during
construction, storage and erection) to be supplied/used by the Contractor and all such
other materials and services and actions that may be necessary or derived or statutorily
required in connection with the execution of the works as per the Contract or any
portion thereof complete in every respect and maintained as detailed in the contract
documents or as may be required in terms of the Contract.
4. The Contract Price shall be deemed to include and cover the cost of all royalty and
fees for all articles, and processes, protected by letters patent or otherwise incorporated
in or used in connection with the work, also all royalties, rents and other payments in
connection with obtaining all materials for the work and the Contractor shall
indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser, which indemnity, the Contractor
hereby gives against all actions, proceedings, claims, damages, costs and expenses
arising from the incorporation in or use of work of any such articles, processes or
supplies.
3.1 Contract Price Break-up
i) The Contract Price indicated in the Price Schedule shall be for the scope of work and
services detailed under scope covered under technical specification and for all the
contractual obligations of the Contractor if any, under the Contract.
(After issue of Letter of Award, the agreed Contract Price as per Schedule of
Prices F-1 will be detailed here while signing the Contract with the successful
bidder.)
ii) The Contractor shall furnish the detailed billing break-up for each item for the approval
of Purchaser, which after the approval only, will be the basis for submission of invoices
for progress of payments.
Page 21 of 174
*****
Page 22 of 174
SECTION-4
TIME SCHEDULE (Firm and Binding)
4. TIME SCHEDULE
Time schedule for design and engineering including submission of drawings and
documents, delivery of plant and equipment and spares, delivery of steel structures, civil
work, erection, start up, testing, commissioning shall be as per Clause 4.1 and shall be
binding on the Contractor.
The basic considerations and the essence of the `Contract’ shall be the strict adherence to
the time schedule for performing the works in the contract.
The time and the date of completion of the project activities as stipulated in the Time
Schedule of Tender specification and accepted by the Purchaser shall be deemed to be the
essence of the Contract. The Contractor shall so organise his resources and perform this
work as to complete it not later than the date agreed to. The time to complete the `Works’
contracted for, shall be reckoned from the date of “Letter of Award”.
4.2. Time Schedule for Feed Back Data, Drawings and Documents
4.2.1. The Contractor shall submit the various drawings and documents listed in Technical
Specification. The number of copies is indicative only. Additional copies, if any, required
by Purchaser shall be furnished by the Contractor, without any extra cost. The Contractor
shall supply all drawings/documents and will be the property of Purchaser. In addition to
hard copies, soft copy of all drawing/ documents shall be uploaded by the Contractor in
NLCIL’s/NIRL portal, details of which will be furnished after issue of LOA.
Within 15 days from the date of Letter of Award, the Contractor shall submit to the
Purchaser the list of all drawings and documents by title, using the approved numbering
system and indicating the schedule of submission of drawings in conformity with the time
schedule.
4.2.2. All the drawings and documents shall be prepared in accordance with contractual
requirements and also as per the best engineering practices. Approval in respect of
drawings shall be accorded by the Purchaser within two weeks of receipt of the same. In
case drawing is not complete and/or is not approved, the comments shall be furnished to
the Contractor within two weeks of receipt of drawing in hard copy. Any submission with
gross omissions and/or errors will not be considered as a valid submission. If any
Page 23 of 174
Period in Months
S. No Activities/Milestone from LOA
Start Finish
1 Engineering for the Project
Submission of Master Drawing List from the date of
0 15 days
LOA
Page 24 of 174
Period in Months
S. No Activities/Milestone from LOA
Start Finish
Submission, Review, and approval of drawings. 15 days 3
2 Supplies
Supply of Structure and DC cables. 3 5
Supply of Balance of System. 5 7
Supplies of PCSS & MCR. 3 5
3 Civil Works
Site Preparation Works. 1 9
MMS, PCSS and Main Control Room. 4 6
Approach Road, drainage system & internal roads. 1 3
4 Erection & Installation Works
Erection and Installation of Electrical & Associated
7 10
Equipment’s.
Testing of Equipment and Readiness of SCADA. 9 10
5 Evacuation Works
Erection, Testing and Commissioning of 600MW
SPP up to point of connection (33KV Side of 7 10
33/400KV Solar Park PSS).
6 Commissioning Activities
CEA inspection and Commissioning of Solar PV
10 11
Plant.
Commercial Operation as per GEDA/ DISCOM/
GETCO/CTU Commissioning Committee of Solar 10 11
PV Plant.
Completion of SCOD 11 12
Warranty Period (PG test should be completed within
7 13 24
Warranty period i.e., 12 months)
For 3
8 O&M Start time (After completion of SCOD) 25
Years
Note: The L-1 PERT to be submitted by the bidder and finalized with the successful
bidder will be annexed to at the end of this schedule to the contract document. (Approved
L-1 PERT to be attached at the end of this Section).
4.3.3. The Contractor shall submit detailed construction resource planning along with Level-2
networks.
4.3.4. The Contractor shall submit estimates of quantities/volume of work sub-system wise,
discipline wise, list and weights of equipment mechanical/electrical/ instrumentation etc.
during execution stage as per requirement.
Page 25 of 174
4.3.5. All PERT Network shall be furnished in MS Projects both in Hard copies and Soft copies.
4.3.6. Detailed assignment schedules of foreign specialists Experts for rendering technical
services shall be submitted by the Contractor for the approval of the Purchaser within one
month from the date of Letter of Award. The bio-data of key personnel shall be submitted
within one month of the date of Letter of Award (LOA) and for others two months before
their deputation.
4.3.7. Drawings of equipment shall be supplied at least one month before the shipment of the
equipment.
4.3.8. All “as built drawings” shall be submitted by the Contractor before Final Take Over.
4.3.9. Erection Instructions for the Plant and Equipment shall be submitted by the Contractor at
least one month before the shipment of the respective Plant & Equipment.
4.3.10. The delivery of equipment shall be deemed to be completed when all equipment and
drawings/documentations have been supplied by the Contractor. Spares shall be delivered
along with the last consignment of the respective equipment. The Spares shall be
maintained at stores after SCOD.
4.3.11. Erection of the system / equipment shall be deemed to be completed when all equipment
for the normal functioning of the plant / system are erected at site.
4.3.12. Completion of successful commissioning of the system/ equipment shall be deemed to
have taken place when the system/ equipment has been successfully commissioned as per
relevant Clauses of Section-10 of this volume and as per Technical specification.
4.3.13. Demonstration of performance guarantee tests shall be deemed to have completed when
the Contractor has demonstrated as per Technical Specification.
4.3.14. The Contractor shall render timely and adequate technical services through his Specialists
to ensure completion of civil work, erection, commissioning and demonstration of
performance guarantee tests as per relevant Clauses of Section -10.
4.3.15. The Contractor shall prepare and submit in a time bound manner necessary drawing of
proper standard with best engineering practices. The Contractor shall be responsible for
obtaining timely approval of the drawings from the Purchaser to ensure completion of
work within the time schedule. Any delay due to incomplete submission and consequent
delay in approval shall be to the account of the Contractor. The Contractor shall not claim
any time extension on this ground.
4.3.16. The Contractor shall ensure to send all letters with authentication through E-mail and a
confirmation copy of the same through courier/Speed Post. All drawings and documents
shall be sent through Courier/ Speed Post.
4.4. DELIVERY OF EQUIPMENT, Wig’s SUBSTATION EQUIPMENTS ETC.
The delivery periods shall be reckoned from the date of Letter of Award.
4.4.1. The delivery of imported equipment and components including the foundation bolts and
inserts in respect of the plant and equipment shall be completed as given in the Overall
time schedule.
4.4.2. Delivery of all indigenous equipment, steel structures including foundation bolts and
inserts shall be completed on F.O.R. site basis as given in the Overall Time schedule.
Page 26 of 174
4.4.3. Delivery of all supplies shall be made strictly in sequence of erection at site unless
otherwise differently agreed to by Purchaser.
4.5. MAINTAINING SPARES
The required spares shall be maintained and shall be dispatched along with the last
consignment of the respective equipment. The required Spares shall be maintained by the
Contractor at the stores after the Final Takeover.
4.6. DELIVERY OF ENGINEERING SERVICES
The delivery of the engineering services, drawings and documents will be completed as
per the time schedule mentioned herein before and will be delivered to the Purchaser.
4.7. RESPECT FOR TIME SCHEDULE AND PRICE REDUCTION FOR NON –
FULFILLMENT OF TIME SCHEDULE:
a) The time schedule stipulated in the Contract shall be adhered to on the clear
understanding that the Contract Price has been fixed with reference to the said Time
Schedule.
b) If any delay is anticipated by the Contractor beyond the stipulated time schedule, the
Contractor shall forthwith inform PURCHASER in writing of such anticipated delay and
of the steps being taken by the Contractor to remove or reduce the anticipated delay, and
shall promptly keep PURCHASER informed of all subsequent developments.
4.7.1. PRICE REDUCTION CLAUSE (PRC) FOR DELAY:
The time stipulated in the Contract shall be deemed to be the essence of the Contract. In
case the Contractor fails to adhere to the time specified in the Contract Clause 4.1, then
Price reduction will be levied by the Purchaser as follows.
“In case the CONTRACTOR fails to complete the Works within the stipulated period,
then, unless such failure is due to Force Majeure or due to PURCHASER’S defaults, the
Total Contract price shall be reduced by ½% (Half percent) of the Total Contract
Price excluding O&M price per week of delay or part thereof on pro rata basis of the non-
commissioned capacity subject to a maximum of 5% of the Total Contract Price excluding
O&M price by way of reduction in price for delay and not as penalty.”
4.7.2. PRICE REDUCTION CLAUSE:
1. In case of delay on the part of CONTRACTOR, the invoice value shall be reduced
proportionately for the delay and payment shall be released accordingly. In the event
the invoice value is not reduced proportionately for the delay, the Purchaser may,
without prejudice to any method of recovery, deduct the amount for such Price
reduction from any amount due or which becomes due to the Contractor either under
this or any other Contract or by recovery from the Contract Performance Guarantee.
Effecting of Price reduction shall in no way relieve the Contractor from its contractual
obligations to complete the works or from any of the obligations under the contract.
Any delay in effecting Price reduction shall not constitute waiver of the right of the
Purchaser under the contract towards Price reduction.
Page 27 of 174
The average discovered Tariff is Rs. 2.64 for every unit (kWh) in the LOI issued to
NLCIL/NIRL by RVUNL. Accordingly, Tariff of Rs. 2.64 for every unit (kWh) shall be
considered for calculation of shortfall in generation during O&M Period on yearly basis.
Note: Compensation against shortfall during O&M period shall be subject to the
Maximum of 5% of Guaranteed revenue during 1st year of O&M for each year.
Page 28 of 174
4.9 Total Liability for shortfall delay & shortfall in performance Guarantee (PG) values:
The amount of Rs 31.64/kwh for every unit of shortfall in energy generation during PG Test
will be deducted.
Page 29 of 174
Page 30 of 174
d) The monthly progress report shall indicate progress of activities against targeted dates
and targeted quantities in Proforma as per the requirement of the Contract for
maintaining consistency of reporting and for maintaining database by the Purchaser.
Reasons for shortfalls, if any, shall be clearly brought out and proposed remedial
measures to arrest the delays shall be indicated by the Contractor in the progress
report, wherever applicable.
e) Quantitative programme which is termed as “Work Plan” shall be updated regularly at
a mutually agreed interval of time and Principal Contractor shall submit the same for
Purchaser’s approval keeping in view the balance time available to execute the balance
of activities. Once if approved, subsequent progress report shall indicate the revised
targets.
f) The Contractor shall furnish information on site activities viz. daily progress report,
weekly receipt of equipment, monthly erection plan, etc. The Contractor has also to
indicate resource deployment at site, highlights of critical areas and constraints in the
daily progress report once in a week.
g) Other information related to site activities as may be required by the Purchaser, shall
also be submitted by the Contractor.
h) The Contractor shall submit progress photographs in through official E-mail every
month relating to the progress in sequence of work of all major site activities. The
Purchaser will arrange necessary permission for the same.
i) The progress report will also highlight inspection status. The Contractor shall submit
one copy of the inspection certificate duly signed by representatives/authorized
agencies after inspection.
4.14 Overall Time Schedule
Time Schedule (L-1 PERT network) furnished by the Contractor will form part of the
Contract.
(Approved L-1 PERT to be attached at the end of this Section)
4.15 Extension of Time
4.15.1 The Contractor shall not be allowed for any extension of time for completion except in the
following cases:
i) Force Majeure – As per details stated in the Contract.
ii) Major changes or substantial addition to work ordered by the Purchaser adversely
affecting the completion time.
iii) Any other circumstance of any kind whatsoever which may occur making the
Contractor entitled to an extension of time which, however, shall be in the absolute
discretion of the Purchaser.
4.15.2 The Contractor, upon the happening of any such event as stated above shall immediately
inform the Purchaser but nevertheless use constantly his best endeavours to prevent or
make good the delay and shall do all that may be reasonably required to the satisfaction of
the Purchaser to proceed with the work.
Page 31 of 174
4.15.3 Request for extension of time shall be submitted by the Contractor in writing and the
Purchaser, based on the merit, shall consider the request and convey his decision to the
Contractor in writing within a reasonable time.
4.15.4 The Contractor shall not be eligible for any extension of time on account of any delay in
procurement of materials.
4.15.5 Joint Monitoring Group: Joint Monitoring Group comprising representatives of Purchaser
as well as the Contractors as Members for this Contract shall be constituted to deliberate
all issues affecting execution of the Contract periodically and a Record Note of Discussion
shall be signed by the parties.
********
Page 32 of 174
SECTION-5
5.1. General
5.1.1. All other taxes, duties or other charges, except those specifically mentioned in the
Contract, legally levied on the CONTRACTOR in connection with the contract work,
shall be borne and paid by the CONTRACTOR.
5.1.2. All bank charges in connection with payment to be made to the Contractor. In connection
with Bank Guarantee (BG), all bank charges shall be borne and paid by the Contractor.
5.1.3. The Contractor shall comply with all the necessary tax related statutory compliances
including but not limited to providing GST invoices or other documentation as per GST
law relating to the Supply of Goods and Services or both to the Purchaser, uploading, the
details of the invoice, payment of taxes, timely filing of valid statutory returns for the tax
period on the Goods and Service Tax Portal.
5.1.4. In case any demand is recovered from Purchaser on account of any act of the Contractor,
including but not limited to non-payment of GST charged and recovered, non-filing of
Returns, non-uploading of valid invoices raised on Purchaser in the Returns etc. the
Contractor shall indemnify the Purchaser in respect of all claims of tax, penalty and/or
interest, loss, damages, costs, expenses and liability that may arise due to such non-
compliance.
5.2. Goods and Service Tax
5.2.1. The Supplier / Contractor has to provide a copy of the GST Registration Certificate and
also mention their GST Registration No. and Date in each of their invoices / bills without
fail. No invoice or bill will be paid unless the GST Registration No. is mentioned therein.
5.2.2. While claiming the GST payment, the Contractor should furnish the requisite details in the
invoice as per statutory requirements.
5.2.3. GST wherever applicable, shall be paid restricting to ceiling indicated in the schedule of
prices. GST will also be paid for the items that are directly consigned to site by the
approved sub suppliers/sub vendors/Associate.
5.2.4. The ownership of all materials to be supplied by Contractor, dispatched directly from sub
supplier's/sub-contractor's works to the project site, shall rest with NLCIL/NIRL on
endorsement of dispatch document while the materials are in transit. Sales-in-transit is
acceptable by the Purchaser.
5.2.5. Details of item tariff no. with break up values for dispatches from Tamil Nadu, and other
States attracting IGST, CGST & SGST shall be indicated separately in the Billing
Schedule with rate of GST in percentage and total amount of GST.
5.2.6. The billing schedule should contain details of tariff head, tariff rate and amount in respect
of GST. The respective total amount shall tally with the respective ceiling quoted for the
GST. Payment for GST shall be paid based on the value mentioned in the billing schedule.
Statutory variations during contractual delivery period shall also be payable only for those
items for which basic GST has been indicated in the billing schedule.
Page 33 of 174
5.2.7. Final claim will be settled only after certification by practicing firm of Chartered
Accountants that all benefits out of GST availed by the Contractor have been passed on to
the Purchaser.
5.2.8. The Contractor shall comply with the Anti-profiteering measures at all times as prescribed
under Sec 171 of CGST Act, 2017 and corresponding provisions of SGST / UTGST Act,
2017 and Anti-profiteering rules released there under.
5.2.9. The Contract Price is inclusive of all applicable GST, levies and duties. The ceiling for
Taxes & Duties shall correspond to the Base Price. Additional liabilities of Taxes &
Duties shall be paid over and above the respective ceiling amounts quoted in the Price
Bid. Obligations of the Purchaser/Contractor towards payment of statutory variations in
taxes and duties are as follows:
[Link].In respect of items directly consigned to Site by approved sub suppliers/ sub
vendors/Associate the GST and statutory variation on GST after the base date shall be
payable within contractual delivery period.
[Link].Additional amount of GST arising out of statutory variations within the contractual
delivery period after the base date will be made by the Purchaser. Such payment shall be
restricted only to finished goods supplied by the Contractor and its sub suppliers/ sub
vendors/Associate directly to the Purchaser.
[Link].Statutory variations due to imposition of new taxes, duties and levies or
increase/reduction/withdrawal of existing GST, duties and levies by the Central or State
Government as may be applicable on the supply of plant & equipment, erection, etc. shall
be to Purchaser's account to the extent applicable as direct liability of the Contractor in
execution of this contract with the Purchaser. In the case of any upward revision the same
shall be paid by the Purchaser and in the case of any downward revision the same shall be
passed on to the Purchaser in full. However, the same will be limited within the
contractual delivery period.
[Link].If contractual delivery period is extended for reasons not directly attributable to the
Contractor, variations in taxes & duties, if any, shall be paid.
[Link].The Contractor shall bear and pay all liabilities in respect of: (a) non-observance of all
legal formalities as per various statutory provisions and (b) statutory variations in all
taxes, duties and levies and imposition of new taxes, duties and levies that may be
imposed after the contractual delivery period, in case the contractual delivery period is
extended due to reasons attributable to the Contractor.
5.3. Tax Deduction at Source (TDS) towards Income Tax/Other Taxes
Deduction of Tax at source at prevailing rate shall be effected by the Purchaser before
payment as a statutory obligation wherever applicable.
TDS on Income Tax, GST (CGST, SGST & IGST) and all other taxes as applicable as per
statutory obligations/ enactments shall be progressively deducted from the payments
released to Contractor, by the Purchaser, for depositing with the Income tax, GST and
other Tax authorities as per Income Tax Act, GST Act, etc., as applicable.
Page 34 of 174
*****
Page 35 of 174
SECTION-6
PAYMENT TERMS
6. Payment Terms
6.1. General procedure:
The payment to the Contractor for the supply, services & works under the Contract will be
made by the Purchaser as per the guidelines and conditions specified herein. All payments
made during the Contract shall be on account payment only and Purchaser shall have full
rights against the Contractor even though payment has been made and the Contractor shall
not be relieved of his obligations towards the due performance of the Contract. The final
payment will be made on completion of all the works and on fulfillment by the Contractor
of all his liabilities under the Contract to the satisfaction of the Purchaser.
6.1.1 Mode of Payment: All payments shall be made direct to the Contractor by Purchaser
through E-payments. For effecting E-payment, Contractor shall furnish necessary details
to the Purchaser. All bank charges for effecting E-Payment shall be to the account of the
Purchaser.
Payment, will become due and payable by the Purchaser within a reasonable period which
will not exceed one month from the date of receipt of Contractor's bill / invoice / debit
note by the Purchaser provided the documents submitted are complete and correct in all
respects. If it is not payable the invoice will be returned to the Contractor stating the
reasons for rejection within 30 days from the date of receipt by the Purchaser.
6.2. Due dates for Payment:
6.2.1. The Purchaser will make progressive payment as and when the payment is due as per the
terms of payment set forth herein. Payment will become due and payable by the Purchaser
within 30 days from the date of receipt of Contractor's bill/invoice/debit note by the
Purchaser provided the documents submitted are complete and correct in all respects, and
is accompanied with a checklist substantiating the pay ability of the bill/invoice.
6.2.2. The Contractor shall certify the following in all the bills:
"Certified that no payment has been claimed and received before, for the components for
which payment has been claimed in this invoice".
6.2.3. Purchaser reserves the right to deduct any un-payable claims admitted inadvertently from
any amount due to the Contractor.
6.2.4. Notwithstanding any amount becoming due and payable to the Contractor by the
Purchaser, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any interest on delayed / overdue
payments.
6.3. Payment Schedule:
6.3.1. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Purchaser for approval, a detailed Billing
Breakup (BBU) of the Contract Price component wise. This Contract Price BBU shall be
interlinked with the agreed detailed PERT Network of the Contractor setting forth his
starting and completion dates for the various key phases of works prepared. Any payment
except the advance payment under the Contract shall be made only after the BBU is
Page 36 of 174
approved by the Purchaser. The aggregate sum of the BBU shall be equal to the Lumpsum
Contract Price. BBU shall be reviewed, updated and submitted to the Purchaser, by the
Contractor as and when required.
6.3.2. The Contractor shall submit to the Purchaser his Sequential delivery schedule for all the
equipment correlated to the sequence of erection within 1 month from the date of Letter of
Award (LOA). Such schedules shall be in line with the agreed detailed PERT for all
phases of the works of the Contractor. If required such schedules shall be reviewed,
updated and submitted to the Purchaser, by the Contractor as and when required.
6.3.3. Dispatches shall be as per such approved time schedule and payment shall be regulated
accordingly. No early payment shall be made for the 65% (if advance availed) /75 % (if
10% advance not availed) stage payment and subsequent payment further indicated in the
case of early dispatches effected.
6.3.4. All demurrages and wharfage if any arising out of any dispatches shall be to the account
of the Contractor only.
6.4. Advance Payment:
a) The Contractor shall claim mobilization advance within a time period of
• First instalment within 2 months from the date of LOA.
• Second instalment within 3 months from the date of LOA.
along with requisite APGs for the same and compliance of conditions specified in 6.5.1.
Confirmation of BG documents towards APG will be done in SFMS mode which shall
also fall within the above period of time. Any such request for mobilization advance
payment after the time period stipulated as above will not be considered by the
Purchaser.
b) Mobilization advance shall be paid separately for Schedule-1,2,3&4 i.e., site
preparation, Plant & Equipment, Installation Services and Civil & allied Works
respectively.
6.4.1. Except Advance, all other payments shall be made only after signing the contract and shall
be based on approved Billing Break-up details.
6.4.2. The advances stipulated in the payment terms shall be made to the Contractor by the
Purchaser subject to the Contractor providing a bank guarantee for 110% of the
advance amount as per the stipulations and Purchaser’s guarantee. The bank guarantee
shall be valid till the completion of respective scope of work with a grace period of 2
(two) months thereafter. The Bank Guarantee value shall be reduced on the basis of actual
recovery of advances from the bills of respective scope of works on quarterly basis. After
contractual delivery period, if the amount from the running bills is not sufficient to recover
the unadjusted advance, the contractor shall remit the unadjusted advance amount with
interest at SBI MCLR plus 0.5% applicable for one year tenor will be levied by the
purchaser for the un-adjusted advance in the respective scope of work. In case the
Page 37 of 174
Contractor fails to remit the same, purchaser reserves the right to encash the APGs to that
extent.
6.4.3. Single Bank guarantee against each stage payment of advance instead of multiple BGs for
each stage payment of advance (i.e Advance shall be paid on acceptance of a BG at 110%
of advance claimed instead of multiple bank Guarantees covering 110% Advance
claimed).
6.4.4. The Amount advanced to Contractor shall be adjusted on pro-rata basis while making
progressive payment for supplies /services/ Civil work as the case may be. If Contractor
fails to adhere to the Contractual Delivery period of the Contract, then interest at SBI
MCLR plus 0.5% applicable for one year tenor will be levied by the purchaser for the un-
adjusted advance in the respective scope of work.
Page 38 of 174
6.6 Terms of Payment for Supply, Erection, Civil Works, Testing & Commissioning of Solar
Power Project:
The payment of contract price shall be regulated and paid as per price quoted in various
schedules i.e., Schedule - 1 to Schedule - 4 of Volume – IA and also as per break up
details furnished in their BBU.
6.6.1 Schedule-1: Site Preparation Works
[Link].Of the total 10% Advance Payment, First 5% Advance Payment shall be paid as per
clause 6.5.1.i) A
[Link]. Of the total 10% Advance Payment, second 5 % Advance Payment shall be paid as per
clause [Link])
[Link]. 90% (if 10% advance availed) / 100 % (if 10% advance not availed) of price quoted in
Schedule - 1 shall be paid after completion of each item and certification of the same by
the NLCIL/NIRL Project Manager.
Page 39 of 174
[Link]. Five percent (5%) price of Schedule-2 of the Plant and Equipment shall be paid after
Successful Commissioning of Solar Project in part capacity (i.e in Blocks of Minimum 50
MW and subsequent parts shall be 50MW & above or the remaining capacity for the final
block) and certification of the same by the Project Manager.
[Link]. Five percent (5%) price of Schedule-2 of the plant and Equipment shall be payable on
completion of PG tests and certification of the same by the Project Manager.
[Link]. The final five percent (5%) price of Schedule- 2 of the plant and equipment against shall
be payable after Final take over and certification of the same by the Project Manager.
Page 40 of 174
[Link]. Five percent (5%) price of the Civil and Structural works quoted in
Schedule-4 shall be payable on completion of PG tests as specified and certification of the
same by the Project Manager.
[Link]. The final five percent (5%) price of the Civil and Structural works quoted in Schedule-4
Shall be payable after Final take over and certification of the same by the Project
Manager.
Note: If the performance guarantee and the Final Takeover is delayed beyond six months
from the schedule due to reasons not attributable to Contractor, final 10% (two
instalments, 5% and 5 % respectively) for Schedule 2,3 & 4 shall be released against
production and acceptance of Retention Money Bank Guarantee (as per the format
enclosed in this volume) for an equal amount valid for one year or the revised schedule
date of performance guarantee TG tests and /or Final takeover whichever is earlier. If the
performance guarantee tests and/or Final Takeover get delayed further, the validity of the
bank guarantee is to be extended till the actual date of performance guarantee tests and/or
Final take over.
6.6.5. Schedule-5: Operation and Maintenance charges of Solar Power Plant for 3 years
after SCOD:
[Link]. No payment shall be made during One year warranty period.
[Link]. After completion one year warranty period, the Operation and Maintenance charges for 3
years quoted in Schedule-5 will be payable on quarterly basis on the certification of work
by the Project Manager after completion of each quarter.
6.7. Terms of Payment for Taxes & Duties:
For GST:
The Contractor has to produce a copy of the GST Registration Certificate before claiming
GST payment.
GST as applicable on Advance Payment shall be paid to the Contractor
along with the Advance sanctioned except Schedule-2. The GST paid
1. Advance
along with advance shall be adjusted pro rata against the Tax due upon
Schedule-1, 3 & 4, based on the value.
GST for Schedule-2 shall be paid restricting to the respective ceiling
quoted against production of invoices along with 65% (if advance
2. 100% availed)/75% (if advance not availed) stage payment for Schedule-2.
Statutory variation within the contractual delivery period over and
above the percentage of taxes and duties will be paid by the Purchaser.
GST for Schedule-1, 3 & 4 shall be paid restricting to the respective
ceiling quoted against production of invoices along with 90%/75%/75%
(if advance availed)/100%/85%/85% (if advance not availed) stage
3. 100%
payment for Schedule-1, 3 & 4 respectively. Statutory variation within
the contractual delivery period over and above the percentage of taxes
and duties will be paid by the Purchaser.
Page 41 of 174
Page 42 of 174
branch code as appearing on MICR cheque issued by bank. Further, the Bidder should also
submit certificate from their bank certifying the correctness of all above mentioned
information in the mandate form.
6.11. Documents for Payment
6.11.1. Invoice for Supplies:
[Link]. The following documents in original shall be sent by Registered Post/Speed Post to the
Head of the Execution /Project Manager/PBD as applicable within 10 days from the date
of dispatch to enable the Purchaser to make progressive payment to the supplier after
receipt of material at site.
6.11.2. For 65% (if advance availed) /75 % (if advance not availed) Material Receipt
payment:
[Link]. Material Dispatch Clearance Certificate (MDCC) issue by the NLCIL/NIRL.
[Link]. Original Lorry/Rail Receipt+ 2 copies.
[Link]. Supply invoice -1 original + 2 copies.
[Link]. Packing list (dispatch note) - 2 copies.
[Link]. Material receipt Certificate (MRC) issued by Project Manger- 1 original + 2 copies.
[Link]. Insurance documents - 2 copies.
[Link]. Test certificate if applicable and/or inspection certificate of the Contractor- 1 original +
2 copies.
[Link]. Certificate for Brought out item by equipment Manufacturer if required-1 original + 2
copies.
[Link]. In case of import Receipt of goods at Indian Customs House (ICDS) and submission of
all documents for confirmation of receipt at ICDS.
[Link]. Soundness certificate -1 original + 2 copies
[Link]. The Certificate of soundness referred to above will be furnished in the following form:
"Certified that the materials Receipt through in RR dated for the value of Rs. ................
against Contract No. were in sound condition at the time of Receipt and storage as per
approved Quality Plan”.
[Link]. Indemnity Bond if required 2 copies.
[Link]. Running Account for the items specified in the Bill with respect to BBU.
[Link]. In respect of last consignment in addition to the above documents the following
certificate and document shall also be furnished:
i. Certificate by the Contractor that no further supplies will be made and supplies are
complete in all respects.
ii. Summary of all invoices for the equipment also showing the amount due and amount
claimed / received.
6.11.3. For 10% Installation stage payment:
[Link]. Invoices – 1 Original + 3 Copies
[Link]. Installation completion certificate 1 original + 2 Copies
6.11.4. For 5% Commissioning stage payment:
[Link]. Invoices 1 Original + 3 Copies.
Page 43 of 174
******
Page 44 of 174
SECTION-7
FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE PURCHASER
-NOT APPLICABLE-
Page 45 of 174
SECTION-8
CONTRACT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
8. CONTRACT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
8.1. The Technical Specifications (Volume-II) issued along with the Tender Specifications
duly modified and up-dated based on the changes/modifications agreed between the
Purchaser and the successful Bidder shall constitute Section-8 "Contract Specifications" of
this Contract and shall form an integral part of the Contract for all purposes.
*****
Page 46 of 174
SECTION-9
Page 47 of 174
SECTION-10
10.1.1 GENERAL
i) All the Bank Guarantees shall be irrevocable. The Bank Guarantee shall be from any
Nationalized Bank or any Scheduled bank in India other than Bank of China authorized by
Reserve Bank of India to issue such Bank Guarantee drawn in favour of NLC India
Renewables Limited, Neyveli.
ii) Except bid guarantee, all bank guarantees are to be furnished directly by the banker to
NLCIL by Speed Post/Courier to the following address:
The Chief General Manager/Contracts
Corporate Office, NLCIL India Ltd., Block-1,
Neyveli - 607 801.
iii) The Bank Guarantee shall be furnished as per respective format prescribed by the
Purchaser and shall be submitted on Non-judicial stamp paper of value Rs.80/- and the
stamp paper shall be in the name of the Bank/Name of the Contractor.
iv) All the Bank Guarantees shall be payable on first demand, without demur, irrespective of
any dispute between the Bank and the Contractor to the Purchaser without any condition
or dispute whatsoever.
v) The Contractor shall arrange to keep the several bank guarantees referred to herein valid
for the requisite duration by making timely request to the Bank or Banks concerned. All
the extension for Bank Guarantees also shall be on non-judicial stamp paper of value
Rs.80/- obtained in the name of Bank/Contractor. All charges connected with the bank
guarantees shall be to the account of the Contractor.
vi) No interest or any bank charges shall be payable by the Purchaser in respect of any Bank
Guarantee furnished by the contractor in respect of this contract with respect to the period
up to completion of all obligations under the Contract by the Contractor.
vii) The Purchaser shall have the right to encash the Bank Guarantees for non-compliance of
any or all the terms and conditions of the contract and also in terms of the Joint Deed of
Page 48 of 174
Undertaking, if any, which the Contractor may enter into along with other parties with the
purchaser.
The bank guarantee issued by the issuing Bank on behalf of Contractor in favour of
“Name of Company” shall be in paper form as well as issued under the “Structured
Financial Messaging System”. The details of beneficiary for issue of BG under SFMS
platform is furnished below:-
Bank Guarantee submitted in Physical mode, which cannot be verifiable through SFMS
will be rejected summarily.
ix) If bidder is issuing e-BG through NeSL portal, the bidder shall ensure the details to be
furnished to issuing bank for feeding details in NeSL portal as follows.
x) Insurance surety bonds from an Insurer as per guidelines issued by Insurance Regulatory
and Development Authority of India (IRDAI).
xi) Acceptance of insurance surety bond: the bidders shall furnish the various type of
securities (CPBG, O&M BG, DLP, AMC BG for Inverter, SCADA, CCTV and Dry
robotic cleaning system) in either BG for insurance surety bond.
The advance amount including GST stipulated in the payment terms shall be made to
the Contractor by the Purchaser subject to the Contractor providing a bank guarantee for
110% of the advance amount as per the stipulations and on acceptance of the said bank
guarantee.
If the Contract is terminated due to default of the Contractor, the ‘Mobilization
Advance’ pay would be deemed as interest bearing advance at the rate applicable to
cash credit facility prevailing at the time of issue of Invitation for Bid to be
compounded quarterly.
Page 49 of 174
ii. The Contractor shall furnish to the Purchaser, Bank Guarantee in the prescribed pro-
forma towards Contract Performance for a value of Ten (10%) per cent of the Contract
price excluding O&M price, in favour of the Purchaser. The Bank Guarantee shall be
for the time bound, due and faithful performance of the contract and shall remain
binding notwithstanding such variations, alterations or extensions of time as may be
made, given, conceded or agreed to between the Contractor and the Purchaser under
these General Terms & Conditions or otherwise. The Bank Guarantee shall be as per
Annexure–XIII of this volume. The Bank Guarantee towards Contract Performance
shall be subject to approval of the Purchaser thereafter. The Contractor shall ensure that
the Contract Performance Bank Guarantee shall be valid for 27 months (i.e., 12 months
from date of LOA + Warranty period of 12 months + 3 months grace period).
iii. The Contract Performance Bank Guarantee furnished by the Contractor will be subject
to the terms and conditions of the Contract. The Purchaser will not be liable for
payment of any interest on the Contract Performance Guarantee.
iv. The Contract Performance Bank Guarantee shall be released on application by the
Contractor within ninety (90) days after the expiry of the warranty period and after the
Contractor has discharged all his obligations under the Contract.
v. The performance guarantee shall cover additionally the following guarantees to the
purchaser:
a) The Contractor guarantees the successful and satisfactory operation of the equipment
furnished under the contract as per the specification and documents.
b) The contractor further guarantees that the equipment provided and installed shall be
new and free from all defects in design, material and workmanship. The Contractor
shall upon written notice from the purchaser, fully remedy free of expenses to the
purchaser such defects as may develop under normal use of the said equipment
within the period specified in the contract.
c) The Contractor also guarantees the proper performance of the steel structures, for a
period of twelve (12) months from the date of final takeover of the plant and
equipment. Any defect found during this period will be made good by the contractor
at his own cost failing which the purchaser reserves the right to take remedial
measures at the contractors' risk and cost.
vi. The Purchaser shall have the fullest liberty to lodge their claim for encashment of the
guaranteed sum either in full or part, in the manner suitable to them. However, payment
made for a sum lesser than the guaranteed amount shall not relieve or discharge the
bank from their obligations guaranteed under the bank guarantee, till the contractual
obligations are fully performed by the Contractor or the Bank Guarantee is discharged
by the Purchaser, as the case may be and the Bank Guarantee shall continue to be in
force till such time.
Page 50 of 174
viii. The Contract Performance Bank Guarantee for EPC Contract will be returned to the
Contractor without any interest after 90 (ninety) days from the expiry of warranty period
or after date of final take over whichever is later and on receipt and acceptance of BG for
O&M period and BG for shortfall in generation during O&M period for period of 3 Years.
If the Performance Guarantee (PG) tests and the Final Takeover is delayed beyond six (6)
months from the schedule due to reason not attributable to Contractor, final 10% (i.e., 5%
for PG and 5% for Final take over) of price indicated in Schedule-2,3&4 as stated in the
terms of payment shall be released against production and acceptance of Retention Money
bank guarantee (as per the format enclosed at Annexure-XVII of this volume) for an equal
amount initially valid for six months and shall be extended suitably in such a way that the
Bank Guarantee is valid up to the actual date of completion of Performance Guarantee
(PG) test.
10.2 Licenses
10.2.1 Import License
For any portion of the supplies to be imported by the Contractor for incorporation in
manufacture of the equipment, the Contractor shall arrange the necessary import
including arrangements of licenses and Foreign Exchanges as may be required, on his
own.
Page 51 of 174
ii) The Contractor shall also take additional covers (Add-On covers) given under MCE
insurance like Third Party Liability, Surrounding properties, Flood Risk Clearance and
Removal of debris, Cross liability, Additional Customs Duty, Express Freight, Extended
Maintenance Cover upto Final Takeover, etc. The sum insured for such Add-On covers
shall be decided by the Contractor based on its assessment and risk involved in the
contract.
iii) Risks to be covered by insurance shall not be limited merely to the items mentioned
above. The Contractor shall arrange for insurance of any other risks he may deem prudent,
but the expenses thereof shall be to the account of the contractor only.
Page 52 of 174
iv) If necessary, Transit and storage (all risks) insurance coverage for additional transit
involved for sending equipment/material to Sub-Contractor/Fabricator’s shop for
fabrication/ reprocessing and receiving back at site shall be taken.
v) The form and the limit of such insurance as defined shall be acceptable to the Purchaser.
However, irrespective of such acceptance, the responsibility to maintain insurance at all
times during the required period and for the required value shall be that of the Contractor
alone. The Contractor’s failure in this regard shall not relieve him of any of his contractual
responsibilities and obligations.
vi) The transfer of title shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of the above
responsibilities during the period of the contract. Any loss or damage to the equipment
during handling, transporting, storage and erection, till such time the plant is provisionally
taken over (Provisional Takeover) by the Purchaser, shall be to the account of the
Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for preferring of all claims as applicable
and make good at the Contractor's own cost for the damage or loss by way of repairs
and/or replacement of the portion of the works damaged or lost for the timely
commissioning of the equipment/ completion of the works. Licenses, clearance etc., if any
required for the purpose of replacement of equipment lost/damaged in transit and/or
during storage, erection, shall be made available by the Contractor.
vii) The Contractor shall provide the Purchaser with a copy of all insurance policies and
documents taken out by him in pursuance of the contract. All copies of such documents
shall be submitted to the Purchaser immediately after such insurance coverage for
approval.
viii) The Contractor shall also inform the Purchaser in writing at least sixty (60) days in
advance regarding the expiry cancellation and/or change in any of such documents and
ensure revalidation/renewal etc, as may be necessary well in time.
ix) The Contractor shall take insurance policy from an Insurance Company regulated by
IRDA. The Insurance policy shall provide for payment of claim in Indian Rupees.
x) The Purchaser shall be the principal holder of the policy along with the Contractor the
Purchaser reserves the exclusive right to assign the Policy.
xi) All costs on account of Insurance charges / premium on lumpsum and firm price basis
shall be indicated in the price schedule. The premium receipt issued by the Insurance
Company shall have to be produced for claiming the payment. However, the total
premium to be reimbursed shall be restricted to the lumpsum agreed to in the price
schedule in the contract. However, the Contractor’s responsibility to maintain the
insurance cover as per the terms of contract at his cost will not cease after reaching the
lumpsum quoted.
xii) If the Contractor fails to produce the Insurance Policy in time or fails to keep it in force,
further payments will not be made, without prejudice to other terms and conditions of the
Contract. Recovery from Contractor’s bills may also be effected.
Page 53 of 174
i) The Contractor shall be responsible for the due and faithful performance of the Contract in
all respects according to the drawings, specifications and all other documents referred to
in this Contract. Any approval which the Purchaser/Consultant may have given in respect
of the drawings/documents, specifications, stores, materials, supplies or other particulars
and the work or the workmanship involved in the Contract (whether with or without test
carried out by the Contractor or the Purchaser) shall not relieve the Contractor from its
obligations and notwithstanding any approval or acceptance given by the Purchaser/
Consultant, it shall be lawful for the Purchaser to reject the material on arrival at site, if it
is found that the materials supplied and/or erection and/or construction work carried out
Page 54 of 174
by the Contractor are not in conformity with the terms and conditions of the Contract in all
respects.
ii) The Contractor shall co-operate with the Purchaser's other contractors, if any, for any
associated plant and freely exchange all relevant technical information with them to obtain
the most efficient and economical design and to avoid unnecessary duplication of
equipment. The Contractor shall also coordinate with other contractors for any interface
activity at his battery limits. No remuneration shall be claimed from the Purchaser for such
technical cooperation.
Page 55 of 174
BOS Works For Setting Up Of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project In RVUNL
Solar Park At Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under Engineering, Procurement
(Excluding Supply Of Solar PV Modules) & Construction With O&M for a Period of 03
Years.
iii. By Road
In case of the consignments despatched by road, the Contractor shall ensure that the
following are observed by himself and the Sub-Contractors:
(a). Identify and obtain the correct type of trucks/trailors, keeping in view the nature of
consignments to be despatched.
Page 56 of 174
(b). Care being taken to avoid all possible chances of damages during transit to ensure
that all packages are firmly secured.
(c). In case of over dimensioned consignments, the Contractor shall obtain necessary
approval from concerned authority of State / Centre for movement of the O.D.
Consignment.
(d). Non-availability of special trucks or handling equipment shall not be an excuse for
payment of demurrage and if so shall be to the Contractor's account.
(e). All consignment despatched by road shall be on "door delivery" and freight paid
basis.
(f). The destination shall be clearly marked.
Page 57 of 174
x)Each and every package box shall be marked with the following, as a minimum:
(a)
(b) Name and address of Consignee :
(c) Project reference :
(d) Contract No.:
(e) Packing No.: (1/10, 2/10, 3/10 ...... when there are 10 packages for one
consignment)
(f) Net Weight/Gross Weight :
(g) Port of Loading :
(h) Destination Port :
(i) Packing Mark : [symbols indicating "TOP" and other special markings as per
clause 10.10.(iv) & 10.10.(vi) above]
(j) Type of Equipment :
1. "E" (for Equipment supply)
2. "T" (for Tools & Tackles)
3. "S" (for Mandatory Spares)
10.11 Type, Quality of Materials and Workmanship
i) The Contractor shall be deemed to have carefully examined and to have knowledge of the
equipment, the general and other conditions, specifications, schedules, drawings, etc.
forming part of the Contract and also to have satisfied himself as to the nature and
character of the work to be executed and the type of the equipment and duties required
including wherever necessary of the site conditions and relevant matters and details. Any
information thus procured or otherwise obtained from Purchaser/Consultants shall not in
any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility and contractual obligations for
designing, manufacturing and supplying the Plant and Equipment at site and executing the
work in terms of the Contract. If the Contractor shall have any doubt as to the meaning of
any portion of the Contract, he shall before signing it set forth the particulars thereof and
submit to Purchaser in writing in order that such doubt may be removed.
ii) The Equipment under scope of supply shall be of the best quality and workmanship
according to the latest engineering practice and shall be manufactured from materials of
best quality considering strength and durability for their best performance. All material
shall be new. Substitution of specified material or variation from the method of fabrication
may be permitted with the prior written approval of the Purchaser.
iii) The Contractor shall procure and/or fabricate all materials and equipment in accordance
with all requirements of Central and State enactments, rules and regulations governing
such work in India and at site. This shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from
complying with any requirement of Purchaser as enumerated in the Contract
Specifications which may be more rigid than and not contrary to the above-mentioned
rules, nor providing such construction as may be required by the above-mentioned rules
and regulations. In case of variance of the Contract Specification from the laws, ordinance,
rules and regulations governing the work, the Contractor shall immediately notify the
same to the Purchaser. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor, however, to determine
that such variance exists. Wherever required by rules and regulations, the Contractor shall
also obtain the Central Electrical Authorities / Statutory Authorities' approval for the plant,
machinery and equipment to be supplied by the Contractor.
Page 58 of 174
iv) Codes and standards referred in Contract documents shall be followed. Codes and
standards of other countries can be followed with the prior written approval of Purchaser,
provided materials, supplies & equipment according to the standard are equal to or better
than the corresponding standards specified in the Contract.
v) All meters, gauges, recorders and other types of indicating, integrating or recording
devices shall be calibrated in metric system and degree Celsius. Where vernier
attachments are related, English system gearing must be changed to produce result on a
true decimal (metric basis). Functional and instruction plate shall be in English language.
vi) Brand names mentioned in the Contract documents are for the purpose of establishing the
type and quality of products to be used. The Contractor shall not change the brand name
and qualities of the bought-out-items without the prior written approval of the Purchaser.
All such products and equipment shall be used or installed in strict accordance with
original manufacturer's recommendations, unless otherwise directed by the Purchaser.
10.12 Drawings and Documents
The Contractor shall supply all drawings and documents to the Purchaser/Consultants as
per respective volumes of Technical Specifications.
10.13 Errors and Omissions
i) The Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors and omissions in the
drawings, documents or other information submitted by him, irrespective of whether
these have been approved, reviewed or otherwise accepted by the Purchaser or not.
ii) The Contractor shall take all corrective measures arising out of discrepancies, errors
and omissions in drawings and other information referred in above para within the
time schedule and without extra cost to the Purchaser.
iii) The Contractor shall also be responsible any extra cost and the cost due to delay, if
any, in carrying out engineering and site works by other agencies arising out of
discrepancies, errors and omissions stated above as well as of any late revision/s of
drawings and information submitted by the Contractor.
10.14 Acceptance of the System
10.14.1Mechanical Completion
1. On completion of erection of all the materials / items of equipment covered under the
scope of the Contract, a joint inspection shall be carried out by the Purchaser and the
Contractor to verify physically that all materials /items / equipment have been placed
and erected properly and the system is ready for commissioning. A defects list shall be
prepared jointly.
2. On liquidation of the defects (except minor defects which shall be mutually discussed
and agreed between the Purchaser and Contractor and which shall not affect the
commissioning of the system), Mechanical Completion Certificates shall be issued by
the Purchaser.
10.14.1 Commissioning & PG Testing
Commissioning and PG test shall be carried out as per technical Specification
(Volume-2).
Page 59 of 174
On successful completion of commissioning, the Solar Power Plant along with Power
Evacuation system shall be Provisionally Taken over with a list of major and minor
defects and non-conformities prepared jointly by the Purchaser and the Contractor.
Differentiation of defects as major and minor shall be jointly discussed and agreed by the
Purchaser and Contractor and recorded. Upon the completion of commissioning, as soon
as practicable, or at such time as may be otherwise agreed to by the parties concerned, the
Contractor Shall notify in writing to the Purchaser /Consultant that the plant is ready for
Performance Guarantee Test only after liquidating all the major defects.
1. Readiness for "Performance Guarantee Test" shall be intimated to the Purchaser in writing
at least 15 days before commencement of "Performance Guarantee Test". However,
Contractor shall be allowed to conduct "Performance Guarantee Test" only after
liquidating all the major defects.
2. The Performance Guarantee Test procedure, including the definition of the calculation
method to be used, the instrumentation to be installed and indicated in the schemes, the
instrument accuracy classes, and calibration of instruments during the test period, the
areas of responsibility and the items which specifically require preparation and agreement
shall be submitted by the Contractor for review and approval by the Purchaser /Consultant
during detail engineering phase. Schematics identifying the guarantee test instrumentation
shall be submitted along with procedure. It shall be ensured that necessary test points are
indicated in the schemes during the detail engineering phase and also identified in the
instrumentation and metering drawings. Contractor shall furnish detail program during
detail engineering stage.
3. All test instrumentation for the Performance Guarantee Tests as required shall be supplied
by the Contractor. Data loggers shall be used for performance test. All costs associated
with the supply, calibration, installation of the test instrumentation / data loggers /
computers etc. are deemed to have been included in the contract price. The test shall be in
accordance with those specified in the Technical specification.
4. Any special equipment, tools and tackles required for successful completion of the
Performance Guarantee Test shall be provided by the Contractor.
5. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to co-ordinate for suitably carrying out the
Performance Guarantee Test.
6. The plant parameters during the Performance Guarantee Test shall be adjusted as far as
practicable to the guaranteed Performance Guarantee Test conditions. The test shall be
conducted to prove guaranteed generation as defined in the Technical specification.
7. The Performance Guarantee Test results shall be reported as computed from the
Performance Guarantee Test observations.
8. Within ten days after the conclusion of the Performance Guarantee Test the Contractor
shall submit the documents as stated in Clause 24.5.3 (b) of Volume II (Technical
Specification)
9. Within two weeks of receipt such test report, the Purchaser /Consultant shall either:
(i). Concur with the information provided in the Contractor’s test report, or
(ii).Disputes some or all of the information provided in the Contractor’s test report, the
areas being disputed, and the levels of performance being disputed.
Page 60 of 174
10. If the tests could be carried out but are being unduly delayed by the Contractor the
Purchaser may, by notice require the Contractor to make the tests within 14 days after the
receipt of such notice. The Contractor shall make the tests on such days within that period
as the Contractor may fix and of which he shall give notice to the Purchaser.
11. Should the test fail, the repeat PG test shall be carried out as per Procedure given in
Technical specification.
The above shall be read in conjunction as detailed in technical specification.
10.14.2The above shall be read in conjunction as detailed in technical specification.
10.14.3 Final Take Over
Certificate for "Final Take Over" shall be issued by the Purchaser when
i. All supplies and services have been completed as per Contract.
ii. The Contractor has met any and all obligations under this Contract
iii. Final balance documentation, if any, incorporating latest modifications in ‘as built’
drawings has been submitted by the Contractor in requisite copies.
iv. The Contractor has rectified in a definite manner all objections / observations
mentioned in the "Commissioning Certificate" and ‘Final Project Punch List’.
v. Completion of PG Test for the plant and PG Test Report submitted.
10.15 Mandatory Spares, Tools & Tackles, Initial Fill, Oil, Lubricants and Consumables
10.15.1 Mandatory Spares
i) The Contractor shall supply mandatory spares as listed in the Technical Specification
(Volume- II).
ii) The list of mandatory spares shall include such details as:
(a) Item number of equipment in Contract
(b) Description
(c) Number per Item
(d) Material specification.
(e) Manufacturing drawing number/ordering specification number.
iii) The Contractor shall supply complete ordering specification including the list of
supplies to enable the Purchaser to procure operating and maintenance spares for
replacement beyond the period of life considered for spares. Complete manufacturing
drawings (except for the proprietary items) with bill of materials and material
specification and catalogues with reference details shall also form part of such
ordering specification.
iv) The identification of mandatory spares for operation and maintenance shall be
indelibly engraved on the parts within or on a label securely fixed to the part.
v) The Contractor shall agree to submit the Declaration form duly signed by the EPC
contractor in the format as per Annexure-I.
Page 61 of 174
ii) While preparing the list of special tools and tackles, the Contractor shall include such
number of sets as he may recommend necessary from his own experience.
iii) The Contractor shall provide ordering specification including the names of suppliers
giving sufficient details to enable the Purchaser to procure at a later date when
necessary such special tools and tackles instruments and appliances.
10.15.3 Oil, Lubricants & Consumables
i) The Contractor shall within the Contract price of the equipment as per Section-3
supply all consumables including oils, lubricants, lining materials, usual stores and
small materials and other consumables required.
ii) Quantities to be supplied shall be adequate to cover also the wastage/ breakage during
transportation, storage, handling, construction, erection and commissioning. Should it
be found that the quantities supplied are not adequate till the completion of warranty
period, the Contractor shall supply further quantities within the time schedule and
without any extra cost to the Purchaser.
iii) The Contractor shall also furnish Indian equivalent of imported oils, lubricants, and
other consumables along with necessary specifications, drawings, literature etc.
10.16 Approval by the Purchaser
i) Documents and drawings as mentioned in Section-4 shall be subject to the approval
of the Purchaser/ Consultant.
ii) Other drawings and documents as per Section-4 shall be subject to the review and
reference of the Purchaser/ Consultant.
iii) All changes from the approved drawings/documents shall be subject to the prior
approval of the Purchaser / Consultant.
iv) All sub-contractors and sub-suppliers for raw materials testing, design and
engineering, manufacture, supplies, construction and erection work and any other
work/services covered under the Contract shall be subject to the written approval of
the Purchaser / Consultant.
v) While the Contractor shall make/execute/perform supplies, work and services in
terms of the Contract, the Purchaser shall have the right to check and approve
design, type, quality, quantity, materials and workmanship of any or all items of
supplies, work and services where considered necessary by the Purchaser to ensure
that supplies, work and services made/executed/ performed by the Contractor are in
accordance with the provisions of this Contract.
vi) The Chief Project Manager of Contractor who shall be in overall charge of the
Project at site shall be appointed in consultation with the Purchaser.
vii) To enable the Purchaser to accord approval and to review documents and drawings
the Contractor shall submit back-up data/ drawings/basic calculations/assumptions as
may be required by the Purchaser/ Consultant.
viii) Where approval of the Purchaser/Consultant is required or implied but is not
specifically provided for elsewhere in this Contract, such approval shall also come
within the purview of this Section.
ix) Approval by the Purchaser/Consultant in terms of this Section shall not relieve the
Contractor of any of his obligations under the Contract. The Purchaser/ Consultant
Page 62 of 174
shall approve or refuse approval within seven (7) working days from the date of
receipt of request with supporting documents.
x) The approval requested by the Contractor shall not be withheld unreasonably by the
purchaser. All requests for approval shall be accompanied by fully supporting
documents, otherwise it shall not be considered as a request.
10.17 Sub-Contract
i) The Contractor shall not sub-contract the Contract Work in whole to third parties for
the performance of this Contract.
ii) The Contractor may propose a panel of Sub- Contractors for the part of scope of
works. The Contractor shall thereafter select any sub-Contractor out of this panel
subject to the approval of the Purchaser. Any such assignment shall not relieve the
Contractor from any obligation, duty or responsibility under the contract. Any
assignment as above without the prior concurrence of the Purchaser shall be void.
iii) The Contractor shall be responsible for transmitting all the pertinent data of all
Contract terms and conditions with his Sub-Contractors. The Contractor shall also
furnish the specification, place of manufacture, delivery schedule and adequate copies
of un-priced supply order/contract in the case of indigenous items.
iv) The Purchaser shall give approval or shall refuse approval in writing within seven (7)
working days of receipt of request along with all supporting details.
v) Bought-out items, critical components, proprietary items and equipment
manufactured and supplied by specialized manufacturers which the Contractor
intends to incorporate in the Contract Work shall also be subject to the written
approval of Purchaser.
vi) The approval extended by the Purchaser in selecting Sub-Contractors recommended
by the Contractor shall not discharge the later from his Contract obligations. The
Contractor shall remain solely liable for any action, deficiency, and/or negligence on
the part of his Sub-Contractors/sub-suppliers.
vii) In the event certain obligations extended by a Sub-Contractor to the Contractor
should extend beyond the guarantee period specified in the Contract, the Purchaser
shall automatically be entitled to the benefit thereof.
viii) In no event shall the Purchaser be deemed to have any Contractual obligations
whatsoever in respect of Contractor's/ Sub-Contractors and/or title-holders of any
sub-orders placed by the Contractor.
10.18 Inspection and Tests at Contractor's/ Manufacturer's Premises
i) The Purchaser or his authorised agent shall have the right of inspecting and testing
the contract work or any part thereof at any stage during the manufacture and the
Contractor on demand from the Purchaser shall carry out such tests in appropriate
manner in the presence and free of charge to Purchaser. The tests required as per
relevant codes and the tests specifically agreed in the contract specifications and
agreed QAP only will be done. Should the Contractor himself not be in a position
to carry out the tests, he shall, on the Purchaser's demand prepare specimen and
samples and send them at his own cost to such testing stations as the Purchaser
may specify and the cost of the test so effected shall be to the Contractor's account.
Page 63 of 174
Page 64 of 174
vii) In all cases whether at the premises or works of the Contractor or of any sub-
contractor, the Contractor shall, provide free of charge to the Purchaser such
labour, materials, electricity, fuel, water, stores, apparatus and instrument and/or
facilities as may reasonably be deemed required to carry out efficiently such tests
of the plant in accordance with the contract and shall give all such facilities to the
Purchaser or his authorised representative to accomplish such tests.
viii) When the inspection/tests have been satisfactorily completed at the Contractor's or
his Sub- Contractor's premises, the Purchaser shall issue a certificate to that effect.
If a final certificate cannot be issued, a provisional certificate shall be issued. If the
tests were not witnessed by the Purchaser or his representative the certificate shall
be issued on receipt of the inspection and tests report from the contractor but not
later than fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the said report by the Purchaser. In
the event a certificate is not issued by the Purchaser during 15 (fifteen) days, the
Contractor, if considered necessary, can arrange despatch along with the certificate
as stated in 10.18.(vi) with the clear understanding that if the Purchaser reject such
equipment at a later date, the contractor shall rectify the same at his own cost to the
Purchaser's satisfaction. No Plant shall be shipped or left or otherwise despatched
before such certificate has been issued. The satisfactory completion of these
inspection and tests or the issue of the certificate shall not bind the Purchaser to
accept the work, should it on further tests during or after erection be found not to
comply with the Contract.
ix) In case any equipment fails in inspection/tests, re-inspection/retest shall be carried
out only after necessary rectification work/replacement by the Contractor.
x) Subject to Clause-10.18 (viii) above, no plant, equipment and material shall be
shipped before inspection certificate and despatch instructions have been issued by
the Purchaser.
xi) The contractor shall furnish to the Purchaser/his authorised Inspector five (5)
copies of un-priced purchase orders including detailed technical specification and
drawings placed on his Sub- Contractors as soon as such orders are placed by the
Contractor, but, in any case not later than two (2) months before the expected date
of the equipment getting ready for inspection.
xii) In the case of such equipment, structural etc. where tests set forth above cannot be
conducted either partially or fully in Contractor's/Sub-supplier(s) premises but
have to be conducted at site only after erection, the provisions under this Section
shall also apply. However, in such cases prior approval of the Purchaser shall be
obtained by the Contractor prior to despatch.
xiii) The Inspection by the Purchaser and issue of Inspection Certificate thereon shall in
no way limit the liabilities and responsibilities of the Contractor in respect of
agreed QAP forming part of the Contract.
xiv) In the case of mandatory spares, the same shall be offered for inspection along
with the main equipment or after the main equipment has been satisfactorily
inspected and tested.
Page 65 of 174
Page 66 of 174
with financial implication, the same shall be discussed between the Contractor and
Purchaser and mutually agreed.
10.21 Protective Painting
The General Specification for painting and colour code etc. shall be followed by the
Contractor for painting of equipment, steel structures etc. as per the technical
specification.
10.22 Weights & Measures
i) All weights, dimensions and measures shall be in metric system.
ii) All weights, instruments, measures used in the contracted equipment shall be
properly calibrated.
10.23 Secrecy & Titles
i) All technical information, maps, plans, drawings, specifications, schemes and the
subject matter contained therein and all other information given to the Contractor
by the Purchaser in connection with the performance of the Contract Work shall be
held confidential by the Contractor and shall remain the property of the Purchaser
and shall not be used or disclosed to third parties by the Contractor for any purpose
other than for which they have been supplied or prepared. The Contractor may
disclose to third parties, upon execution of secrecy agreements, such part of the
drawings, Specifications or information if such disclosure is necessary for the
performance of the Work.
ii) Maps, layouts and photographs of this Solar Power Plant including its surrounding
regions showing vital installation for national security of Purchaser's country shall
not be published or disclosed to the third parties or taken out of the country
without prior written approval of the Purchaser.
iii) Title to secret processes if any developed by the Contractor on an exclusive basis
and employed in the design of the equipment shall remain with the Contractor. The
purchaser shall hold in confidence such processes and shall not disclose such
processes to the third parties without prior approval of the Contractor.
iv) Subject to above Clause, title to technical specifications, drawings, flow sheets,
norms, calculations, diagrams, interpretations of test results, schematics, lay-outs
and such other information which the Contractor has supplied to the Purchaser
under the Contract shall be passed on to the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall have
the right to use these for construction, erection, start-up, commissioning, operation,
maintenance, modifications and/or expansion of the works including for the
manufacture of spare parts (other than those of proprietary in nature to the
contractor) in connection with the project.
v) The provision of above Clauses shall not apply to information:
(a) Which at the time of disclosure are in the public domain or which later on
become part of public domain through no fault of the party concerned, or
(b) Which were in the possession of the party concerned prior to disclosure to
him by the other party, or
Page 67 of 174
(c) Which were received by the party concerned after the time of disclosure
without restriction on disclosure or use, from a third party.
10.24 Rejection of Defective Plant & Works or Other Installation
i) If the completed plant, or any portion thereof, before it is finally accepted be found
to be defective or fails to fulfill the requirements of the Contract, the Purchaser
shall give the Contractor notice setting forth particular of such defects or failure
and the Contractor shall forthwith make the defective plant good or alter the same
to make it comply with the requirements of the Contract. Should he fail to do so
within a period of time as deemed reasonable by the Purchaser and stated in the
said notice, the Purchaser may reject and replace at the risk and cost of the
Contractor, the whole or any portion of the plant, as the case may be, which is
defective or fails to fulfill the requirements of the Contract. However, such
rejection/replacement by the Purchaser shall not absolve the Contractor of any of
his responsibilities under this Contract.
ii) Without prejudice to the above, the Purchaser shall be entitled at his discretion to
the use of the rejected plant in a reasonable and proper manner for a time
reasonably sufficient to enable him to obtain other replacement plant. However,
such usage shall not be deemed as waiver or acceptance of such defective plant by
the Purchaser.
10.25 Negligence
i) If the Contractor shall neglect to execute work with due diligence or expedition or
shall refuse or neglect to comply with any reasonable order given to him in writing
by the Purchaser in connection with the work or shall contravene the provisions of
Contract, the Purchaser may give notice in writing to the Contractor calling upon
him to make good the failure, neglect or contravention complained of within such
time as may be deemed reasonable by the Purchaser and in default of compliance
with the said notice, the Purchaser without prejudice to its rights under clauses
10.25.(ii) hereto and Cl. 6.8.8, may rescind or cancel the Contract as provided in
Cl.10.30 holding the Contractor fully liable for the damages that the Purchaser
may sustain. In addition, the Contractor shall refund all amounts paid to him by the
Purchaser for all such work which, may become in fructuous due to such
cancellation.
ii) Should the Contractor fail to comply with such notice within the period as
mentioned in the notice or any other period considered reasonable by the
Purchaser for such compliance, from the date of serving thereof, then and in such
case, without prejudice to the Purchaser's right under clause 10.25.(i) hereto, the
Purchaser shall have at his option the right to take the affected work wholly or in
part out of the Contractor's hands and may complete the work, as envisaged in the
Contract either departmentally or by awarding fresh Contract(s) at a reasonable
price to any other persons or firm or company to execute the same, at the cost of
the Contractor.
iii) In such event the Purchaser shall, without being responsible to the Contractor for
fair wear and tear to the same, be entitled to seize and take possession of all
materials, construction equipment tools, tackles and other things belonging to the
Contractor and also to have free use of all materials, construction equipment, tools,
Page 68 of 174
tackles and other things of the Contractor / its sub-contractors which may be on the
site for use at anytime in connection with the work to the exclusion of any right of
the Contractor over the same and the Purchaser shall be entitled to retain and apply
any sum which may otherwise be then due as per the Contract or any other
contract from him to the Contractor as may be necessary for the payment of the
cost of execution of such work as aforesaid.
iv) If the cost of executing the work as aforesaid shall exceed the sum due to the
Contractor and the Contractor fails to make good the deficit, the said materials,
tools, tackles, construction plant or other things and properties belonging to the
Contractor as may not have been used up in the completion of the work, may be
sold by the Purchaser and proceeds applied towards the payment of such
difference and the cost of and incidental to such sale. Any outstanding balance
existing after crediting the proceeds of such sale shall be paid by the Contractor on
the demand of the Purchaser, but when all expenses, cost and charges incurred in
the completion of the work are paid by the Contractor, all such materials, tools,
tackle, construction plant or other things not used in the completion of the work
and remaining unsold shall be removed by the Contractor with the written
permission of the Purchaser only.
v) In addition, such action by the purchaser as aforesaid shall not relieve the
contractor of his liability to pay Price Reduction for delay in completion of work
as defined in Section-4.
10.26 Progress Report
i) The Contractor shall prepare and regularly update his detailed PERT/CPM
Networks and submit the same with computerized time analysis reports showing
starting and completion dates of all activities of engineering, purchasing,
procurement of materials, manufacture, supply, inspection and despatch,
construction, erection etc. in his scope of work and those of his sub-contractor(s).
ii) The Contractor shall submit the progress report in such pro-forma and details as
may be required by the Purchaser showing the agreed detailed programme of
various activities as per above clauses and actual progress achieved to monitor the
progress of the work.
iii) The Contractor shall submit the progress report every month and in 10 (Ten)
copies. Purchaser shall have the right to depute his/Consultant's representatives at
the premises of works of the Contractor or any of his sub-contractors to ascertain
the progress of work.
iv) The Contractor shall submit the progress photographs in 5 (five) copies every
month relating to the progress in sequence of work of all major activities.
10.27 Training – Not applicable.
10.28 Patents
i) If the performance of the Contract involves the use of a patent, trade mark,
registered design, copy rights and/or industrial property rights of which the
Contractor holds the title, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any licence fee,
royalty and/or compensation from the Purchaser outside of the Contract Price
which shall be deemed to include such licence fee, royalty and/or compensation.
Page 69 of 174
ii) Where the title holder of a patent, trade mark, registered design, copy rights and/or
industrial property rights used is a third party, the Contractor shall be liable for
settling with such party and paying any licence fee, royalty and/or compensation
thereon.
iii) The Contractor shall submit to the Purchaser a certificate from the licensor
attesting technology of the licence granted.
iv) In the event of any third party raising claim or bringing action against the
Purchaser including but not limited to action for injunction in connection with
third party's alleged rights affecting the equipment covered under the Contract or
the use thereof, the Contractor agrees and undertakes:
(a) To defend and assist the Purchaser in defending at the Contractor's cost against
such third party's claim and/or actions and against any law suits of any kind
initiated against the Purchaser.
(b) To indemnify, keep indemnified and hold harmless the Purchaser against all
actions, claims, demands, costs, charges and expenses raised by third parties
and arising from or incurred by reason of any infringement of patent, trade
mark, registered design, copy rights and/or industrial property rights by
manufacture, sale or use of the equipment supplied by the Contractor whether
or not the Purchaser is held liable for by any court judgement. Provided,
however, that:
1. The Purchaser shall, as soon as reasonably possible notify the Contractor in
writing of such third party's claim and/or action and:
• The Contractor shall at his own cost defend or assist the Purchaser in
defending his rights against any such claims and/or actions;
• If the Contractor defends the case, the Purchaser shall assist the Contractor
free of charge by providing all such information and documents as are
available with the Purchaser, save and except that in case of production of
any witness at the request or insistence of the Contractor shall bear the costs
and expenses required in this regard.
2. The Purchaser shall not without the Contractor's consent (which shall not be
unreasonably withheld) enter into any commitment or admit any fact capable
of supporting third party's claims, unless the Purchaser shall release the
Contractor of his liabilities and obligations.
3. The Contractor shall at his own cost, without prejudice to the provisions of this
Section, may either carry out such alterations or modifications of the
equipment which are necessary to avoid the infringement without affecting the
efficient operation of the equipment to the satisfaction of the Purchaser or to
procure a right to the unrestricted use of the infringing equipment by the
Purchaser.
v) Nothing in this article shall abrogate or abridge the Contractor's own liability for
infringement or violation of patent, trade mark, registered design, copy rights and/or
industrial property right of a third party, if such infringement or violation is proved
before and sustained in court of law and the Contractor fails to take action in terms
of provision of Clause 10.28.(iv)
Page 70 of 174
vi) If required and mutually agreed, the Purchaser shall enter into Process Licence
Contract(s) as per clause 10.28.(ii).
vii) The rights and liabilities of the parties under this Clause shall survive this Contract.
10.29 Indemnity
i) The Contractor shall at all times indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser
against all claims which may be made against the Purchaser in respect of any
infringement of any rights protected by patent registration of design of trade mark.
In this connection, the Purchaser shall pass on all claims made against him to the
Contractor for settlement.
ii) The Contractor assumes responsibility for and shall indemnify and save harmless
the Purchaser from all liability, claims, costs, expenses, taxes and assessments
including penalties, punitive damages, attorney's fees and court costs which are or
may be required to be paid by the Purchaser arising from any breach of the
Contractor's obligations under the Contract or for which the Contractor has
assumed responsibilities under the Contract including those imposed under any
Contract local or national law or laws, or in respect to all salaries, wages or other
compensation or all persons employed by the Contractor or his Sub-Contractors or
suppliers in connection with the performance of any work covered by the Contract.
The Contractor shall execute, deliver and shall cause his Sub-contractor and
suppliers to execute and deliver, such other further instruments and to comply with
all the requirements of such laws and regulation as may be necessary there under
to conform and effectuate the Contract and to protect the Purchaser.
iii) The Purchaser shall not be held responsible for any accident or damages incurred
or claims arising there from during the period of construction and erection under
the responsibility of the Contractor/sub-contractors/associates and putting into
operation of the plant under the supervision of the Contractor in so far as the latter
is responsible. However, the Contractor shall be liable for such accidents as may
be due to negligence on his part to carry out work in accordance with Indian laws
and regulations.
iv) The Contractor shall be responsible for proper fencing, lighting, guarding and
watching of all works at site until they are taken over and further arrange proper
provisions for like period of temporary drainage, roadways, footways, guards and
fences as far as may be rendered necessary by reason of works for accommodation
and protection of the Purchaser's adjacent property and that of, the public and
others. No naked light shall be used by the Contractor on the site otherwise than in
the open air without the special permission in writing from the Purchaser. The
purchaser shall not be responsible for any theft or misuse of material/plant,
equipment.
v) The contractor shall furnish the Custody-cum-Indemnity Bond for the materials
supplied by the Purchaser on receipt at site as per the format in Annexure-XVI.
10.30 Termination, Suspension and Foreclosure
i) The Purchaser may at any time on breach of this Contract by the Contractor give
him a written notice of such breach. If the Contractor does not take appropriate
measure to the satisfaction of the Purchaser within a period of 30 days after
Page 71 of 174
issuance of such notice to remedy that breach, then the Purchaser may terminate
this Contract at any time thereafter stating therein the date of termination. The
Contractor shall then be liable to the Purchaser in accordance with the Clause-
10.25 hereinabove.
ii) The Purchaser reserves the right to terminate this Contract at any time either in
part or in full due to reasons such as the Contractor failed to commence work,
abandoned the work during progress, neglected to proceed and progress, failed to
perform his obligations, by giving a notice of not less than fifteen (15) days. The
Contractor upon receipt of such notice shall discontinue the work on the date and
to the extent specified in the notice, make all reasonable efforts to obtain
cancellation of all orders and Contracts to the extent they are related to the work
terminated and terms satisfactory to the Purchaser, stop all further sub contracting
or purchasing activity related to the work terminated and assist the Purchaser in
maintenance, protection and disposition of the works acquired under the Contract
by the Purchaser. The Contractor shall hand over all the drawings, documents,
plant, equipment, supplies, material etc. including all the rights of work to the
Purchaser. The Purchaser shall pay to the Contractor the cost incurred in
accordance with the Contract terms and rates as decided by the Purchaser till the
date of termination as compensation. No consequential damages shall be payable
by the Purchaser to the Contractor in the event of termination.
In the event that the Associate is not performing the contractual obligation or the
main Contractor intends to change the Associate on whose strength the Contract
was bagged by the Contractor, the Contract will be terminated at the Cost & Risk
on Contractor.
iii) The Purchaser reserves the right to suspend and reinstate execution of the whole or
any part of the works without invalidating the provisions of the contract by giving
Contractor notice in writing to such effect stating the nature, the date and the
anticipated duration of such suspension.
iv) On receiving the notice of suspension as per above clause, the Contractor shall
stop all such work which the Purchaser has directed to be suspended with
immediate effect. The Contractor shall continue to perform other work in terms of
the Contract which the Purchaser has not suspended.
v) The Purchaser may at anytime cancel the suspension notice for all or any part of
suspended work by giving written notice to the Contractor specifying the part of
work to be resumed and the effective date of suspension withdrawal. The
Contractor shall resume the suspended work as expeditiously as possible after
receipt of such withdrawal of suspension notice.
vi) In the event of suspension of work, the Purchaser shall not be liable to the
Contractor for any damage or loss or idle labor caused by such period of
suspension of work. The Purchaser shall not be liable to Contractor for any
payment towards watch & ward and any other expenditure. However, the
compensation for the suspension period beyond 30 days for the reason attributable
to the purchaser shall be mutually discussed and agreed. Further for the actual
suspension period for the reason attributable to the purchaser, which will affect the
progress of Contractor’s work and scheduled completion time, the extension time
shall be granted on request from the contactor.
Page 72 of 174
vii) The contract shall be terminated if due to any unforeseen circumstances which
may lead to the foreclosure of the project for reasons such as resource crunch, non-
availability of funds, and for other administrative resource etc. Purchaser shall
however, give 60 days prior written notice to the contractor of the effective date of
termination.
viii) Contractor shall be compensated only for the quantum of work/services he has
rendered till effective date of foreclosure. The costs mutually agreed by the
Contractor and purchaser in the removal of the Contractor’s Equipment from the
Site and in the repatriation of the Contractor’s and its Sub contractors’ personnel
and costs mutually agreed by the Contractor and purchaser in protecting the
Facilities and leaving the Site in a clean and safe condition. Any other claims like
compensation for loss in profit, compensation for loss of reputation etc. or any
other consequential damages if any claimed by the Contractor shall not be given by
the Purchaser.
10.30.1 Suspension of the Contractor:
If the performance of the Contractor is found to be unsatisfactory or if the conduct is
under suspicion or in the event of any breach of the conditions committed by the
contractor will lead to suspension of the Contractor for six (6) months.
10.30.2 Banning of the Contractor:
Supplying defective / poor quality materials or performing substandard works and failure
to rectify /replace the same even after reasonable extension is given to the contractor will
lead to banning of the Contractor for one (1) year.
10.31 Termination of Services of Contractor's Personnel
In the event any of the Contractor or his Sub- Contractors, personnel, agents, sub-agents,
assistants, or other employees shall be guilty of any misconduct or be incompetent or
insufficiently qualified or negligent in the performance of their duties or it is undesirable
for any administrative reasons for such person to be employed, the Contractor, if so
directed, shall immediately remove such person or persons from employment thereon.
Any person or persons so removed shall not again be employed in connection with this
Contract without the written permission of the Purchaser. Any person so removed shall
immediately be replaced by a qualified and competent substitute at the Contractor's cost
and expenses. Should the Contractor be requested to repatriate any person he shall do so
and shall bear all costs and charges in connection there with.
10.32 Force Majeure
The following shall constitute Force Majeure:
i) Natural phenomena, including but not limited to floods, droughts, earthquake and
epidemics.
(a) Acts of any Government, domestic or foreign including but not limited to war,
declared or undeclared priorities, quarantines, embargoes.
(b) Strikes, lock outs and sabotage.
(c) Riots and civil commotions.
(d) Piracy
Page 73 of 174
Provided either party shall within 15 days from the occurrence of such a cause notify
the other in writing of such cause.
ii) If the Contractor suffers delay in the due execution of the contractual obligations due to
delays caused by Force Majeure as defined above, the agreed time of completion of the
work covered by this contract and of the obligations of the Contractor shall be extended by
a period of force majeure, provided, that on the occurrence of any such contingency, the
Contractor immediately reports to the Purchaser in writing, the cause of delay with
requisite documentary evidence and also the remedial steps being taken and the expected
period of interruption.
However, as regards to the Sub-Contractors of the contractor, the events or occurrences
enumerated above in Clause 10.32.(i) which are site-specific shall constitute force majeure
events but excluding strikes, Lockouts or other concerted action of workmen of such
subjects.
iii) The decision of the Purchaser whether there is a Force Majeure condition or not and
whether extension of time shall be granted or not shall be final.
iv) Force Majeure conditions prevailing at the works of the collaborator/Associate/ Suppliers /
Sub-Suppliers / major Sub-Contractors other than a maximum of 10 (Ten) major
collaborator / Associate / major Suppliers / major Sub-Contractors (the names of which
have to be indicated by the contractor and got approved by the Purchaser: however, the
decision of the Purchaser shall be final) shall not be recognized by the Purchaser on any
account and it shall be upto the Contractor to make necessary alternative arrangement to
execute the Contract within the agreed time schedule. The Contractor shall furnish the list
of Sub-Suppliers / Sub-contractors to be considered under Force Majeure conditions
before signing of the contract.
vi) The contractor or the Purchaser shall not be liable for delays in performing his obligations
resulting from any Force Majeure cause as referred to and/or defined above. The date of
completion shall subject to hereinafter provided, be extended by a reasonable time even
though such cause may occur after the contractor's performance of his obligations has
been delayed for other causes.
vii) No increase in price shall be payable due to force majeure condition. However any benefit
of price fall shall be passed on to the purchaser.
10.33 Jurisdiction & Resolution of Disputes
10.33.1 Jurisdiction
The laws applicable to this Contract shall be the laws in force in India. The civil courts
having ordinary original jurisdiction over places where site is located shall alone have
exclusive jurisdiction over all matters concerning this Contract including the arbitration
proceedings if any arising under the Contract.
10.33.2 Resolution of Disputes
Any dispute/disputes or difference / differences arising out of or in connection with the
contract shall, to the extent possible be settled amicably between the parties.
In the event of any dispute, Clause No.10 & 11 under Sec.8 of Integrity Pact may also be
referred.
[Link] Informal Dispute Resolution
Page 74 of 174
The parties agree to use reasonable efforts to resolve all disputes equitably and in good
faith. If any dispute between the Contractor and the PURCHASER arises it shall in the
first instance be referred in writing to the PURCHASER, who shall endeavour to resolve
the dispute amicably and render a decision within 30 days. The period of 30 days shall
be reckoned from the date of intimation of the dispute is received by the PURCHASER.
[Link] Save as hereinafter provided, in respect of a dispute so referred, the decision of the
PURCHASER shall be final and binding upon the Parties until the completion of the
Contract and shall forthwith be given effect to by the Contractor who shall proceed
with the Contract with all due diligence, whether or not either Party has sought has
sought conciliation / arbitration (as applicable) of the dispute as hereinafter provided.
10.33.3 Conciliation (for other Contractors and not for PSUs):
[Link] If the party is dissatisfied with the decision rendered by the Purchaser, or if the
Purchaser omits or declines to render a decision within the said period of 30 days, then
within a further period of 30 days, the dissatisfied Party shall require by a notification
that the dispute be referred to Conciliation in the manner as per the ‘NLC Conciliation
Rules’, copy of which is available with the NLCIL offices and the Bidders/
Contractors shall abide by the NLC Conciliation Rules’ for resolving any dispute
arising out of this contract. Such a notification shall be in writing and it shall be duly
served on the other party. Failure to invoke the Conciliation within the time stipulated
shall debar the party from seeking reference to Conciliation.
[Link] Except as otherwise provided in this clause, any dispute arising out of or relating to
this agreement, or the breach, termination or validity thereof, shall be settled by
Conciliation in accordance with ‘NLC Conciliation Rules’. The Conciliation shall be
held at Neyveli / Chennai. The Conciliation proceedings shall be conducted, and the
award shall be rendered in English. The award shall state the reasons upon which it is
based.
[Link] There shall be three Conciliators, who will be appointed as per Section-5 of the ‘NLC
Conciliation Rules’, which is available in NLCIL’s Web site.
[Link] The Work Order conditions and the rights and obligations of the Parties, shall remain
in full force and effect during the Conciliation proceedings. Supplies and / or services
under the Contract shall, if reasonably possible, continue during the Conciliation
proceedings.
[Link] For the purpose of this clause, the term ‘dispute’ shall include a demand or difference
of any kind whatsoever, arising out of the Contract and respecting the performance of
the Contract, whether during the Contract period including extensions if any, or after
completion, and whether before or after termination, abandonment or breach of the
Contract. (except as to any matter, the decision of which is specifically otherwise
provided for in any of these conditions).
[Link] Only in case of failure to resolve the dispute through Conciliation, Arbitration can be
resorted to.
[Link] Once the settlement agreement is signed with respect to a dispute, the same dispute is
not subject to further appeal through Arbitration or Judicial Proceedings.
Page 75 of 174
[Link] Anything not found included in the ‘NLC Conciliation Rules’, but necessary to
conduct the conciliation proceedings will be dealt with as per the provisions of the
‘Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 - Part-III’ or as per the statutory provisions
modified from time to time.
10.33.4 Arbitration:
[Link] Between NLCIL & another Central PSE
In the event of any dispute or difference relating to the interpretation and application of
the provisions of commercial purchases and contract(s) between Central Public Sector
Enterprises (CPSEs) / Port Trusts inter se and also between CPSEs and Government
Departments/Organizations (excluding disputes relating to Railways, Income Tax,
Customs & Excise Departments), such dispute or difference shall be taken up by either
party for its resolution through AMRCD as mentioned in DPE OM No. 05/0003/2019-
FTS-10937 Dated 14th December 2022 and the decision of AMRCD on the said
dispute will be binding on both the parties. The inter-se disputes of various
Ministries/Departments/CPSEs etc., other than those related to taxation, are to be
resolved through the existing AMRCD/AMRD Mechanism.”
[Link] For other Contractors
Arbitration shall be applicable only for the dispute(s) involving claims from Rs.25
Lakhs to Rs.20 Crores.
For the dispute(s) involving claims below Rs.25 Lakhs and above Rs.20 Crores:
The parties mutually agree that dispute(s)/issues(s) involving claims below Rs.25 Lakhs
and above Rs.20 Crores shall not be subject matter of Arbitration.
The claims below Rs.25 Lakhs are subject to the jurisdiction of the respective Civil
Court having jurisdiction over the place of works/supply/service.
The claims above Rs.20 Crores are subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court
situated at Chennai.
The above provisions shall supersede provisions relating to the Arbitration, governing
Law & Jurisdiction mentioned elsewhere in the tender documents.
a) In case of failure to resolve the dispute through Conciliation, then within a further
period of 30 days, the dissatisfied Party may require by a notification that the
dispute be referred to arbitration in the manner hereinafter provided. Such a
notification shall be in writing and it shall be duly served on the other party.
Failure to invoke the arbitration within the time schedule shall debar the party from
seeking reference to arbitration.
b) Except as otherwise provided in this clause, any dispute arising out of or relating to
this agreement, or the breach, termination or validity thereof, shall be finally
settled by Arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996
(the ``Act''). The arbitration shall be held at Chennai, Tamil Nadu. The arbitration
proceedings shall be conducted, and the award shall be rendered in English. The
award shall state the reasons upon which it is based.
c) There shall be three arbitrators of whom each Party shall appoint one. The Party
requesting that the dispute be referred to arbitration shall, within 30 days of the
notification in terms of Clause 10.32 (ii) (a), appoint an arbitrator as also call upon
the other Party to appoint an arbitrator within 30 days. The two arbitrators so
appointed shall, within 30 days of the date on which the second of them is
Page 76 of 174
appointed, agree on the third arbitrator who shall act as the presiding arbitrator of
the tribunal.
d) The agreement and the rights and obligations of the Parties, shall remain in full
force and effect pending the award in any arbitration proceedings. Supplies and/ or
services under the Contract shall, if reasonably possible, continue during
arbitration proceedings.
e) For the purposes of this clause, the term `dispute' shall include a demand or
difference of any kind whatsoever, arising out of the Contract and respecting the
performance of the Contract, whether during the Contract period including
extensions if any, or after completion, and whether before or after termination,
abandonment or breach of the Contract (except as to any matter, the decision of
which is specifically provided for in any of these conditions).
f) The party, in whose favour the award is passed, shall be entitled to recover the entire
cost of Arbitration from the other party. The Arbitrator shall indicate the above in
their award clearly.
10.34 Warranty
1. The Contractor shall guarantee that the equipment shall be new and in accordance
with the Contract documents and be free from defects in design, material, and
workmanship. The warranty period shall be 12 (twelve) months from the date of
SCOD. The Contractor's liabilities shall be limited to the replacement of any
defective parts in the equipment of his own manufacture or those of his Sub-
Contractors, under the normal use and arising from faulty design, materials and/or
workmanship. The Plant shall be operated as per the operating instructions and all
records, logbooks and other information about the operation shall be kept. Such
replaced defective parts shall be taken back by the Contractor.
2. The Contractor shall carry out complete maintenance of the plant till completion of
warranty period. All repairs and / or replacement other than maintenance works
until the end of the warranty period shall be carried out by the Contractor to fulfill
the warranty obligation.
This, however, shall not dilute the Contractor's liability during the guarantee
period.
3. The warranty for the equipment supplied by the BOS Contractor and workmanship
during the execution/Construction period will be 12 months after SCOD.
4. In case of failure in the NLCIL/NIRL supplied equipment (i.e., PV Modules), the
BOS EPC contractor shall need to intimate to the NLCIL/NIRL within 24 Hours
from the failure occurred. If BOS EPC contractor is not informed to NLCIL/NIRL
within the stipulated time period, the BOS EPC Contractor is soul responsible for
restore the failure.
5. In the event of any emergency where, in the judgment of the Purchaser or the
Consultant, delay would cause serious loss or damage, repairs, replacements or
adjustments may be made by the Purchaser or the Consultant or a third party
chosen by the Purchaser or the Consultant without advance notice to the
Contractor and the cost of such work shall be paid by the Contractor, or by the
Surety. In the event of such action being taken by the Purchaser or the Consultant,
the Contractor shall be notified promptly, and he shall assist wherever possible in
making the necessary corrections. This shall not dilute the Contractor's liability
under the terms and conditions of the Contract.
Page 77 of 174
Page 78 of 174
14. The Contractor should furnish an Indemnity Bond in the prescribed format as per
Annexure- XVI for the equipment to be taken away from Project site for
repair/rectification.
15. Defect Liability for Civil Works
(a) The Contractor guarantees that within one (1) year from the date of work
completion certificate or in the event more than one certificate having been
issued by the Purchaser from the respective date so certified, the contract work
shall not show any sign of defects, cracks, settlements, disfiguration,
shrinkage, leakage, dampness, or any other faults.
(b) The Contractor shall maintain and satisfactorily execute at his own cost all
such works of repair, amendment, reconstruction, rectification, replacement
and any other work to make good any faulty work during the defect liability
period.
(c) The Contractor shall, if required by the Purchaser, search for the causes of any
defects, imperfection, or fault under the direction of the Purchaser. The cost of
such work shall be borne by the Contractor.
(d) At intervals specified by the Purchaser, the Contractor along with the
Purchaser shall inspect the contract work to satisfy himself that no defects
have cropped up in the contract work. Should there be any signs of defects,
the Contractor shall take immediate steps to rectify the same.
(e) At the end of the defect liability period, the Contractor along with the
Purchaser shall carryout final inspection of the contract work to prove that no
defects had appeared in the contract work or that all defects which appeared in
the contract work have been rectified to the satisfaction of the Purchaser. If
during the final inspection it is found that the defects still remain in the
contract work, the period of defect liability shall be extended for further
period which will be mutually discussed and agreed for rectifying the defect
and the Contractor shall be liable to make good the defects and be responsible
for the maintenance of the work till the defect have been fully removed.
(f) Until the end of the defect liability period, the Contractor shall have right of
entry at his own risk and expense, by himself or his duly authorised
representative whose name shall previously have been communicated in
writing to the Purchaser at all reasonable working hours, upon all necessary
parts of the works for the purpose of inspection and taking notes there from
and, if he desires, at his own expense, making any tests subject to the approval
of the Purchaser, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(g) The issue of the Purchaser's certificate shall in no way exempt the Contractor
from the provisions of this clause.
(h) To the intent that the works shall or as soon as practicable after the expiration
of defect liability period be handed over to the Purchaser in perfect condition
to the satisfaction of the Purchaser, all such repair works as stated herein
above, shall be carried out by the Contractor at his own expense if the
necessity thereof shall in the opinion of the Purchaser be due to the use of
materials or workmanship not in accordance with the contract or failure on the
Page 79 of 174
Page 80 of 174
i) The Purchaser shall have the right, during the performance of the Contract, to
change the scope and/or technical character of the Project and/or of the supplies
and services stipulated in the Contract.
ii) If any changes are required for completeness of the work as per Clause-10.7 the
Contractor shall not be entitled to extra price or time.
iii) In the event, the Purchaser requests a change as per above Clause-10.40 (i) the
Contract price and time shall be adjusted upwards or downwards, as the case may
be and as shall be mutually agreed. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any
extension of time unless such changes adversely affect the time schedule.
iv) The Contractor shall not change any work to be made pursuant to this Contract
except as may become necessary to enable him to meet his technical obligations
under this Contract, provided however that such changes shall be subject to prior
written approval of the Purchaser.
v) If any changes are required for completeness of the works as per Clause 10.40(ii),
or the Contractor himself makes changes as per Clause 10.40 (iv), the Contractor
shall not be entitled to extra price or time.
vi) The Contractor shall proceed with the changes as requested as per Clause 10.40(i)
pending adjustment of Contract price and time schedule where so applicable in
terms of Clause-10.40(iii).
vii) In the event that a request for changes by the Purchaser should affect the
guarantees of the plant/process, a readjustment of such guarantees shall be agreed
upon jointly, before the Contractor proceeds with the change.
viii) Changes occasioned due to non-observance by the Contractor of the provisions of
this Contract or arising out of detection by the Purchaser of errors in the
documents or in works not in compliance with the design, specifications &
drawings or with the best engineering practice, shall neither give rise to price
adjustment nor extension of time. The Contractor shall take immediate steps to
restore the contractual position.
10.41 Waiver
i) Non-enforcement by either party of any of the provisions of this Contract shall not
operate or constitute as a waiver of the provision itself or any subsequent breach
thereof.
ii) The validity of the Contract shall not be affected, should one or more of its
stipulations be or become legally invalid and such stipulation is severable from and
not fundamental to the obligations of either party to this Contract. In such a case,
the parties shall negotiate in good faith to replace the invalid clause by an agreed
stipulation which is in accordance with the applicable law and which shall be as
close as possible to the parties original intent.
Page 81 of 174
10.42 Assignment
i) The Contractor shall not assign its rights and obligations under the terms of this
Contract to any party other than its legal successor without the written consent of
the Purchaser.
ii) Should loan/financial agreement(s) require the Contractor to assign, by way of
charge, any money due or to become due to it, to a bank/credit agency for the
benefit of receiving payment by the Contractor under this Contract from such
bank/credit agency, or if any partial assignment is necessary to be made to any
insurer in terms of Insurance Policy approved by the Purchaser, the Purchaser shall
not refuse consent in such cases.
10.43 Contract Amendments
i) Any amendment to the terms of this Contract (including Sections & Annexures)
shall be made in writing by both parties hereto and shall specifically state that it is
an amendment to the Contract.
ii) Contractor shall not suspend the performance of this Contract during review and
negotiation of any amendment to the contract except as may be directed by the
Purchaser.
iii) No amendment shall have any effect until the Purchaser and Contractor have
agreed to the amendment in writing.
10.44 Applicable Law
This Contract shall be governed by prevailing Indian Laws.
10.45 Notices
i) All notices under this Contract shall be given in writing and shall be deemed
sufficiently given when delivered either in person or by e-mail or by registered
mail addressed to the other party at its address set forth in the contract agreement
with a copy to the nominated representative at site.
ii) If any such notice is delivered by hand, it shall be duly acknowledged and if given,
by fax it shall be confirmed by Registered Letter within seven days of the date of
such notice. Either party shall by notice in writing inform the other party of any
change of its address as stated under Clause 10.45 (i) for receiving such notices.
iii) Date of notices under Clause-10.45 (i) shall be the date of receipt of such notice by
the receiving party.
10.46 Language
i) All documents, instructions, catalogues, brochures, pamphlets, design data, norms
and calculations, drawings, operation, maintenance and safety manuals, reports,
labels, on deliveries and any other data shall be in the English Language.
ii) The Contract documents and all correspondence between the Purchaser/consultants
and the Contractor shall be in the English language.
iii) However, all signboards required to indicate "Danger" and/or security at site and
other statutory signage shall be in English, Tamil & Hindi. Other Indian languages
shall also be considered depending upon the workforce deployed at site.
Page 82 of 174
Page 83 of 174
select routes, choose and use vehicles and restrict and distribute loads so that any
such extraordinary traffic as shall inevitably arise for moving of plant and
materials from and to the site shall be limited as far as reasonably possible so that
no unnecessary damage or injury may be occasioned to such highways and
bridges. For any damage caused by the breach hereof, the Contractor shall be
solely responsible.
ix) Where the nature of the work is such as to require the use by the Contractor of
water borne transport, the foregoing provisions of this clause shall be construed as
though "high sea" including a lock, dock, seawall or other structure related to
waterway and "vehicles" including craft and shall effect accordingly.
x) On completion of the work, all rubbish, kilns, VATs, tanks, materials and
temporary structure of any sort or kind used for the purpose or connected with the
construction/erection work are to be removed by the Contractor and all pits and
excavations filled up and the site handed over in a tidy and workmanlike condition
and no final payment in settlement of the account for the said work shall be held to
be due or shall be made to the Contractor till such site clearance shall have been
effected by him and such clearance may be made by the Purchaser at the expenses
of the Contractor in the event of his failure to comply with this provision within 15
(fifteen) days after receiving notice in writing from the Purchaser to that effect. If
it becomes necessary for the Purchaser to have the site cleared as indicated above
at the expense of the Contractor, the Purchaser shall under no circumstances be
held liable for any losses or damages to such of Contractor's property as may be on
such site due to such removal there from, which removal may be effected by
means of public sale of such materials and property or in such a way as seems fit
and most convenient to the Purchaser.
xi) The Contractor must take sufficient care in moving its construction plants and
equipment from one place to another so that they may not cause any damage to the
property of the Purchaser, particularly to the existing structures and overhead and
underground services and in the event of Contractor's failure to do so, the cost of
such damages shall be borne by the Contractor.
10.48 Labour
10.48.1 Labour rules
In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed on the works by the Contractor,
the Contractor shall comply with and implement all the provisions of the Contract
Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970, or any amendment thereof, and all
legislations and rules of the State and/or Central Government or other local authority
formed from time to time governing the protection of health, sanitary arrangements,
wages, welfare and safety of labour employed on the works and the Contractor shall be
deemed to be the Principal employer for this purpose. The rules and other statutory
obligations with regard to fair wages, welfare and safety measures, maintenance of
register etc. shall be deemed to be part of the Contract. The Contractor shall get himself
registered with the concerned statutory authorities as provided in the Act and shall be
directly responsible to the authorities there under for compliance with the provisions
thereof.
Page 84 of 174
Page 85 of 174
rights of the Purchaser under Section-12, Sub-Section (2) of the said Act, the Purchaser
shall be at liberty to recover such amount or any part thereof from the security deposit or
from the sums due or to become due to the Contractor (whether under this Contract or
any other Contract).
10.48.5 Provisions of Apprentices Act
The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act 1961, and the
rules and orders issued there under from time to time. If he fails to do so, his failure may
be treated as breach of the Contract and the Purchaser may, in his discretion, terminate
the Contract. The Contractor shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability arising on
account of any violation by him of the provisions of the said Act.
10.48.6 Labour Returns
The Contractor shall submit daily statements of labor employed by him/Sub-
contractor(s) in the proforma prescribed by the Purchaser.
10.48.7 Labour Camps
The Contractor shall, at its own expense, make adequate arrangements for housing,
electricity, road, supply of drinking water and provision of latrines and urinals for its
staff and labor, disposal of sewerage and sullage and for temporary creche (balmandir)
where 50 or more women are employed at a time.
10.48.8 Preservation of Peace
The Contractor shall take requisite precautions and use his best endeavor to prevent any
riotous or unlawful behaviour by, or amongst its workmen and/or others employed on
the works by him or his Sub-contractor(s) and for the preservation of peace and
protection of the inhabitants and security of the property in the neighbourhood of the
works/site. In the event of the Purchaser requiring the maintenance of a special police
force at or in the vicinity of the site during the tenure of the Contract in consequence of
the riotous or unlawful behaviour by, or amongst the Contractor's or his Sub-
contractor(s)/Workmen and/or others staff employed by him/them, all expenses thereof
and costs of all damages due to such riotous or unlawful behaviour shall be borne by the
Contractor and if paid by the Purchaser, shall be recoverable from the Contractor from
any money due or that may become due to the Contractor by the Purchaser.
10.48.9 Payment of Wages
i) The Contractor shall make regular and prompt payment of wages to its workmen
engaged in the work and in no case shall the payment be delayed more than seven
days following the period for which the wages are due. The Contractor shall send a
certificate to the Purchaser to this effect every month. If it is found that workers
are not paid regularly, the Contract is liable to be terminated.
Page 86 of 174
ii) The Purchaser shall have the right to enquire into and decide against any complaint
alleging that the wages paid by the Contractor to any labourer for the work done
by such labourer is less than the wages paid for similar work in the neighbourhood.
iii) As number of Contractors may be working at the same time in the erection of
different parts at the Project site, there is need for pursuance of a coordinated
policy with regard to employment, wages and other conditions of work. The
Contractor shall consult the Purchaser on all such matters to arrive at mutually
agreed settlements.
10.48.10 Sanitary arrangements
The Contractor shall comply with all local sanitary rules in force and carry out all
sanitary measures and permit inspection of all sanitary arrangements at all reasonable
times by the Purchaser/local bodies.
10.48.11 Infectious diseases
The Contractor shall employ such persons as are found to be free of contagious diseases
and shall produce, if required by the Purchaser, certificate of fitness of all its employees
working at site. The Contractor shall, if required by the Purchaser, subject all its
employees to regular medical check up and produce satisfactory evidence of their being
free from any contagious disease.
10.48.12 The Contractor shall remove from its labour camp such labour and their families who
refuse protective inoculations and vaccination when called upon to do so by any
competent authority.
10.48.13 Medical Facilities at Site
The Contractor shall provide reasonable medical facilities at the site as per rules in
force in relation to the strength of the Contractor's staff and workmen deployed at site.
10.48.14 Use of intoxicants
The use or sale of ardent spirits or other intoxicating beverages, within the works or in
any of the buildings, boarding houses, encampments or other tenements owned,
occupied by or within the control of the Contractor or any of its employees or his Sub-
contractor is strictly forbidden and the Contractor shall ensure strict compliance.
10.48.15 Age limits of labour
The Contractor shall not employ, for the purpose of the work, any person below the
age of eighteen (18) years as it is statutorily forbidden. The Purchaser reserves the
right to dis-allow any labourer, whom he considers to be underage, to be employed by
the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit periodical statements to the Purchaser, of
labor employed by him.
Page 87 of 174
i) The Contractor shall be solely responsible for deduction and contributions under
the Employees' Provident Fund Act 1952 and Family Pension Act 1971 and the
scheme made there under as amended from time to time. He shall be solely
responsible for the maintenance of records for payment of contributions and
submission of returns in accordance with the said act and scheme.
ii) In case the Contractor fails to make payments under the above act and the scheme
made there under and as amended from time to time, the Purchaser reserves the
right to make such payment on behalf of the Contractor on demand from the
authorities under the act and recover the same from the payments due to the
Contractor. Further, the Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the
Purchaser against any loss or damage whatsoever that may be suffered by the
Purchaser as a results of any claims, damages, penalties for any failure, non-
compliance on his part with the provisions of the aforesaid act and the scheme
framed there under.
10.48.17 Observance by Sub-Contractor(s)
The Contractor shall also be responsible for the observation of all the above clauses by
his Sub contractor(s).
10.49 Care of Works
From the commencement to the completion of provisional takeover, the Contractor shall
take full responsibility for the care of works and for all temporary works and in case any
damage or loss shall happen to the works or to any part thereof or to any temporary works
from any cause whatsoever, the Contractor shall at his own cost replace or repair and
make good the same.
10.50 Restriction of Visitors
The Contractor shall not allow any visitors on the works except with the prior written
approval of the Purchaser.
10.51 Possession Prior to Completion
The Purchaser shall have the right to take possession or use any completed or partially
completed work. Such possession or use shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of any
work done not in accordance with the Contract. However, any damage to such work solely
due to such provision or use shall be to the Purchaser's account.
10.52 Work Permit, Passport, Etc.
The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining at his own cost, the
necessary work permits, passports, visas, police permits and expenses and for other effects
of any personnel employed or engaged by him for work, which are non- residence of
India.
Page 88 of 174
10.53 General
No Director or Official or Employee of the Purchaser shall in any way be personally
bound or liable for the acts or obligations of the purchaser under the contract or
answerable for any default or omission in the observance or performance of any of the
acts, matters or things or conditions which are herein contained.
10.54 General Liability Provision
The rights and obligations of the parties are finally and conclusively defined in this
Contract.
10.54.1Limitation of Liability
Except in case of Criminal Negligence or Wilful Misconduct,
i) The Contractor shall not be liable to the Purchaser, whether in Contract, tort, or
otherwise, for any indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of use, loss of
production or loss of profits or interest costs, provided that this exclusion shall not
apply to any obligation of the Contractor to pay liquidated damages to the Purchaser,
and,
ii) The aggregate liability of the Contractor to the Purchaser, whether under the Contract,
in tort or otherwise, shall not exceed the total Contract Price, provided that this
limitation shall not apply to any obligation of the Contractor to indemnify the
Purchaser with respect to Patent infringement.
10.55 Transfer of Titles
10.55.1 Imported Items – Not Applicable
10.55.2 Self Manufactured Indigenous Items
Ownership of equipment supplied under the supply portion of the contract shall vest with
Purchaser as soon as they are despatched ex-works/place of despatch, in respect of
indigenous items. However, for executing the erection portion of the contract, Contractor
shall take over, all such equipment from purchaser and further shall take full responsibility
for safe custody, transportation to site, handling at all intermediate points and at site,
storage, erection, testing and commissioning of equipment and for their exclusive use for
purposes specified in this contract. Contractor's liability under the contract shall not be
over till the plant in successfully commissioned and taken over by purchaser. The
despatch document consigned in the name of the Purchaser, shall be endorsed by the
Purchaser, in favour of the Contractor for receipt of goods and then for storage, erection
testing and commissioning. Purchaser's responsibility shall be limited to endorsement of
despatch documents in Contractor's favour to enable the contractor to carryout services
under the erection portion of the contract.
10.55.3 Bought out items
The procedure described in the above clause covers the self manufactured items of the
Contractor. For bought out items directly consigned to purchaser's site, from approved
sub-supplier, the consignee shall be the Purchaser. The dispatches shall be made as
Page 89 of 174
performance relevant provisions of GST Act. However, the contractor shall ensure that no
additional liability towards sales tax arises to the Purchaser.
10.56 Indemnity Bond
For the equipment handed over to Contractor, for performing the work under this contract,
Contractor shall execute a custody cum indemnity bond in favour of Purchaser as per
Annexure- XVI. The endorsement and handing over of despatch documents by purchaser
to contractor shall be construed as having handed over and entrusted to the Contractor all
the equipment covered in such despatch documents. The Contractor shall hold the
equipment handed over to him by Purchaser, as trustee on behalf of the Purchaser without
having any lien or charge against the equipment at any stage. For any loss or damage to
the equipment and material till these are finally taken over by Purchaser, the contractor
shall immediately replace/repair the loss or damaged equipment entirely at his cost
irrespective of the extent and/or time of realisation of claims by him from the
insurer/underwriters.
The title of ownership and property to all goods materials equipment etc. originating in
India shall pass to the purchaser as per the terms and conditions of this contract after the
Contractor has effected the despatch of the same to Project Site and the Contractor has
prepared necessary documentation for handing over the same to Purchaser’s authorised
representative provided however, such passing of titles of ownership and property to the
Purchaser shall not in any way absolved, dilute or diminish the responsibility and
obligations of the Contractor under this Contract including loss or damage and all risks
which shall vest with the Contractor till the successful commissioning as per this Contract.
10.57 Safety
The Contractor shall abide by the Safety Code for Contractors which is annexed as
Annexure-XIX.
10.58 General Conditions for Erection & Civil works
The Contractor shall abide by the General Conditions for Erection & Civil Works, which
is annexed to this Volume as Annexure-XX.
10.59 Emission Test Certificate
The vehicles being used by the Contractors must have valid Emission Test Certificate
issued by the authorized agency.
10.60 Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India):
The Order/Contract is placed based on the declaration submitted in the offer by the
Contractor in compliance with Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP),
Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Govt. of India, Public Procurement (Preference to
Make in India) Order 2017 dated 16.09.2020 and its subsequent amendments.
Accordingly, the Contractor shall ensure that the supplies made and services rendered
have been complied with the local content indicated in their offer.
Page 90 of 174
Page 91 of 174
SECTION-11
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Quality System for Inspection & Testing of Plant & Equipment at Manufacturer’s
Premises
11.1 General
i) Inspection & testing of plant & equipment shall be carried out by NLCIL/NIRL at the
works of successful bidder (Contractor/Sub-contractor) during manufacturing and on final
product to ensure conformity of the same with acceptable criteria of technical
specifications, approved drawings, authenticated manufacturing drawings and reference
national / international standards.
ii) This specification is in addition to provisions laid-down elsewhere in Purchaser's Draft
Contract and special instructions to tenderers, if any.
iii) Contractor must recognize the importance of quality and follow defined quality
programme in all manufacturing and quality control activities of the product. Contractor
must define and implement the tasks and controls that shall provide needed assurance in
case manufacturing of product is sub contracted either partly or fully and/or for the
procured components of the product.
iv) Purchaser/ Consultant reserve the right to verify the quality programme and entire product
characteristics to assure the intended and specified quality of the product.
v) The inspection, examination or testing carried out by the purchaser shall not relieve the
contractor from any of his obligation under this contract. The inspection procedure shall
be discussed and finalised.
11.2 Quality Assurance Plan (QAP)
i) Inspection and test requirements shall be decided with due consideration of factors like
safety, duty cycle, operating conditions, equipment life, environmental conditions, place
of installation and statutory regulations, as applicable, for a particular equipment.
ii) Detailed QAP shall be prepared by Contractor in consultation with Sub-contractors /
Manufacturers to avoid any complication later.
iii) QAP shall clearly indicate the followings:
(a) Range of inspection & tests to be done by Manufacturers and cross checked by
Contractor during manufacture of equipment from raw materials to finishing
stage.
(b) Suggestive check/ hold points for Purchaser's Inspection and witnessing of tests
during the manufacturing and final product inspection.
(c) Inspection documents to be furnished by Contractor/ Manufacturers to Purchaser
for reference during inspection.
Page 92 of 174
Page 207 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Page 93 of 174
Page 208 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
time during contract period, to facilitate him to carry out inspection & testing of the
product during or after manufacture of the same.
ii) The Contractor shall delegate a Representative / Co-ordinator to deal with purchaser
on all inspection matters. Also, Contractor's Representative shall be present during all
inspection at Sub-Contractor's works.
iii) The Contractor shall comply with instructions of the Inspection Engineer fully and
promptly.
iv) The Contractor / Sub-Contractor shall provide all instruments, tools, necessary testing
& other inspection facilities to Inspection Engineer free of cost for carrying out
inspection.
v) The cost of testing welds by ultrasonic, radiographic and dye penetration tests etc. in
the fabrication workshop shall be borne by the Contractor.
vi) The Contractor shall ensure that the equipment / assembly /component of the plant
and equipment required to be inspected, are not dismantled or despatched before
inspection.
vii) The Contractor shall not offer equipment for inspection in painted condition unless
otherwise agreed in writing by purchaser.
viii) The Contractor shall ensure that the equipment and materials once rejected by the
Inspection Engineer, are not re-used in the manufacture of the plant and equipment.
Where parts rejected by the Inspection Engineer have been rectified as per agreed
procedures laid down in advance, such parts shall be segregated for separate
inspection and approval, before being used in the work.
11.4.4 Stamping and issue of inspection documents
i) Inspection Memo
For stage inspection and for rejected items/items which do not conform to Technical
specification in one or more quality characteristics requiring rectification/rework,
Inspection memo shall be issued in standard form indicating therein the details of
observation and remarks. All the non-conformities with respect to specification of the
product shall be indicated in the inspection memo for further control by
manufacturer.
ii) Inspection Certificate
On satisfactory completion of final inspection and testing, an inspection Certificate in
standard form shall be issued by the Inspection engineer for the accepted items.
iii) Inspection Waiver Certificate
For the inspection waiver category of items identified in the approved QAP,
Purchaser shall issue Inspection Waiver Certificate.
Page 94 of 174
Page 209 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
*****
Page 95 of 174
Page 210 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
SECTION-12
SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR SHARED TRANSMISSION SYSTEM-
Deleted
*****
Page 96 of 174
Page 211 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
SECTION-13
Page 97 of 174
Page 212 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
1.13 The various Acts and Regulations are normally available for sale from the following
address:
Deputy Controller,
Publication Department,
Government of India,
Civil Lines, Delhi - 110 006.
and with leading authorised Government of India book sellers.
2.0 SCOPE OF WORK
The Scope of work includes Operation & Maintenance of Entire Plant including all
Equipment, PCSS, Main Control Room, Evacuation systems upto the point of
connection, using the contractor's own spares & Manpower including engineering
personnel as per the detailed System Operating Procedures (SOP) for O&M activity,
indicating work details and schedule of maintenance.
The detailed Scope of Work is indicated in Technical Specification (Volume-II) of the
Contract.
3.0 PRICE BASIS FOR OPERATION & MAINTENANCE INCLUDING USAGE
CHARGES FOR POWER EVACUATION FACILITIES:
3.1 The Bidder shall quote “Lumpsum & Firm’ price inclusive of all Taxes & Duties, in
Indian rupee for the entire contract period of three (3) years after completion of warranty
period. The O&M price breakup for every year shall have minimum escalation of 3.84%
per year. The O&M Price for the first year quoted shall be at least 2% of the EPC cost .
3.2 Price quoted shall include cost of all spares and consumable, inclusive of all Taxes &
Duties, to meet NLCIL/NIRL’s requirement as specified in the tender specification.
Page 98 of 174
Page 213 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
In case BG is forfeited for the first and subsequent years on pro-rata basis for shortfall in
generation, the contractor shall maintain the original value of the BG (i.e., 5% out of
Expected net energy export (as per technical schedule 2 of Technical Specification
Volume-II)) within 30 days of encashment of the BG.
5.1.2. BG for O&M period of 3 Years (i.e., Defect Liability period):
Contractor shall submit a Bank Guarantee for a value of 1% of the total Contract Price
excluding O&M price with a validity of 90 days beyond O&M period of 3 Years.
The Contractor shall submit this bank guarantee as a Performance security against
equipment during the complete Defect Liability Period (i.e. for O&M period).
The Contractor shall submit both the Bank Guarantees within 30 days after completion of
SCOD.
The above two BGs shall be initially valid for 12 months and shall be extended suitably
by the Contractor every year to be valid till the expiry of 90 days beyond the actual date
of successful completion of operation and maintenance contract period.
5.2. NIRL shall have the right to encash the above BGs for non-compliance of any or all the
terms and conditions of the contract and non-performance with respect to availability,
discontinues to do the work before the completion of period mentioned in Cl. 4.0 above
and for failure to comply with any of the obligations as enumerated in the Contract.
5.3. 100% Contract Performance Bank Guarantee for EPC Contract will be returned to the
Contractor without any interest after 90 (ninety) days from the expiry of warranty period
or after date of final take over whichever is later and on receipt and acceptance of BG for
O&M period and BG for shortfall in generation during O&M period for period of 3
Years.
5.4 ADDITIONAL BG FOR AMC Of CRITICAL EQUIPMENT:
a) The BOS EPC Contractor has to take Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract
(AMC) from Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) or OEM authorized service
provider for a period of 06 years (from completion of contractual O&M period) for
critical equipment’s of Inverter, SCADA, CCTV and dry robotic cleaning system.
b) The BOS EPC Contractor shall submit Bank Guarantee (BG) by way of enhancement
of value of Contract Performance Security of O&M contract
• BG amount against comprehensive AMC of Inverter, SCADA, CCTV and Dry robotic
cleaning system – 1.0 Lakhs / MW.
c) Comprehensive AMC shall include
• All preventive maintenance and breakdown maintenance including replacement of
any component to ensure that equipment working satisfactorily as per design/system
requirement.
• During AMC period, the OEM or its representative is required to visit the plant at
least once a year or as per OEM recommendation cycle for periodic maintenance.
Page 99 of 174
Page 214 of 481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
• During AMC period, the OEM is required to respond within one working day
through telecom or any electronic mean. In case of breakdown of the system, OEM
has to send their representative within 72 hours.
• For the minor faults not hampering the generation eg. communication, display etc.,
the OEM has to get the fault rectified within 07 working days.
d) Above said BG’s to be submitted by BOS EPC Contractor before 30 days of
completion of the O&M period and before release of O&M BG.
e) The above BG securities will be returned to the contractor without any interest on
expiry of the security at the end of 06 years of successful completion of the AMC for
the above said equipment’s.
f) The Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC) document between the OEM & BOS EPC
contractor has to be submitted before starting of 03-year paid O&M Contract.
g) The BOS EPC contractor has to submit the Joint Deed of Undertaking (JDU)
between BOS EPC contractor and OEM for above AMC for Stipulated Duration
beyond O&M Period.
h) Failure from the OEM to adhere the activity and the time schedule may lead to BG
encashment.
i) Replacement of equipment/spare parts/ updating of software are being phased out or
not being supported by OEM’s is also included in BOS EPC contractor scope.
iv. Rules & Regulations, Notifications circulars issued under GST Law has to be
complied from time to time the Contractor.
9.2. Personnel Income Tax & Cess:
Income Tax and Cess, if any payable by the Contractors/ Sub-Contractor's employees
shall be paid by the said employees directly, and the Purchaser shall not be liable to pay
the Income Tax & Cess payable by the employee of the Contractor/Sub-Contractor and
the purchaser is not responsible for filing the tax returns of contracts employees/experts.
9.3. Deduction of Tax at source at prevailing rate shall be effected by the Purchaser before
payment as a statutory obligation wherever applicable.
21.0 SECURITY:
The Contractor shall have total responsibility for all equipment and materials in his
custody. The Contractor shall make suitable Security arrangements including
employment of Security personnel to ensure the protection of all materials, equipment
and `Works' from theft, fire, pilferage, any other damages and loss. All materials of the
Contractor shall enter and leave the Project `Site' only with the written permission of
NLCIL/NIRL in the prescribed manner.
NLCIL/NIRL. All such goods shall from the time of their being brought may be used for
the purpose of the `Works' only and shall not on any account be removed or taken away
by the Contractor without the written permission of NLCIL/NIRL. But, the Contractor
shall nevertheless be solely liable and responsible for any loss or destruction thereof and
damage thereto.
22.2. NLCIL/NIRL shall have lien on such goods for any sum or sums which may at any time
be due or owing to him by the Contractor, under in respect of or by reasons of the
`Contract'. After giving a fifteen (15) days' notice in writing of his intention to do so,
NLCIL/NIRL shall be at liberty to sell and dispose of any such goods, in such manner as
he shall think fit including public auction or private treaty and to apply the proceeds in or
towards the satisfaction of such sum or sums due as aforesaid.
22.3. After the completion of the `works' the Contractor shall remove from the `Site' under the
direction of NLCIL/NIRL his own materials such as equipment, tools and tackles,
scaffolding, etc. which were brought by him with the written permission of
NLCIL/NIRL. If the Contractor fails to remove such materials, within 15 (fifteen) days of
issue of a notice by NLCIL to do so, then NLCIL/NIRL shall have the liberty to dispose
of such materials and credit the proceeds thereto the account of the Contractor.
22.4. On completion of the work, all rubbish, kilns, vats, tanks, materials and temporary
structure of any sort or kind used for the purpose or connected with the work are to be
removed by the Contractor and all pits and excavations filled up and the site handed over
in a tidy and workmanlike condition and no final payment in settlement of the account for
the said work shall be held to be due or shall be made to the Contractor till such site
clearance shall have been effected by him and such clearance may be made by
NLCIL/NIRL at the expenses of the Contractor in the event of his failure to comply with
this provision within 7 days after receiving notice in writing from NLCIL/NIRL to that
effect. If it becomes necessary for NLCIL/NIRL to have the site cleared as indicated
above at the expense of the Contractor, NLCIL/NIRL shall under no circumstances be
held liable for any losses or damages to such of Contractor’s property as may be on such
site due to such removal there from, which removal may be effected by means of public
sale of such materials and property or in such a way as seems fit and most convenient to
NLCIL/NIRL.
22.5. The Contractor must take sufficient care in moving his equipment from one place to
another so that they may not cause any damage to the property of NLCIL/NIRL,
particularly to the existing structures and overhead and underground services and in the
event of Contractor's failure to do so, the cost of such damages shall be borne by the
Contractor.
then, the Contractor may carry out the upgrade at his own cost with the prior written
consent of NLCIL/NIRL.
23.3. If any alteration or modification is required to be made in the Solar Power Plant to
comply with all provision of law for the time being in force on the Commencement Date
of this agreements the Contractor shall take necessary step to make Solar Power Plant
comply with the provisions of such law at his own cost.
24.3. The parties hereto are independent to each other, where in NLCIL/NIRL is a principal,
Contractor is a Contractor and all the relationships between NLCIL/NIRL and Contractor
under this agreement are contractual in nature but none else.
24.7. Contractor should have separate EPF number and ESI number for his firm and remittance
of EPF and ESI should be paid only in the name of the firm. Third Party payment by out
sourcing the activity to any third party will not be accepted.
24.8. The contractor shall furnish a copy of INCOME TAX RETURN filed and duly
acknowledged by the INCOME TAX department before signing of contract and shall also
furnish the correct declaration of his status [whether individual, HUF, the firm or
Company].
25.0 GENERAL:
25.1. Contractor shall meet the NLCIL/NIRL authorised representative and receive instructions
regarding the works to be carried out. The Contractor or his representative shall be
available at all times in the site in order to execute any urgent work.
25.2. Contractor must have registered under GST Act and the same should be valid for the
entire period of this contract.
25.3. Decision of the NLCIL/NIRL shall be final and binding in all matters regarding Contract.
26.0 SAFETY:
26.1. The Contractor shall ensure the safety of his workmen against accidents and injuries
while at work as required by the relevant rules. It shall be the obligations of the
Contractor to pay compensation as per workmen compensation Act and to extend co-
operation to the officers in any enquiry conducted there on. No responsibility shall rest
with the NLCIL/NIRL in this regard. The Contractor shall work in co-ordination and
close co-operation with the staff working in the area.
26.2. While doing works, all the safety precautions and safety rules should be followed and
failure to adhere to the same shall be viewed seriously and the contract shall be
terminated if required."
26.3. The Contractor shall arrange all safety gadgets for workmen engaged by him.
26.4. Before the Contractor connects any electrical appliances to any plug or socket belonging
to the other Contractor or NLCIL/NIRL, he shall.
(a) Satisfy NLCIL/NIRL that the appliance is in good working condition.
(b) Inform NLCIL/NIRL of the maximum current rating, voltage and phases of the
appliances.
(c) Obtain permission of NLCIL/NIRL detailing the sockets to which the appliances may
be connected
26.5. NLCIL/NIRL will not grant permission to plug-in until he is satisfied that the appliance is
in good conditions and is fitted with a suitable plug. The appliance is fitted with a suitable
cable having two earth conductors, one of which shall be an earthed metal sheath
surrounding the cores.
26.6. No electric cable in use by NLCIL/NIRL will be disturbed without prior permission. No
weight of any description will be imposed on any such cable and no ladder or similar
equipment will rest against or be attached to it.
26.7. No work shall be carried out on any live equipment. The Equipment must be made safe
and a permit to work should be issued before any work is carried out.
27.0 WORKS:
27.1. The site of work shall be kept clean, free from rubbish and dismantled materials. All
rejected and unwanted materials, debris etc., shall be removed from the site then and
there. If the Contractor fails to do such clearance work, NLCIL/NIRL have the right to
execute the work, two days after the issue of a single written notice to the Contractor and
the expenditure incurred therefore shall be recovered from the Contractor 's bills.
27.2. Any faulty work noticed and pointed out by NLCIL/NIRL shall be rectified by the
Contractor.
27.3. The Contractor shall Work in co-ordination and close co-operation with other
Contractor’s staff working in the area.
28.0 MATERIALS:
The material used shall comply with the relevant standard specification and shall be
approved by NLCIL/NIRL.
29.0 LABOUR:
29.1. Under the provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970 the
Contract Labour (Regulation and abolition) Rules 1971 any Contractor who employs or
employed 20 or more men on any day of the preceding 12 months shall obtain a licence.
The licence so obtained shall be renewed every year.
30.0 INSURANCE:
30.1. The Contractor shall arrange for Workmen's Compensation Insurance, Comprehensive
Automobile Insurance and Comprehensive General Liability Insurance and till
completion of Operation & Maintenance period which shall also be the responsibility of
the Contractor.
30.2. The Contractor should take group insurance scheme for the workers under his contract,
which may or may not result in partial or permanent disablement. The first bill will be
passed after producing group insurance policy.
30.3. The above are only illustrative list of insurance covers normally required and it will be
the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain at his cost all necessary insurance
coverage to the extent both in time and amount to take care of all his liabilities either
direct or indirect in pursuance of the `Contract'.
30.4. Insurance of common facilities shared with other Solar Power Developers should be
taken by contractor and shall be renewed from time to time till completion of contractual
O&M Period. Payment towards O&M charges shall be made only after submission and
acceptance of proof of having valid insurance.
Contractor shall pay such excess. Such payment of excess amount shall be independent of
the Compensation for delay which the Contractor shall have to pay if the completion of
`Works' is delayed.
33.2. In addition, such action by the Purchaser as aforesaid shall not relieve the Contractor of
his liability to pay Compensation for delay in completion of `Works'.
33.3. In the event the NLCIL/NIRL takes recourse to clause 37.1 above, it shall not entitle the
Contractor to reduce the value of the Performance Guarantee nor the period of validity of
such guarantee. The Performance Guarantee shall be valid for the full value and full
period as originally stipulated in the `Contract'.
33.4. In case the Contractor defaults in timely furnishing of engineering data specified in the
Contract and this delays the performance by the Purchaser his part of the Contract and as
a consequence the Contract execution schedule is delayed the responsibility for such
delay will be that of the Contractor and he will become liable for all damages as per
Contract.
34.0 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT:
34.1. NLCIL/NIRL reserves the right to terminate the Contract either in part or in full due to
reason other than those mentioned under clause entitled Contractor’s Default.
NLCIL/NIRL shall, in such an event, give 30 (thirty) days notice in writing to the
Contractor of his decision to do so.
34.2. The Contractor upon receipt of such notice shall discontinue the work on the date and to
the extent specified in the notice, make all reasonable efforts to obtain cancellation of all
order and Contracts to the extent they are related to the work terminated and upon terms
satisfactory to NLCIL/NIRL, stop all further sub-Contracting or purchasing activity
related to the work terminated and assist NLCIL/NIRL in maintenance, protection and
disposition of the works acquired under the Contract by NLCIL/NIRL.
34.3. In the event of such a termination, the Contractor shall be paid compensation, equitable
and reasonable dictated by the circumstances prevalent at the time of termination. No
consequential damages shall be payable by the NLCIL/NIRL to the Contractor in the
event of termination.
34.4. If the Contractor is an individual or a Proprietor concern and the individuals or the
proprietor dies and if the Contractor is a partnership concern and one of the partners dies,
then unless the NLCIL/NIRL is satisfied that the legal representatives of the individual
Contractor or the Proprietor of the proprietary concern and in the case of partnership,
surviving partners, are capable of carrying out and completing the Contract NLCIL/NIRL
shall be entitled to cancel the Contract as to its incomplete part without being in any way
liable to payment of any compensation to the estate of deceased Contractor and/ or to the
surviving partners of the Contractor 's firm on account of the cancellation of the Contract.
The decision of NLCIL/NIRL that the legal representatives of the deceased Contractor or
surviving partners of the Contractor’s firm cannot carry out and complete the Contract
shall be final and binding on the parties. In the event of such cancellation NLCIL/NIRL
shall not hold the estate of the deceased Contractor and/ or the surviving partners of the
estate of the deceased Contractor and/ or the surviving partners of the Contractor's firm
liable to damages for not completing the Contract.
c. During AMC period, the OEM is required to respond within one working day through
telecom or any electronic mean. In case of breakdown of the system, OEM has to
send their representative within 72 hours.
d. For the minor faults not hampering the generation eg. communication, display etc.,
the OEM has to get the fault rectified within 07 working days.
*****
ANNEXURE – XIII
Dear Sirs,
1.0 In consideration of the NLC India Renewables Limited, Neyveli hereinafter referred to as the
‘PURCHASER’, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof
include its successors, administrators, representatives and assignees, having awarded in
favour of M/s…having registered office at…………. hereinafter referred to as the
‘CONTRACTOR’, which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning
thereof include its successors, administrators, representatives and assignees, a Contract,
hereinafter referred as the “CONTRACT" for the on terms and conditions set out
interalia, in the PURCHASER`s Contract /Letter of Award No......................... dated as well
as "CONTRACT" documents, valued at ........... ............ ........... (In words) and the same
having been unequivocally accepted by the CONTRACTOR and the CONTRACTOR
having agreed to provide a Contract Performance Guarantee for the faithful performance of
the entire "Contract" including the warranty obligations / liabilities under the contract
equivalent to 10% of the Contract value excluding O&M price for 3 years after SCOD to the
PURCHASER amounting to ....................................... (In words) as Contract Security in the
form of a Bank Guarantee.
3.0 The Bank further irrevocably guarantees and undertakes to pay on mere demand, without
any demur, reservation, contest, recourse or protest, any and all monies due and payable by
the CONTRACTOR by reasons of non- fulfilment of any of the following obligations.
3.1 For the successful and satisfactory operation of the equipment furnished and erected under
the said Contract as per the specifications and documents.
3.2 That the equipment installed under the said Contract shall be new and in accordance with
Contract Documents and be free from all defects in design, material workmanship and
performance including modifications, improvements and replacements for a period of ..........
calendar months, from successful completion of commissioning of the equipment / PG Test
and that immediately upon intimation / written notice from the PURCHASER, the
CONTRACTOR shall remedy free of expenses to the PURCHASER such defects as noticed
and developed under the normal use of the said equipment, within the said guarantee period.
4.0 The PURCHASER shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of
the Bank under this guarantee, from time to time, to extend the time of performance by the
CONTRACTOR. The Bank shall not be released from its liabilities under these presents by
any exercise of the PURCHASER of the liberty with reference to the matter aforesaid.
5.0 The PURCHASER shall have the fullest liberty, without affecting this guarantee to
postpone from time to time the exercise of any Powers vested in them or of any right which
they might have against the CONTRACTOR and to exercise the same at any time in any
manner, and either to enforce or to forbear to enforce any covenants contained or implied in
the CONTRACT between the PURCHASER and the CONTRACTOR or any other course
or remedy or security available to the PURCHASER and the BANK shall not be released of
its obligations/ liabilities under these presents by any exercise by the PURCHASER of his
liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or any of them or by reasons of any other act
6.0 The Purchaser shall have the fullest liberty to lodge their claims for encashments of the
guaranteed sum in full or in part, in the manner suitable to them. However, payment made
for a sum lesser than the guaranteed amount shall not relieve or discharge the bank from
their obligations guaranteed hereunder till the contractual obligations are fully performed by
the Contractor or the Bank guarantee is discharged by the Purchaser as the case may be and
the Bank Guarantee shall continue to be in force till such time.
6.1 The Bank further agrees that the decision of the PURCHASER as to the failure on the part
of the CONTRACTOR to fulfil their obligations as aforesaid and/or as to the amount
payable by the BANK to the PURCHASER hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding
on the BANK.
7.0 The Bank also agrees that the PURCHASER shall be entitled at his option to enforce this
guarantee against the BANK as a principal debtor, in the first instance notwithstanding any
other Security or guarantee that it may have in relation to the CONTRACTOR`s liabilities.
8.0 This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the BANK or
the CONTRACTOR(S).
Witnesses:
[Link] Signature.............
(Name in Block Letters)...... Name in block letters..........
Occupation Designation
Address Staff Code No..........
Bank's Seal
[Link]
Name in Block Letters
Occupation
Address
******
ANNEXURE – XIV
ANNEXURE- XV
To
NLC India Renewables Limited,
Corporate Office, Block-1, Neyveli- 607 801,
Cuddalore District,
Tamil Nadu, INDIA.
Dear Sirs,
1.0 Pursuant to the Contract, herein after referred to as "The Contract" which
M/s. ............................. herein after referred to as the "Contractor" (which expression
shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors,
administrators, representatives and assignees), have concluded with NLC India
Renewables Limited, Neyveli, herein after referred to as the "Purchaser" (which
expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its
successors, administrators, representatives and assignees), on ................... 2023.......
vide. Letter of Award No: ........... ........... ........... ....... Dated : ...... ............. The
Contractor have undertaken to ........... ....... (scope of work) for .................. (Contract
price) on F.O.R. Site.
2.0 According to the said Contract, the Purchaser, has undertaken to make an advance
payment of Rs ............. (Rupees ............ ................ only) being the payment of ...........
3.0 For this advance payment, We, the undersigned (Name) ..... ................ (Address),
herein after referred to as the bank, which expression shall unless repugnant to the
context or meaning thereof include its successors, administrators, representatives and
assignees, hereby guarantee to the effect that we irrevocably under-take to pay the
Purchaser merely on demand without any previous notice and without any demur,
reservation, contest, protest and without recourse to the Contractor and without
referring to any other source, any and all monies payable by the Contractor towards the
advance or part thereof paid by the Purchaser, but not exceeding Rs......... (Rupees
......... ........... ......... ......... only) provided the Purchaser advice us that the Contractor
has failed to fulfil his contractual obligations stipulated in the said Contract. Any such
demand made by Purchaser on the bank shall be conclusive and binding, absolute and
unequivocal notwithstanding any difference between the Purchaser and the Contractor
or any dispute or disputes raised /pending before any court, Tribunal Arbitrator or any
other authority.
3.1 The value of this Advance payment bank guarantee shall stand progressively
diminished based on the supplies/ erection made on quarterly basis on the advice of the
Purchaser.
4.0 This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank
or the Contractor(s).
5.0 This guarantee will become invalid after ……………..months from the date of LOA or
as soon as this Letter of Guarantee has been returned to us at the latest, however, on
....... unless a claim has been lodged with us under this guarantee before that date.
6.0. The Purchaser shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of
the bank under this guarantee from time to time to extend the time of performance by
the Contractor. The Bank shall not be released from its liability under these presents by
any exercise of the Purchaser of the liberty with reference to the matter aforesaid.
7.0 The Bank also agrees that the Purchaser shall be entitled at his option to enforce this
guarantee against the Bank as a Principal Debtor, in the first instance notwithstanding
any other Security or Guarantee that it may have in relation to the Contractor`s
liabilities.
8.0 This guarantee shall remain in force upto and including................. and shall be extended
from time to time for such period as may be desired by M/s. ......... ............. .......... .........
on whose behalf this guarantee has been given.
9.0 The Bank further agrees that the decision of the Purchaser as to the failure on the part of
the Contractor to fulfil the Contractual obligations stipulated in the said Contract and/or
to the amount payable by the Bank to the Purchaser shall be final conclusive and binding.
10.0 This guarantee is revocable only with the written consent of the Purchaser.
In witness whereof the Bank, through its authorised Officer has set its hand and stamp on this
........day of ...2023 at ...........
WITNESS
1. Signature................. Signature.............
(Name in Block Letters)...... Name in block letters..........
Occupation Designation
Address Staff Code No..........
Bank's Seal
2. Signature................... Attorney as per power
(Name in Block Letters) ........ of Attorney No………. dt.
Occupation
Address.
ANNEXURE-XVI
Pro-Forma for Custody Cum Indemnity Bond
(On Non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value)
WHEREAS NLC India Renewables Limited has awarded to the Contractor a Contract for
………………… vide its Letter of Award/Contract
No………………………………………….. date …………….. and its Amendment
………(Applicable when amendments have been issued) (hereinafter called the “Contract”)
in terms of which NIRL is required to hand over various equipment to the Contractor for
execution of the Contract.
AND WHEREAS by virtue of Clause No…………. of the said Contract, the Contractor is
required to execute the Custody cum Indemnity Bond in favour of NIRL for the Equipment to
be handed over to it by NIRL for the purpose of performance of the Contract/Erection Portion
of the Contract (hereinafter called “Equipment”).
2 That the Contractor is obliged and shall remain absolutely responsible for the safe
transit/protection and custody of the Equipment at NLCIL/NIRL Project site against
all risks whatsoever till the Equipment are duly used/erected in accordance with the
terms of the Contract and the plant/package duly erected and commissioned in
accordance with the terms of the Contract is taken over by NLCIL/NIRL.
3 The Contractor undertakes to keep NLCIL/NIRL harmless against any loss or damage
that may be caused to the Equipment.
4 The Contractor undertakes that the Equipment shall be used exclusively for the
performance/execution of the Contract strictly in accordance with its terms and
conditions and no part of the Equipment shall be utilised for any other work or
purpose whatsoever. It is clearly understood by the Contractor that non-observance of
the obligations under this, Custody cum Indemnity Bond by the Contractor shall
interalia constitute a criminal breach of trust on the part of the Contractor for all
intents and purposes including legal/penal consequences.
5 That NLCIL/NIRL is and shall remain the exclusive, Purchaser of the Equipment free
from all encumbrances, charges, or liens of any kind, whatsoever. The Equipment
shall at all times be open to inspection and checking by Engineer-in-charge/Engineer
or other employees/agents authorised by him in this regard. Further, NLCIL/NIRL
shall always be free at all times to take possession of the Equipment in whatever form
the Equipment may be, if in its opinion , the Equipment are likely to be endangered,
mis utilised or converted to uses other than those specified in the Contract, by any acts
of omission or commission on the part of the Contractor or any other person or on
account of any reason whatsoever and the Contractor binds itself and undertakes to
comply with the directions or demand of NLCIL/NIRL to return the equipment
without any demur or reservation.
6 That this Custody cum Indemnity Bond is irrevocable. If at any time any Loss or
damage occurs to the Equipment or the same or any part thereof is mis utilised in any
manner whatsoever then the Contractor hereby agrees that the decision of the
Engineer-in-charge/Engineer of NLCIL/NIRL as to assessment of loss or damage to
the Equipment shall be final and binding on the Contractor. The Contractor binds
itself and undertakes to replace the lost and/or damaged Equipment at its own cost
and/or shall pay the amount of Loss to NLCIL/NIRL without any demur, reservation
or protest. This is without prejudice to any other right or remedy that may be available
to NLCIL/NIRL against the Contractor under the Contract and under this Custody
cum Indemnity Bond.
7 Now the condition of this Bond is that if the Contractor shall duly and punctually
comply with the terms and conditions of this bond to the satisfaction of NLCIL/NIRL
then, the above shall be void, but otherwise it shall remain in full force and virtue.
8 IN WITNESS, WHEREOF, the Contractor has hereunto set its authorised
representative under the common seal of the company, the day, month and year first
above mentioned.
SCHEDULE NO. 1
Particulars of despatch: Title
Particulars of the Documents & Value Signature of
Equipment handed RR/GR No. Value of the Attorney in
over Qty. token of receipt
Carrier Date, Equipment
Bill of lading
Signature :
Name :
Designation :
Company :
Company Seal
Date :
Witness:
For and behalf of:
M/s……………………………………..
1. Signature Name
Full name in block letters : Signature
Occupation : Designation
Address :
*Indemnity Bonds are to be executed by the authorised persons and (i) in case of
Contracting company, under company seal of the company or (ii) having the power of
attorney issued under company seal of the company with authority to execute
Indemnity Bonds, (iii) in case (ii), the original Power of Attorney if it is specifically
for this Contract or a Photostat copy of the power of attorney if it is a General Power of
Attorney and such documents should be attached to Indemnity Bond.
ANNEXURE –XVII
To
NLC India Renewables Limited
Corporate Office, Block-1, Neyveli- 607 801,
Cuddalore District,
Tamil Nadu, INDIA.
Dear Sirs,
1 Pursuant to the Contract, hereinafter referred to as “The Contract” which M/s
_________________ hereinafter referred to as the “CONTRACTOR”, which
expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning, thereof, include its
successors, administrators, representatives and assignees, have concluded with the NLC
India Renewables Limited, hereinafter referred to as the “PURCHASER”, which
expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its
successors, administrators, representatives and assignees, on ____ 2023 vide Letter of
Award/Contract No. ______________ dated _____________, the CONTRACTOR
have undertaken to __________________________________________________ for
the ___________________________________ as per the prices indicated hereunder
_____________________________________________________________________
2 According to the said contract, the PURCHASER has undertaken to make the final
payment of Rs. ___________ (Rupees __________________________) being the
_____% of the supply portion/erection portion/contract value (delete whichever is not
(a) Our liability under this guarantee shall not exceed Rs……….. (Rupees
………………………..)
(b) This Bank Guarantee shall be valid upto……. and
(c) We are liable to pay the Guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this bank
guarantee only if you serve upon us a written claim or demand on or
before………
Signed this _______________ day of ______________ 2023.
Signature :
Name :
Designation :
Staff Code No :
Bank Seal
Date :
Witness:
1. Signature
Full name in block letters :
Designation :
Address :
2. Signature :
Full name in block letters :
Designation :
Address :
ANNEXURE – XVIII
Not Applicable
ANNEXURE-XIX
SAFETY CODE FOR CONTRACTORS
1 GENERAL
1.1 Safety is the responsibility of every employee, individually and collectively.
1.2 Head of the Dept/Division should ensure that a copy of this Contractor's Safety Code
is handed over to every Contractor working under his control and he should in turn
prominently display all rules on the office/site notice board for the benefit of all the
men working under him.
1.3 The Contractor shall in connection with provide adequate guards, illumination,
fencing and watch wherever necessary at the construction site & working area, for the
safety & convenience of general public.
1.4 Fire extinguishers adequate in number and with proper validity shall always be kept
by the Contractor at the site of works, where there is risk of fire hazard, especially
near the site stores.
1.5 Adequate washing facilities with proper drainage shall be provided and properly
maintained near the place of work but at a safe distance from railway tracks and busy
roads.
1.6 Whenever work is to be undertaken near a place, where there is a risk of drowning,
arrangements to be made for safe barricading of such areas. All necessary equipment
shall be provided and kept ready for use and necessary steps taken for prompt rescue
of any person in danger and adequate provision shall be made for prompt first-aid
treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during the course of the work, in case of
a mishap.
1.7 To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating to safety
precautions, the arrangements made by the Contractor shall be open to inspection by
the Safety Engineer, the Labour Officer, Engineer-in-charge of the concerned
Department or their representatives.
1.8 Notwithstanding the above clauses, there is nothing in these to exempt the Contractor
from the operation of any other Act or Rule in the Republic of India for the safety of
men and materials.
1.9 An injury sustained in the plant, must be immediately reported to the First-Aid Station
or next higher Supervisor/Officer in-charge, no matter how minor the nature of the
injury.
1.10 In case of a fatal accident, the Contractor must inform the Engineer in-charge of the
department for which he is working and a report in writing should be made, clearly
explaining the sequence of events leading to the accident.
1.11 Smoking or use of naked lights is strictly prohibited near gas lines, valves and any
other equipment linked to the gas distribution networks.
1.12 Smoking and carrying of matches, lighters and other spark producing devices is
strictly prohibited within the area where inflammable liquids are stored, handled or
used or where loading or unloading operations are performed. Any tank or container
containing inflammable liquid should be properly grounded for preventing ignition
due to static electricity charges. Contractor should ear-mark such areas and provide
necessary signage and warning signals.
1.13 Contractors should ensure that employees do not report to work while under the
influence of intoxicants. Any employee found on duty under the influence of liquor or
of intoxicating drugs, will be liable to severe disciplinary action.
1.14 Work surroundings should be kept clean, free from oil, grease and other obstructions
or fallen objects like nuts bolts etc.
1.15 After a job or work is completed, all left-over junk and other scrap materials should
be cleared from the area immediately.
1.16 Drums or other make-shift arrangement must not be used in place of ladders or as
work benches or supports for any job.
1.17 Employees shall not walk through or cross any operating units unless their duties
require them to do so, or they are authorised.
1.18 Compressed air should not be used for removing dust from one's clothes and
deliberately directed or used on any person as it is likely to cause serious injury.
1.19 If an employee, in the course of his work, encounters conditions of unusual hazard
with which he is not familiar, he should contact the supervisor for advice before
proceeding further. He should also inform the Contractor as well as the Engineer in-
charge.
1.20 Contractors should particularly ensure that they or their employees do not meddle
with any equipment they are not concerned or unfamiliar with and see that they
should generally keep away from such equipment.
1.21 It should be ensured that no one takes rest/shelter below any undercut pit/excavation
or near any stock-pile of materials.
1.22 For any work involving repair & maintenance underground, the Contractor shall
follow the safety procedural orders/instruction issued by the Purchaser.
1.23 The Contractor shall ensure supervision of such jobs by competent persons within the
meaning of Factories Act & Rules.
1.24 All persons engaged on such jobs shall have to have before hand proper training
instructions as required under Factories Act & Rules.
2 SAFETY MEASURES IN CONTRACT WORK
Whereas, it is necessary to take steps to ensure safety at work sites by the executing
contractual agency, it is incumbent of the Purchaser to introduce all measures to
guide, induce, train and bind the agencies concerned to adopt remedial steps to
prevent accidents. Problem gets aggravated in contractual zones due to lack of
training, in-adequate supply of personal protective equipment, shortage of skilled
labour changing deployment of works etc. Accordingly, the following measures are
intended to be introduced and the salient clauses will be included in the contract
documents.
2.1 The Contractor shall take all safety precautions and provide adequate supervision in
order to carry out the job safely and without damage to men & equipment.
2.2 Any special safety precautions, if required to be followed by the Contractor, such
clauses shall be added.
2.3 The executing department would take necessary shut-downs wherever there are
hazards of gases, electricity, moving machinery etc. The Contractor shall ensure that
the shut-down/clearance are taken before deploying workers to such locations.
2.4 The Contractor shall supply safety appliance such as safety shoes, safety belts,
helmets, gloves, harness etc. to his workers depending on working conditions and life
saving jackets shall always be kept in readiness at the site. The Contractor shall not
deploy any workmen without safety shoes and safety helmet and the safety applicable
to the specific work conditions.
2.5 Before starting the day's job, the Purchaser's Supervisor/representatives will ensure
that safety briefing has been done to the Contractor's supervisor who has previously
been imparted safety induction training.
2.6 Head/Zonal in-charge will nominate Engineer in-charge of the contractual work under
reference who will be fully responsible for the safe execution of the work at site.
2.7 In case of injury to persons, the Contractors shall first take the injured person to
nearest hospital with the necessary forms. In no case the Contractors are allowed to
take injured persons directly to their own Doctors.
2.8 The Contractor shall abide by the provisions of Factories Act, State Factory Rules,
Workmen's Compensation Act, Payment of Wages Act, Contract Labour (Regulation)
Act etc. and keep the Purchaser indemnified of provision the above Acts and Rules.
2.9 The Head of Department executing the contract upon the satisfaction that the
Contractor is not conforming to the Safety requirements may direct stoppage of work
and require the Contractor to remedy the defects. The Contractor shall not proceed
with the work until he has complied with each directions to the satisfaction of such
Head of the Department.
2.10 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for accidents caused due to him or his agents
or workmen's negligence or carelessness in regard to the observance of the safety
requirements and shall be liable to pay compensation for injuries.
2.11 Without prejudice to the right conferred by the above clause, for stoppage of work for
violations of safety requirements the Contractor shall be liable for penalty as deemed
fit for violation of safety rules & regulations upto first two instances. For the third
violation he shall be liable to be debarred from further contracts upto a period of one
year from the date of issue of debarring notice.
2.12 The Head of the Safety Engg. Deptt. or the Head of the Deptt. executing the contract
will assess the penalty amount having regard to the circumstances, in particular, the
nature and gravity of the violation. After issuing a notice to the Contractor to show
cause why the amount specified therein shall not be imposed as a penalty and
considering the cause shown by the Contractors, if any, he shall pass final orders
which shall then be final and binding on the Contractor. The penalty amount will be
recoverable from any bill and/or EMD/SD of the Contractor without any further
reference to him.
2.13 Whenever work, at heights is involved, Contractor must obtain necessary permissions
and clearances from the Safety Engg. Dept. for such persons required to do work at
height.
2.14 Contractor must insure all the workmen under the "Workmen Compensation Act."
****
ANNEXURE – XX
or Bye-laws to be given to any Authority or to any Public Officer and pay all fees that
may be properly chargeable in respect of the works and lodge the receipts with the
Purchaser/Consultant, unless otherwise, specified in the specification. Obtaining all
permits and licenses required there upon is the responsibility of the Contractor.
2.4 All registration and statutory inspection fees, in respect of the work pursuant to the
Contract shall be to the account of the Contractor. However, any registration,
statutory inspection fees lawfully payable under any other statutory laws and its
amendments from time to time during erection in respect of the plant and equipment
ultimately to be owned by the Purchaser shall be to the account of the Purchaser.
Should any such inspection or registration need to be re-arranged due to the fault of
the Contractor or its Sub-Contractor, the additional fees for such inspection and/or
registration shall be borne by the Contractor.
3 CONTRACTOR’S HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM
Refer Technical specification and also Annexure-XIX of this Volume for safety code.
4 PURCHASER’S LIEN ON EQUIPMENT
The Purchaser shall have lien on all equipment including those of the Contractor
brought to the site for the purpose of erection, testing and commissioning of the plant.
The Purchaser shall continue to hold the lien on all such equipment throughout the
period of Contract. No material brought to the site shall be removed from the site by
the Contractor and/or its Sub-Contractor’s without the prior written approval of the
Purchaser/ Consultant.
5 INSPECTION, TESTING AND INSPECTION CERTIFICATES
5.1 The provisions of the clause entitled Inspection, Testing and Inspection Certificates
shall also be applicable to the erection portion of the works. The Purchaser /
Consultant shall have the right to re-inspect any equipment (though previously
inspected and approved by him, at the Contractor’s works) before and after the same
are erected at Site. Inspection will be carried out as per the approved QAP for shop
manufactured items. After receipt of the materials / equipments at site, in case of
doubt, the Purchaser may ask for re-inspection after mutual discussion and agreement
with the contractor as per the approved QAP for the materials / equipments to perform
as per the contract within the contract price. If by the above inspection, the Purchaser
/ Consultant rejects any equipment, the Contractor shall make good for such rejections
either by replacement or modifications / repairs as may be necessary, to the
satisfaction of the Purchaser / Consultant. Such replacements will also include the
replacements or re-execution of such of those works of other Contractor’s and/or
agencies, which might have got damaged or affected by the replacements or re-work
done to the Contractor’s work.
5.2 Any work, which proves faulty, shall be corrected by the Contractor without undue
delay. The fact that the Purchaser / Consultant or their representatives have not
pointed out faulty work or that which is not in accordance with plans and
specifications, shall not relieve the Contractor from correcting such work as directed
by the Purchaser / Consultant, without additional compensation.
5.2.1 In the event finished/completed work is ‘dismantled’ for the purpose of re-inspection
due to damage (arising due to transportation and storage at site), in case of doubt, the
Purchaser may ask for re-inspection after mutual discussion and agreement with the
contractor as per the approved QAP for the materials / equipments to perform as per
the contract within the contract price.
5.3 The Purchaser / Consultant, their representatives and employees shall, at all
reasonable times, have free access to the works and/or to the workshops, factories or
other places where materials are being prepared or constructed in performance of the
Contract and also to any place where the materials are lying or from where they are
being obtained, and the Contractor shall give every facility to the Purchaser /
Consultant and his representatives for inspection and examination and test of the
materials and workmanship even to the extent of discontinuing portions of the work
temporarily, or of uncovering or taking down portions of finished work after mutual
agreement.
6 ACCESS TO SITE AND WORKS ON SITE
6.1 Suitable access and possession of the site shall be provided to the Contractor by the
Purchaser in reasonable time.
6.2 The Purchaser shall make ready the necessary foundations to be provided by it ready,
as per the agreed schedule, for the execution of the individual phases of works.
6.3 In the execution of the works, no persons other than the Contractor or its duly
appointed representative, Sub-Contractor and workmen shall be allowed to undertake
work on the site, except by the special permission, in writing of the Purchaser /
Consultant or its representative.
6.4 Access to the site at all times shall be accorded to the Purchaser / Consultant and other
authorized officials and statutory Public Authorities. Nevertheless, the Contractor
shall not object to the execution of the work by other Contractors or tradesmen whose
names shall have been previously communicated in writing to the Contractor by the
Purchaser / Consultant and afford them to coordinate for the execution of their several
functions simultaneously with his own.
7 CONTRACTOR’S SITE OFFICE ESTABLISHMENT
7.1 The Contractor shall establish a Site Office at the site and keep posted an authorized
representative for the purposes of the Contract. Any written order or instruction of the
Purchaser / Consultant or his duly authorized representative, shall be communicated
to the authorized representative for the purposes of the Purchaser / Consultant or his
duly authorized Contractor at the Site Office and the same shall be deemed to have
been communicated to the Contractor at his legal address.
7.2 The Contractor shall employ at least one competent representative whose name or
names shall have previously been communicated in writing to Purchaser/Consultant
by the Contractor, to supervise the erection of the plant and to carry out the work. The
said representative or if more than one shall be employed, then one of such
representatives shall be present at the site during working hours, and any written
orders or instructions which the Purchaser/Consultant may give to the said
representatives of the Contractor shall be deemed to have been given to the
reviews shall also not be considered as an assumption of any risk or liability by the
Purchaser/ Consultant or any of his representatives and no claim of the Contractor
will be entertained because of the failure or inefficiency of any such plan or schedule
or method of work reviewed. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the safety,
adequacy and efficiency of plant and equipment and his erection methods.
10.2 The Contractor shall have the complete responsibility for the conditions of the work
site including the safety of all persons employed by him or its Sub-Contractor and all
the properties under his custody during the performance of the work. This
requirement shall apply continuously till the completion of his ‘Contract’ and shall
not be limited to normal working hours. The construction review by the Purchaser/
Consultant is not intended to include review of Contractor’s safety measures in, on or
near the work-site, and their adequacy or otherwise.
10.3 The work so far as it is carried out on the Purchaser’s premises/the project site, shall
be carried out at such time as the Purchaser may approve consistent with the
construction schedule and so as not to interfere unnecessarily with the conduct of the
Purchaser’s business and the Purchaser will give the Contractor all reasonable
facilities for carrying out the work.
11 PHOTOGRAPHS AND PROGRESS REPORT
Refer relevant clause of Section-10 of this Volume, Draft Contract.
12 MANPOWER REPORT
12.1 The Contractor shall submit to Purchaser/Consultant on the first day of every month, a
Manpower Report for the upcoming/next month, detailing the manpower scheduled/
proposed/ planned to be deployed for the month, skill-wise and area-wise.
12.2 The Contractor shall also submit to the Purchaser/Consultant on the first day of every
month, a manpower report of the previous month detailing the number of persons
planned to have been deployed to that and actually deployed, skill-wise and the areas
of employment of such labour.
13 PROTECTION OF WORK
13.1 The Contractor shall have total responsibility for protecting his works till it is finally
accepted by the Purchaser/Consultant. No claim will be entertained by the Purchaser/
Consultant for any damage or loss to the Contractor’s works and the Contractor shall
be responsible for the complete restoration of the damaged works to its original
condition to comply with the specifications and drawings. Should any such damage to
the Contractor’s works occur because of another party not under his supervision or
control, the Contractor shall make and take-up its claim directly with the party
concerned. If disagreement or conflict or dispute develops between the Contractor and
the other party or parties concerned regarding the responsibility for damage to the
Contractor’s ‘works’ the same shall be resolved as per the provisions of above
Clause-8 titled ‘Cooperation with other Contractors’. The Contractor shall not cause
any delay in the repair of such damaged ‘Works’ because of any delay in the
resolution of such disputes. The Contractor shall proceed to repair the work
immediately and no cause thereof will be assigned pending resolution of such dispute.
13.2 The Contractor and his Sub-Contractors shall be responsible, during execution, for
protection of the work, which has been completed by Others. Necessary care shall be
taken to see that no damage to the same is caused by its own personnel during the
course of execution of their work.
13.3 All other work completed or in progress as well as machinery and equipment that are
liable to be damaged by the Contractor’s work shall be protected by the Contractor
and such protection shall remain and be maintained until its removal is directed by the
Purchaser.
13.4 The Contractor shall effectively protect all the works from action of weather and from
damages or defacement and shall cover finished parts where required for their
thorough protection. Face work shall be perfectly clean and free from defects.
13.5 The work shall be carried out onto completion without damage to any work and
property adjacent to the area of his work, to whomsoever it may belong, without
interference with the operation of their existing machines or equipment.
13.6 The Contractor shall provide the necessary temporary roadways, footways, guards as
may be rendered necessary by reason of his work, for the protection and
accommodation of foot passengers of other traffic of the Purchaser or occupier of
adjacent property and of public. The Contractor shall at the times provide sufficient
temporary barriers, notice boards and lights to protect and warn the public and post
necessary watchman to guard the site and equipment. He shall take all precautions
necessary and shall be responsible for the safety of the work to be performed by him.
The Contractor shall also observe and display Safety First signs and shall have proper
safety and fire protection equipment.
13.7 Adequate lighting at and near all the storage, handling, fabrication, pre-assembly and
erection sites for properly carrying out the work and for safety and security shall be
provided by the Contractor. The Contractor’s work area shall be adequately lighted
during night time too. The Contractor should also engage adequate
electricians/wiremen, helpers, etc., to carry out and maintain these lighting facilities.
If the Contractor fails to provide all the above listed facilities, the Purchaser may
provide such facilities as it may deem necessary and charge the cost thereof to the
Contractor. In any case the Contractor shall be liable for any damages and
consequences arising out of its neglect in this regard.
14 EMPLOYMENT OF LABOUR
14.1 The Contractor/Sub-Contractors is expected to employ on the work skilled employees
with experience of his particular work. No person below the age of eighteen years
shall be employed.
14.2 The Contractor shall furnish details of the qualifications and experience of his senior
supervisors and Consultants assigned to the work, including their experience in
supervising erection and commissioning of plant and equipment of comparable
capacity.
14.3 All travelling expenses including provisions of all necessary transport to and from
site, loading allowances and other payments to the Contractor’s employees shall be
the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
14.4 The hours of work on the site shall be decided by the Purchaser and the Contractor
shall adhere to it. Working hours for each employee will normally be 8 (eight) hours
per day.
14.5 The Contractor’s employees shall wear suitable identification badges while on work
at site clearly indicating his name, designation, Employer etc, among other essential
details.
14.6 The Contractor shall ensure that it pays its personnel/workmen regular wages,
overtime and other compensations. The attendance register and the wage register shall
be submitted to the Purchaser for verification at regular intervals. The Contractor shall
also furnish the Purchaser at fortnightly intervals a certificate that he has paid all the
dues to his workmen. In case such payment is not made regularly by the Contractor,
the Purchaser will be in his right to make such payments and deduct the same from
the Contractor’s progress payments.
14.7 In case the Purchaser becomes liable to pay any wages or dues to the labour or to any
Government agency under any of the provisions of the Minimum Wages Act,
Workmen’s Compensation Act or any other law due to act of omission of the
Contractor, the Purchaser may make such payments and shall recover the same from
the Contractor’s bills.
14.8 None of the Contractor’s superintendents, supervisors, Consultants or labour may be
withdrawn from the work without due notice being given to the Purchaser/Consultant.
Further, no such withdrawal shall be made if, in the opinion of the
Purchaser/Consultant, it will jeopardize the required pace of progress and/or the
successful completion of the work.
14.9 In connection with the performance of work under this Contract, the Contractor shall
not discriminate on the basis of race, religion, colour or national origin. It is also
expected that the Contractor in his selection of personnel will give due regard to their
ability to co-operate with the Purchaser/Consultant. Suggestions and
recommendations made by the Purchaser/Consultant relating to the work and
coordination thereof are to be carefully and courteously considered.
15 FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE PURCHASER
15.1 Space
Refer Section-2 of this Volume
15.2 Electricity
Refer Section -2 of this Volume
15.3 Water
Refer Section -2 of this Volume
15.4 Construction Tools and Equipment
Refer Section -2 of this Volume
16.4.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for proper house-keeping the entire area allotted
to him, clean and free from rubbish, debris etc. during the period of ‘Contract’. The
Contractor shall employ sufficient number of special personnel to thoroughly clean
his work area at least once in a day. All rubbish and scrap material shall be identified,
stacked or disposed in a place to be identified by the Purchaser / Consultant. Materials
and stores shall be so arranged to permit easy cleaning and upkeep. In areas where
equipment might drip oil and cause damage to the floor surface, a suitable protective
cover of a flame resistant, oil-proof sheet shall be provided to protect the floor from
such damage.
16.4.2 Similarly, the offices of the Contractor shall be kept clean and neat to the satisfaction
of the Purchaser/Consultant. Proper sanitary arrangements shall be provided by the
Contractor in the work areas and offices of the Contractor.
17 LINES AND GRADES
17.1 All the works shall be performed to the lines, grades and elevations indicated on the
drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible to locate and layout the works. Basic
horizontal and vertical control points will be established and marked by the
Purchaser/Consultant at site at suitable points. These points shall be used as datum for
the ‘Works’ under the Contract. The Contractor shall inform the Purchaser /
Consultant well in advance of the times and places at which he wishes to do work in
the area allotted to him, so that suitable datum points may be established and checked
by the Purchaser / Consultant to enable the Contractor to proceed with its works. Any
work done without being properly located may be removed and/or dismantled by the
purchaser/ Consultant at Contractor’s expense.
17.2 Where the Purchaser/Consultant had already established the base lines and bench
marks adjacent to the various sections of work, the same must be carefully preserved
by the contractor, and in case of their unnecessary destruction by him or any of his
employees, these will be re-established by the Purchaser/Consultant at the
Contractor’s expense.
17.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of all dimensions within the
various sections of the work according to the figures of dimensions in the drawings.
18 FIRE PROTECTION – NOT APPLICABLE
19 SECURITY
Refer Section- 2, of this Volume.
20 CONTRACTOR’S AREA LIMITS
The Purchaser/Consultant will clearly demarcate the boundary limits of access roads,
parking, spaces, storage and construction areas and the Contractor shall not tress-pass
areas not so marked out for him. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that
none of its personnel move out of the areas marked out for its operations. In case of
such a need for the Contractor’s personnel to work out of the areas marked out for
him, the same shall be done only with the written permission of the
Purchaser/Consultant.
23.4 All equipment shall be handled very carefully to prevent any damage or loss. No bare
wire ropes, slings etc shall be used for unloading and/or handling of the equipment
without the specific written permission of the Purchaser/Consultant. The equipment
stored shall be properly protected to prevent damage either to the equipment or to the
floor where they are stored. The equipment from the store shall be moved to the actual
location at the appropriate time so as to avoid damage for such equipment at site.
23.5 All electrical panels, control gears, motors and such other devices, shall be properly
dried by heating before they are installed and energized. Motor bearings, slip rings,
commutators and other exposed parts shall be protected against moisture ingress and
corrosion during storage and periodically inspected. Heavy rotating parts in
assembled condition shall be periodically rotated to prevent corrosion due to
prolonged storage and shall also be periodically inspected.
23.6 All electrical equipment such as motors, generators etc. shall be tested for insulation
resistance at least once in three months from the date of receipt till the date of
commissioning and a record of such measured insulation values shall be maintained
by the Contractor. Such records shall be open for inspection by the
Purchaser/Consultant.
23.7 The Contractor shall ensure that all the packing materials, and protection devices used
for the various equipment during transit and storage are removed before the
equipment are installed.
23.8 The consumables and other supplies likely to deteriorate due to storage must be
thoroughly protected and stored in a suitable manner to prevent damage or
deterioration in quality by storage.
23.9 All the materials stored in the open or dusty locations must be covered with suitable
weatherproof and flameproof and flame proof covering material wherever applicable.
23.10 If the materials belonging to the Contractor are stored in areas other than those
earmarked for him, the Purchaser/Consultant will have the right to get it moved to the
area earmarked for the Contractor at the Contractor’s cost.
23.11 The Contractor shall be responsible for making suitable indoor storage facilities to
store all equipment which require indoor storage. Normally all the electrical
equipment, such as motors, control gears, generators, exciters and consumables like
welding electrodes, lubricants, etc. shall be stored in the closed storage space. The
Purchaser/Consultant in addition, may direct the Contractor to move certain other
materials which in his opinion will require indoor storage, to indoor storage areas
which the Contractor shall strictly comply with.
23.12 The Contractor shall arrange for periodic inspection of material/equipment in his
custody until taken over by the Purchaser and shall carry out all protective and
preservative measures required thereupon.
23.13 The Contractor shall also keep a check on the deliveries of the equipment/material
covered in his scope of erection and shall advise the Purchaser well in advance
regarding possible hold-ups in his work due to expected delays in delivery of
equipment, to enable the Purchaser to expedite the deliveries if Supplier is different
from the Contractor.
23.14 Damage of any of the roads due to movement of heavy trucks, trailers, crane and
other equipment of the Contractor shall be made good by the Contractor. Otherwise
same shall be got rectified by the Purchaser at the risk and cost of the Contractor.
23.15 the specified temperature and humidity conditions.
24 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
24.1 The field activities of the Contractors working at site, will be coordinated by the
Purchaser/Consultant and the Purchaser/ Consultant’s decision shall be final in
resolving any disputes or conflicts between the Contractor and other Contractors of
the Purchaser regarding scheduling and co-ordination of work. Such decision by the
Purchaser/ Consultant shall not be a cause for extra compensation or extension of time
for the Contractor.
24.2 The Purchaser/Consultant shall hold weekly meetings of all the Contractor’s working
at site, at time and a place to be decided by the Purchaser/Consultant. The Contractor
shall attend such meetings and take notes of discussions during the meeting and the
decisions of the Purchaser / Consultant and shall strictly adhere to those decisions in
performing his ‘Works’. In addition to the above weekly meetings, the Purchaser /
Consultant may call for other meetings either with individual Contractors or with
selected number of Contractors and in such a case the Contractor, if called, will also
attend such meetings.
24.3 Time is the essence of the ‘Contract’ and the Contractor shall be responsible for
performance of its works in accordance with the specified construction schedule. If at
any time, the Contractor is falling behind the schedule, he shall take necessary action
to make good for such delays by increasing his work force or by working overtime or
otherwise accelerate the progress of the work to comply with the schedule and shall
communicate such action in writing to the Purchaser / Consultant satisfying that his
action will compensate for the delay. The Contractor shall not be allowed any extra
compensation for such action.
24.4 The Purchaser / Consultant shall however not be responsible for provision of
additional labour and/or materials or supply or any other services to the Contractor
except for the co-ordination work between various Contractors as set out earlier.
24.5 HINDRANCES
24.5.1 Events that caused hindrance to proceed and progress with the work shall be
recorded daily and signed by the Construction Dept and the Contractor. The Project
Coordination Committee shall take these data for settling the issues.
Signature of the
Descri
Over
ption Delay by
Sl. Durat lapping Rem
of Contractor/
No. ion Period (if edy Contractor Purchaser
Hindra Purchaser
any)
nce
24.5.2 The details on Battery limit and the date of release of front for various items of work
may also be entered in the Register.
24.5.3 The details of Hindrance Register along with the relevant factors will be taken into
consideration for determining extension of time to the contract /Price Reduction.
25 FIELD OFFICE RECORDS
The Contractor shall maintain at its site Office up-to-date copies of all drawings,
specifications and other Contract Documents and any other supplementary data,
complete with all the latest revisions thereto. The Contractor shall use only
‘Approved-For Construction’ drawings on the field, showing the approval stamp &
category (Approval by Purchaser/ Consultant). The Contractor shall also maintain, in
addition, the continuous record of all changes, approval (by Purchaser/Consultant)
status to the above Contract Documents, drawings, specifications, supplementary
data, etc. effected at the field and on completion of his total assignment under the
Contract shall incorporate all such changes on the drawings and other Consultant data
to indicate as-built conditions of the equipment furnished and erected under the
Contract. Such drawings and Engineering, data shall be submitted to the Purchaser /
Consultant in required number of copies. A record of all readings taken during the
alignment of the equipment shall be maintained by the Contractor. This shall be
signed by the erection supervisor and the Purchaser/Consultant as a token of their
acceptance of the same. All such records shall be handed over to the Purchaser on
completion of the works.
26 CONTRACTOR’S MATERIAL BROUGHT TO SITE
26.1 The Contractor shall bring to site all equipment, components, parts, materials including
construction equipment, tools and tackles for the purpose of the works under intimation
to the Purchaser/Consultant. All such goods shall, from the time of their being brought
vest in Purchaser, but may be used for the purpose of the works only and shall not on
any account be removed or taken away by the Contractor without the written
permission of the Purchaser/Consultant. But the Contractor shall nevertheless be solely
liable and responsible for any loss or destruction thereof and damage thereto.
26.2 The Purchaser shall have a lien on such goods belonging to the Contractor for any
sum or sums, which may at any time, be due or owing to him by the Contractor,
under, in respect of or by reasons of the ‘Contract’. After giving a 30 (thirty) days
notice in writing of his intention to do so, the Purchaser shall be at liberty to sell and
dispose of any such goods, in such manner as he shall think fit including public
auction or private treaty and to apply the proceeds in or towards the satisfaction of
such sum or sums due as aforesaid.
26.3 After the completion of the works, the Contractor shall remove from the site under the
direction of the Purchaser/Consultant the materials such as construction equipment,
erection tools and tackles, scaffolding, etc. with the written permission of the
Purchaser / Consultant. If the Contractor fails to remove such materials, within 30
(thirty) days of issue of a notice by the Purchaser/Consultant to do so, then the
Purchaser/Consultant shall have the liberty to dispose of such materials as detailed
under Clause 16.4 above and credit the proceeds to the account of the Contractor.
26.4 On completion of the work, all rubbish, kilns, vats, tanks materials and temporary
structures of any sort or kind used for the purpose or connected with the
construction/erection work are to be removed by the Contractor and all pits and
excavations filled up and the site handed over in a tidy and workmanlike condition
and no final payment or settlement of the account for the said work shall held or due
shall be made to the Contractor till such site clearance shall have been effected by him
and such clearance shall be made by the Purchaser at the expense of the Contractor in
the event of his failure to comply with this provision within 7 (seven) days after
receiving notice in writing from the Purchaser to that effect. If it becomes necessary
for the Purchaser to have the site cleared as indicated above at the expense of the
Contractor, the Purchaser shall under no circumstances be held liable for any losses of
damages to such of Contractors property as may be on such site due to such removal
there from, which removal may be effected by means of public sale of such materials
and property in such a way as deemed fit and convenient to the Purchaser.
26.5 The Contractor must take sufficient care in moving his construction/erection plant and
equipment from one place to another so that they may not cause any damage to the
property of the Purchaser, particularly of the existing structures and overhead and
underground services and in the event of the Contractors failure to do so, the cost of
such damages shall be borne by the Contractor.
27 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY AND CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY
27.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from his operations. He
shall also be responsible for protection of all persons including members of public and
employees of the Purchaser and the Purchaser/Consultant and the employees of other
Contractors and Sub-Contractors and all public and private property including
structures, buildings, other plants and equipment and utilities either above or below
the ground.
27.2 The Contractor will ensure provision of necessary safety equipment such as barriers,
Page 143 of 174
signboards, warning lights and alarms, etc. to provide adequate protection to persons
and property. The Contractor shall be responsible to give reasonable notice to the
Purchaser/Consultant and the Owner of public or private property and utilities when
such property and utilities are likely to get damaged or injured during the performance
of his ‘Works’ and shall make all necessary arrangements with such owners, related to
removal and/or replacement or protection of such property and utilities.
28 PAINTING
All exposed metal parts of the equipment including pipings, structures, railings, etc.
after installation, unless otherwise surface protected, shall be first painted with at least
one coat of suitable primer which matches the shop primer paint used, after
thoroughly cleaning all such parts of all dirt, rust, scales, greases, oils and other
foreign materials by wire brushing, scraping or sand blasting, and the same being
inspected and approved by the Purchaser for painting. Afterwards, the above parts
shall be finished with two coats of machinery enamel paints. The quality of the finish
paint shall be as per the standards of ISI or equivalent and to be of the colour as
approved by the Purchaser/Consultant.
29 INSURANCE
Refer Clause – Insurance under Section – 10 of this Volume.
30 UNFAVOURABLE WORKING CONDITIONS
The Contractor shall confine all his field operations to those works which can be
performed without subjecting the equipment and materials to adverse effects, during
inclement weather conditions, like monsoon, storms, etc. and during other
unfavorable construction conditions. No field activities shall be performed by the
Contractor under conditions which might adversely affect the quality and efficiency
thereof, unless special precautions or measures are taken by the Contractor in a proper
and satisfactory manner in the performance of such works and with the concurrence
of the Purchaser/Consultant. Such unfavorable construction conditions will in no way
relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to perform the ‘Works’ as per the schedule.
31 PROTECTION OF MONUMENTS AND REFERENCE POINTS
31.1 The Contractor shall ensure that any finds such as relic, antiquity, coins, fossils, etc.
which he may come across during the course of performance of ‘Works’ either during
excavation or elsewhere are properly protected and handed over to the
Purchaser/Consultant. Contractor will be entitled for extension of time and cost
compensation in case any work performed in relation to the monument, relic, coins,
fossils under this provision.
31.2 Similarly the Contractor shall ensure that the bench marks, reference points, etc.,
which are marked out either with the help of Purchaser/Consultant or by the
Purchaser/Consultant shall not be disturbed in any way during the performance of his
‘Works’. If any work is to be performed which may disturb such references, the same
shall be done only after these are transferred to other suitable locations under the
direction of the Purchaser/Consultant. The Contractor shall provide all necessary
materials and assistance for such relocation of reference points, etc.
35 PURCHASER’S INSTRUCTIONS
The Purchaser/Consultant may, in his absolute discretion, from time to time, issue
further drawings and/or written instructions, details, directions and explanations,
which are collectively referred to as “Purchaser’s Instructions”, in regard to :
performed without hindrance and shall make no claim for damage against the
Purchaser arising out of such other work to be performed against hindrance and shall
make no claim for damage against the Purchaser arising out of such other work or
interference there from. The Contractor shall work in harmony with such other
Contractor’s regardless of race, religion, colour or national origin and any dispute
between Contractors shall be arbitrated by the Purchaser / Consultant.
37 MEASUREMENT OF WORK AND PROGRESS PAYMENTS
37.1 The Purchaser / Consultant may, from time to time, intimate the Contractor that he
requires the works to be measured and the Contractor shall attend or send a qualified
agent to assist the Purchaser / Consultant or its representative in taking such
measurements and calculations and to furnish all particulars as may be required.
37.2 Where the erection of equipment, vessels and structural steel is involved, the basis of
such measurements and progress evaluation shall be weights specified in the shipping
documents or invoices or drawings as decided by the Purchaser / Consultant. Should
the Contractor not attend or neglect or omit to send such agents, then the
measurement taken by the Purchaser / Consultant or approved by him shall be taken
to be the correct measurements of the work. The Contractor or its Agent may, at the
time of measurement, take such notes of measurements as it may deem fit.
37.3 When measurements are effected by conditions already established, the Contractor
shall take field measurements notwithstanding scale or dimensions shown on the
drawings.
37.4 The measurements so taken and certified correct by the Purchaser / Consultant shall
be the basis for the progress payment to the Contractor. Where the break-up of
‘Contract on unit basis Price’ is difficult to arrive at, the Purchaser / Consultant and
the Contractor shall work out at the commencement of the ‘Contract’, the weightages
or the cost or the cost break-ups to arrive at a mutually agreeable basis for
computation of the progress estimates.
37.5 To the value so arrived at on the basis of the Contractor’s monthly progress evaluated,
shall be added the amounts earned by the Contractor under supplemental Contracts
and orders if any, till date of the progress estimate. From the total thus computed, all
previous payments plus any amounts due to the Purchaser in accordance with the
terms of this Contract shall be deducted. The remainder shall be paid by the Purchaser
to the Contractor under Interim Certificates from the Consultant.
37.6 In case work is nearly suspended or in case only unimportant progress is being made,
or in case it is apparent that Contractor is about to forfeit his ‘Contract’ or that the
money yet due to him shall not complete his ‘Contract’, the Purchaser may at his
discretion withhold any payment which may be due to the Contractor.
37.7 The Purchaser may withhold part or whole of any payment for erection claimed by the
Contractor, which in opinion of the Purchaser, is necessary to protect himself from
loss on account of :
(a) Defective work not remedied or guarantees not met.
(b) Claims filed against the Contractor.
(c) Failure of the Contractor to make due payment for materials supplied or labour
employed by him.
(d) Damage to other Contractor’s Purchaser’s or Other’s property.
(e) Failure to meet the mutually agreed schedules.
(f) When the grounds for withholding payments are removed, payments of the amount
due to the Contractor shall be made by the Purchaser within a reasonable period.
(g) The Contractor shall not demand nor be entitled to receive payment for the work of
portion thereof, except in the manner set forth in this ‘Contract’ and only after the
Purchaser / Consultant shall have given a certificate for such payment.
unsuitable for proper execution of the work under the Contract. His failure to so
inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other Contractor’s work as fit
and proper for the reception of his work, except as to defects which may develop in
the work of other Contractors after the proper execution of the work. To ensure proper
execution of his subsequent work, the Contractor shall inspect work already in place
and shall at once report to the Purchaser / Consultant any discrepancy between the
executed work and the drawings.
This clause comes into effect only in the case of interferences between the Contractor
and Purchaser’s other Contractors. In such a case the Purchaser / Consultant will
discuss with all the parties concerned to reach a consensus in the overall interest of
the Project.
B. GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CIVIL WORKS
1 The Contractor shall make its own arrangement for all labour, construction equipment,
tools and tackles and construction materials. All temporary approach roads to the site
for carrying out construction work shall be constructed and maintained by the
Contractor at its own cost.
2 The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to avoid damage to any property of
the Purchaser or any third party. The Contractor shall also ensure that the progress of
work of other Contractors in the adjoining areas is not hindered.
3 The Contractor shall take all precautions during execution, especially while excavating
to avoid interference with or, damage to underground works, such as cables, pipe lines,
drains etc. and provide all possible protection to these works and in case they are
damaged, rebuild/divert them at his own cost.
4 The Contractor shall carry out necessary precision survey to set out and check the
setting of all works including foundation & anchor bolts etc. to required tolerances
using the grid reference points available in the plant site. The Contractor shall make
and maintain proper bench mark and reference points and check lines and levels
periodically.
5 Materials brought to the site shall not be removed from the site without the written
consent of the Purchaser. The Contractor shall submit well in advance for approval, all
samples and specimens as the Purchaser may demand from time to time. Any material
brought to site and rejected by the Purchaser shall be removed by the Contractor from
the site of work immediately within the time limit specified by the Purchaser. In case, a
Contractor is not removing the rejected materials, the same will be removed by the
Purchaser and cost there for shall be recovered from the bills of the Contractor.
6 The Purchaser may during the progress of work, order the removal of part or whole of
the work executed, found not in accordance with the approved drawings/
specifications/ written instructions. No extra claims shall be entertained for removal &
re-execution of such work.
7 No work shall be covered up or put out of view without the approval of the Purchaser.
In the event of failing to do so, the Contractor shall uncover any part of the work or
make openings in or through the works as the Purchaser may direct and they shall be
Page 150 of 174
made good with materials approved by the Purchaser and should match with
workmanship of the surrounding work.
8 The Contractor shall dismantle and remove the stagings and other temporary facilities
like stores, offices, etc. on completion of work, clear and clean the site where such
temporary facilities were built and restore the same to original condition at his own
cost.
9 The Contractor shall provide all necessary storage. At the site in specified areas for all
materials such as timber, cement, lime and such other materials which are likely to
deteriorate by the action of sun, winds, rain, coastal conditions or other natural cause
due to exposure in the open in such manner that all such materials shall be duly -
protected from damage by weather or any other cause. All such stores shall be cleared
away and the whole site left in good order on completion of the contract. All materials,
shall be stacked in such a manner as to facilitate rapid and easy checking of such
materials. The Contractor will not be permitted to store any of his material in the
buildings under construction or already constructed by him without prior approval of
the Purchaser.
10 After completion of work, the Contractor shall carry out micro-levelling of the site
within battery limit ensuring proper grades and slopes to achieve efficient drainage of
the site. The Contractor shall remove all debris, surplus earth etc. and dump the same
at places/place as directed by the Purchaser within a distance of 25 km from the site.
11 The Contractor shall be held responsible for proper performance for buildings and
structures including all other civil work during the guarantee period. Any defect found
during this period will be made good by the Contractor at his own cost failing which
the Purchaser reserves the right to take remedial measures at the Contractor's risk and
cost.
12 All excavated materials shall remain the property of the Purchaser. In case the
Contractor wishes to utilise the boulders excavated by him during the excavation work
at the site, the same may be issued to him at prevailing rates on cost recovery basis.
Percentage of voids on stack measurement shall be mutually agreed. Contractor shall
have to account for all excavated hard rock.
13 In respect of any portion of works which is to be embedded or covered up by other
works, the Contractor shall submit them to Purchaser for technical inspection and have
the necessary clearance certificates duly signed by the Purchaser and Contractor before
letting such portion to be embedded or covered.
14 Wherever works are to be carried out in proximity or within existing facilities,
contractor may have to adopt special methodology of construction suited to prevailing
conditions. He shall make necessary schemes in advance and finalise the same with the
approval of the Purchaser/Consultant.
15 On progressive completion of work, the Contractor shall submit to the Purchaser the
following documents for the passing of the work:
(a) Certificate on control checking.
(b) A copy of each of the concerned working drawings showing thereon all
approved additions and alterations, if any, in the process of execution.
Page 266 of
Page 151 of 174
481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
16 The Contractor shall carry out structural load check with structure test, ultra-sonic test
for foundation & pedestal at locations specified by the Purchaser in accordance with
the agreed QAP on any part of the building/structure at its own cost if so directed by
the Purchaser.
17 As the works under the contract are to be carried out within the protected area, the
Contractor shall abide by all the security regulations promulgated from time to time by
the Purchaser/other concerned authorities.
18 Blasting with explosives or other means is not allowed at site. If required it shall be
done with prior approval of Purchaser without any extra cost.
*******
Page 267 of
Page 152 of 174
481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
ANNEXURE – XXI
LETTER OF AWARD
Page 268 of
Page 153 of 174
481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
ANNEXURE – XXII
INTEGRITY PACT
Page 269 of
Page 154 of 174
481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
ANNEXURE – XXIII
Page 270 of
Page 155 of 174
481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
ANNEXURE – XXIV
Pro-forma for BG for shortfall in generation during O&M Period of 3 years
Note:-
To
NLC India Renewables Limited
Corporate Office, Block-1, Neyveli- 607 801,
Cuddalore District,
Tamil Nadu, INDIA.
Dear Sirs,
1.0 In consideration of the NLC India Renewables Limited, Neyveli hereinafter referred to as
the Purchaser, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning, thereof
include its successors, administrators, representatives and assignees, having awarded in
favour of M/s. ............. ........... ........... ...... ........ having registered office at ................
hereinafter referred to as the Contractor, which expression shall unless repugnant to the
context or meaning thereof include its successors, administrators, representatives and
assignees, a Contract, hereinafter "referred as the Contract" for the ........................ on terms
and conditions set out interalia, in the Purchaser`s Contract /Letter of Award
No......................... dated as well as "Contract" documents, valued at ........... ............ ...........
(In words) and the same having been unequivocally accepted by the Contractor and the
Contractor having agreed to provide a BG for shortfall in generation during O&M Period of 3
years for the O&M "Contract" to the Purchaser amounting to Rs........................................ (In
words) (Please refer Clause 10.1.3 (vii) (1) as O&M Contract Security in the form of a Bank
Page 271 of
Page 156 of 174
481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
Guarantee valid upto ……….. (Completion of 3 years O&M after SCOD plus 3 months grace
period).
2.0 We, ..............(Name)..................(Address) hereinafter referred to as the "Bank which
expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors,
administrators, representatives and assignees do hereby irrevocably guarantee and undertake
to pay the Purchaser merely on demand without any previous notice and without any demur
and without referring to any other source, any and all monies payable by the Contractor by
reason of any breach by the said Contractor of any of the terms and conditions of the said
O&M Contract including non-execution of the "Contract Agreement" to the extent of 5% of
revenue from Expected Net Energy Export at GRID Metering point and adherence to Time
Schedule stipulated at any time up to ....... (day/ month/ year). Any such demand made by the
Purchaser on the bank shall be conclusive and binding, absolute and unequivocal not
withstanding any disputes raised/pending before any court, tribunal, arbitrator or any other
authority. The Bank agrees that the guarantee herein contained shall continue to be
enforceable till this sum due to the Purchaser is fully paid and claims satisfied or till the
Purchaser discharges this Guarantee.
3.0 The Bank further irrevocably guarantees and undertakes to pay on mere demand, without any
demur, reservation, contest, recourse or protest any and all monies due and payable by the
Contractor by reasons of non-fulfilment of any of the following obligations.
3.1 For the successful and satisfactory completion of O&M period under the said Contract as per
the specifications and documents.
3.2 That the equipment installed under the said Contract shall be new and in accordance with
Contract Documents and be free from all defects in design, material workmanship and
performance including modifications, improvements and replacements for a period 3 years
after SCOD of Solar Power Project and that immediately upon intimation / written notice
from the Purchaser, the Contractor shall remedy free of expenses to the Purchaser such
defects as noticed and developed under the normal use of the said equipment, within the said
guarantee period.
4.0 The Purchaser shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the
Bank under this guarantee, from time to time, to extend the time of performance by the
Contractor. The Bank shall not be released from its liabilities under these presents by any
exercise of the Purchaser of the liberty with reference to the matter aforesaid.
5.0 The Purchaser shall have the fullest liberty, without affecting this guarantee to postpone from
time to time the exercise of any powers vested in them or of any right which they might have
against the Contractor and to exercise the same at any time in any manner, and either to
enforce or to forbear to enforce any covenants, contained or implied in the Contract between
the Purchaser and the Contractor or any other course or remedy or security available to the
Purchaser and the Bank shall not be released of its obligations/ liabilities under these presents
by any exercise by the Purchaser of his liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or any
of them or by reasons of any other act or forbearance or other acts of omission or commission
on part of the Purchaser or any other indulgence shown by the Purchaser or by any other
matter or thing whatsoever which under law would, but for this provision, have the effect of
relieving the Bank Guarantee. The Bank further undertakes not to revoke this guarantee
during its currency without the previous consent of the Purchaser.
Page 272 of
Page 157 of 174
481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
6.0 The Purchaser shall have the fullest liberty to lodge their claims for encashments of the
guaranteed sum in full or in part, in the manner suitable to them. However, payment made for
a sum lesser than the guaranteed amount, shall not relieve or discharge the Bank from their
obligations guaranteed hereunder, till the contractual obligation are fully performed by the
Contractor or the Bank Guarantee is discharged by the Purchaser, as the case may be and the
Bank Guarantee shall continue to be in force till such time.
6.1 The Bank further agrees that the decision of the Purchaser as to the failure on the part of the
Contractor to fulfil their obligations as aforesaid and/or as to the amount payable by the Bank
to the Purchaser hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Bank.
7.0 The Bank also agrees that the Purchaser shall be entitled at his option to enforce this
guarantee against the Bank as a principal debtor, in the first instance notwithstanding any
other Security or guarantee that it may have in relation to the Contractor`s liabilities.
8.0 This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or the
Contractor(s).
9.0 Notwithstanding anything contained herein:
a. our liability under this bank guarantee shall not exceed ………… (in words)
b. this bank guarantee shall be valid upto ……………..; and
c. we are liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this bank guarantee
only and only if you serve upon us a written claim or demand on or before ……………
WITNESS
1. Signature................. Signature.............
(Name in Block Letters)...... Name in block letters..........
Occupation Designation
Address Staff Code No..........
Bank's Seal
2. Signature................... Attorney as per power
(Name in Block Letters) ........ of Attorney No………. dt.
Occupation
Address.
Page 273 of
Page 158 of 174
481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
ANNEXURE – XXV
Pro-forma for BG for O&M period of 3 Years (i.e., Defects Liability period)
Note:-
To
NLC India Renewables Limited,
Corporate Office, Block-1, Neyveli- 607 801,
Cuddalore District,
Tamil Nadu, INDIA.
Dear Sirs,
1.0 In consideration of the NLC India Renewables Limited, Neyveli hereinafter referred to as
the Purchaser, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning, thereof
include its successors, administrators, representatives and assignees, having awarded in
favour of M/s. ............. ........... ........... ...... ........ having registered office at ................
hereinafter referred to as the Contractor, which expression shall unless repugnant to the
context or meaning thereof include its successors, administrators, representatives and
assignees, a Contract, hereinafter "referred as the Contract" for the ........................ on terms
and conditions set out interalia, in the Purchaser`s Contract /Letter of Award
No......................... dated as well as "Contract" documents, valued at ........... ............ ...........
(In words) and the same having been unequivocally accepted by the Contractor and the
Contractor having agreed to provide a BG for O&M period of 3 Years (i.e., Defects Liability
period) for the O&M "Contract" equivalent to 1% of the total EPC Contact Price (total price
excluding O&M cost for 3 years after SCOD) amounting to Rs........................................ (In
Page 274 of
Page 159 of 174
481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
words) as O&M Contract Security during Defect Liability Period in the form of a Bank
Guarantee valid upto ……….. (Completion of 3 years O&M for after SCOD plus 3 months
grace period).
2.0 We, ..............(Name)..................(Address) hereinafter referred to as the "Bank which
expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors,
administrators, representatives and assignees do hereby irrevocably guarantee and undertake
to pay the Purchaser merely on demand without any previous notice and without any demur
and without referring to any other source, any and all monies payable by the Contractor by
reason of any breach by the said Contractor of any of the terms and conditions of the said
O&M Contract including non-execution of the "Contract Agreement" to the extent of 1% of
the total EPC Contact Price (total price excluding O&M cost for 3 years after SCOD) and
adherence to Time Schedule stipulated at any time up to ....... (day/ month/ year). Any such
demand made by the Purchaser on the bank shall be conclusive and binding, absolute and
unequivocal not withstanding any disputes raised/pending before any court, tribunal,
arbitrator or any other authority. The Bank agrees that the guarantee herein contained shall
continue to be enforceable till this sum due to the Purchaser is fully paid and claims satisfied
or till the Purchaser discharges this Guarantee.
3.0 The Bank further irrevocably guarantees and undertakes to pay on mere demand, without any
demur, reservation, contest, recourse or protest any and all monies due and payable by the
Contractor by reasons of non-fulfilment of any of the following obligations.
3.1 For the successful and satisfactory completion of O&M period under the said Contract as per
the specifications and documents.
3.2 That the equipment installed under the said Contract shall be new and in accordance with
Contract Documents and be free from all defects in design, material workmanship and
performance including modifications, improvements and replacements for a period 3 years
after SCOD of Solar Power Project and that immediately upon intimation / written notice
from the Purchaser, the Contractor shall remedy free of expenses to the Purchaser such
defects as noticed and developed under the normal use of the said equipment, within the said
guarantee period.
4.0 The Purchaser shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the
Bank under this guarantee, from time to time, to extend the time of performance by the
Contractor. The Bank shall not be released from its liabilities under these presents by any
exercise of the Purchaser of the liberty with reference to the matter aforesaid.
5.0 The Purchaser shall have the fullest liberty, without affecting this guarantee to postpone from
time to time the exercise of any powers vested in them or of any right which they might have
against the Contractor and to exercise the same at any time in any manner, and either to
enforce or to forbear to enforce any covenants, contained or implied in the Contract between
the Purchaser and the Contractor or any other course or remedy or security available to the
Purchaser and the Bank shall not be released of its obligations/ liabilities under these presents
by any exercise by the Purchaser of his liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or any
of them or by reasons of any other act or forbearance or other acts of omission or commission
on part of the Purchaser or any other indulgence shown by the Purchaser or by any other
matter or thing whatsoever which under law would, but for this provision, have the effect of
relieving the Bank Guarantee. The Bank further undertakes not to revoke this guarantee
during its currency without the previous consent of the Purchaser.
Page 275 of
Page 160 of 174
481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
6.0 The Purchaser shall have the fullest liberty to lodge their claims for encashments of the
guaranteed sum in full or in part, in the manner suitable to them. However, payment made for
a sum lesser than the guaranteed amount, shall not relieve or discharge the Bank from their
obligations guaranteed hereunder, till the contractual obligation are fully performed by the
Contractor or the Bank Guarantee is discharged by the Purchaser, as the case may be and the
Bank Guarantee shall continue to be in force till such time.
6.1 The Bank further agrees that the decision of the Purchaser as to the failure on the part of the
Contractor to fulfil their obligations as aforesaid and/or as to the amount payable by the Bank
to the Purchaser hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Bank.
7.0 The Bank also agrees that the Purchaser shall be entitled at his option to enforce this
guarantee against the Bank as a principal debtor, in the first instance notwithstanding any
other Security or guarantee that it may have in relation to the Contractor`s liabilities.
8.0 This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or the
Contractor(s).
9.0 Notwithstanding anything contained herein:
a. our liability under this bank guarantee shall not exceed ………… (in words)
b. this bank guarantee shall be valid upto ……………..; and
c. we are liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this bank
guarantee only and only if you serve upon us a written claim or demand on or before
……………
WITNESS
1. Signature................. Signature.............
(Name in Block Letters)...... Name in block letters..........
Occupation Designation
Address Staff Code No..........
Bank's Seal
2. Signature................... Attorney as per power
(Name in Block Letters) ........ of Attorney No………. dt.
Occupation
Address:
Page 276 of
Page 161 of 174
481
This Document has been digitally signed.
BOS Works For Setting up of 810 MW (410MW & 400MW ) Solar Project
In RVUNL Solar Park at Pugal, Bikaner District, Rajasthan Under VOLUME – IB
Engineering, Procurement (Excluding Supply of Solar PV Modules) &
Construction with O&M for a Period of 03 Years
ANNEXURE-XXVI
Bank Account Details for e-payment and Details of the bidder
Branch Code
MICR Code
Telephone No. - Bank
E- Mail ID - Bank
Signature of bidder
ANNEXURE-XXVII
(To submit the declaration form duly signed by the BOS EPC contractor in their Letter Head
The bidder / BOS EPC Contractor shall be ensured that there are no commercial issues,
technical issues or any other major issues pending with the sub-contractor/ supplier/ OEM
which may affects the solar project spares procurement.
The bidder shall submit the vendor/supplier details and address along with the contact person
name and contact numbers for material used in the proposed 810MW Solar Power Project
before starting of the O&M contract period.
ANNEXURE-XXVIII
Proforma for Joint Undertaking for AMC of Critical Equipment for Stipulated Duration
Beyond O&M Period between BOS EPC Contractor and OEM/OEM service provider.
(On non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value)
(To submit the declaration form duly signed by the BOS EPC contractor before 30days of
completion of the O&M contract period)
Contractor further agrees to the bidding document that the AMC of Inverter, SCADA,
CCTV and Dry robotic cleaning system shall be carried out through its vendor
M/s……………………………with its Registered/Head Office
at....................................................................(Hereinafter referred to as the 'OEM'/OEM
service provider , which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning
thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns). Contractor and
OEM / OEM service provider shall be jointly and severely liable to undertake the
responsibility outlined in bidding document.
WITNESS: WITNESS:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----
1. Signature .............................. 1. Signature ................
2. Name ...................................... 2. Name ...................
3. Address ................................. 3. Address ................
-----------------------------------------------------------------
* Please strike off whichever not applicable. Separate Joint undertaking is required to be
furnished for aforesaid equipment’s
ANNEXURE – XIX
Form of Insurance Surety Bond towards Performance Security
(To be stamped in accordance with Stamp Act of India)
Date:
To
NLC India Renewables Limited,
Corporate Office, Block-1, Neyveli- 607 801,
Cuddalore District, Tamil Nadu, INDIA
Dear Sirs,
1.0 In consideration of the NLC India Renewables Limited (Hereinafter referred to as the
‘Owner’/Purchaser/Client which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning
thereof, include its successors, administrators and assigns) having awarded to
M/s[Consultant'sName]............................ with its Registered/Head Office at
............................(Hereinafter referred to as the ‘Consultant/Contractor ’, which expression
shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors administrators,
executors and assigns), a Contract by issue of Owner’s Purchase Order / Wor k or d er No
................................................................................................................................................ date
d. and the same having been unequivocally accepted by the consultant/Contractor resulting
into a Contract/Work order bearing No.............. dated ..........., valued at ................... for
. . . . . . . . . . . and the consultant having agreed to provide a Contract Performance Guarantee
for the faithful performance of the entire Contract equivalent to ..........(*)10% (Ten percent) of
the said value of the Contract to the Owner.
2.0 We ................[Name & Address of the Insurer]
......having its Head Office at ......................... (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Insurer’, which
expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors,
administrators, executors and assigns) do hereby guarantee and undertake to pay the
Owner/purchaser, on demand any and all amount payable by the consultant to the extent of
..................(*).................... as aforesaid at any time up to ...............................................
[days/month/year] without any condition, demur, reservation, contest, recourse or protest and/or
without any reference to the consultant . Any such demand made by the Owner on the Insurer
shall be conclusive and binding notwithstanding any difference between the Owner and the
consultant or any dispute pending before any Court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any other authority.
The Insurer undertakes not to revoke this Insurance Surety Bond during its currency and or any
period extended under the contract, without prior consent of the Owner and further agrees that
the guarantee herein contained shall be enforceable till the Owner discharges this guarantee.
3.0 The Owner shall have the fullest liberty, without affecting in any way the liability of the Insurer
under this Insurance Surety Bond, from time to time to extend the performance of the Contract
by the Consultant for the purpose of which, the Insurer shall be liable to extend the validity of
the present Insurance Surety Bond without any demur, condition, protest and the Insurer shall at
no point in time have an option of revoking the same, The Owner shall have the fullest liberty,
without affecting this Insurance Surety Bond, to postpone from time to time the exercise of any
powers vested in them or of any right which they might have against the consultant, and to
Page 166 of 174
exercise the same at any time in any manner, and either to enforce or to forbear to enforce any
covenants, contained or implied, in the Contract between the Owner and the consultant or any
other course or remedy or security available to the Owner.
4.0 The Insurer shall not be released of its obligations under these presents by any exercise by the
Owner of its liberty with reference to the aforesaid or any of them or by reason of any other act
or forbearance or other acts of omission or commission on the part of the Owner or any other
indulgence shown by the Owner or by any other matter or thing whatsoever which under law
would, but for this provision, have the effect of relieving the Insurer.
5.0 The Insurer also agrees and undertakes that the Owner at its option shall be entitled to enforce
this Insurance Surety Bond against the Insurer as a Surety, in the first instance without
proceeding against the consultant and notwithstanding any security or other guarantee that the
Owner may have in relation to the Consultant’s liabilities.
6.0 Notwithstanding anything contained hereinabove our liability under this Insurance Surety Bond
is restricted to .........................(*). ................................................................and it shall remain in
force upto and including .....................(@). ..................................................and shall be extended
from time to time for such period (not exceeding one year), as may be desired by M/s
.......{Consultant's Name}on whose behalf this Insurance Surety Bond has been given.
Dated this ............................. day of .................... 20..................at...........................................
WITNESS:
1. ....................................................
(Signature) ...................................................
(Signature)
.................................................... (Name) ...................................................
(Name) (Designation with Insurer Stamp)
....................................................
(Official Address) Authorized Vide Power of Attorney
2. .................................................... No.......................................
(Signature)
.................................................... Date.................................................
(Name)
....................................................
(Official Address)
Notes :
1. (*) This sum shall be ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price.
2. The Insurance Surety Bond shall be from an Insurer as per guidelines issued byInsurance
Regulatory and Development Authority of India (IRDAI).
3. The Owner shall be the Creditor, the Consultant shall be the Principal debtor and the Insurance
company/Insurer shall be the Surety in respect of the Insurance Surety Bond to be issued by the
Insurer.
[Link] Insurance Surety Bond should be on Non-Judicial stamp paper/e-stamp paper of
appropriate value as per Stamp Act prevailing in the state(s) where the Insurance Surety Bond
is submitted or is to be acted upon or the rate prevailing in State where the Insurance Surety
Bond is executed, whichever is higher. The Stamp Paper/e- stamp paper shall be purchased in
the name of Consultant/Insurer issuing the Insurance Surety Bond.
[Link] getting the Insurance Surety Bond issued, the Consultant is required to ensure
compliance to the points mentioned in Form of Bank Guarantee/ Insurance Surety Bond
Verification Check List. Further, the Consultant is required to fill up this Form and enclose the
same with the Insurance Surety Bond.
ANNEXURE XX
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
(This shall be executed on non-judicial stamp paper of value not less than Rs.20/-)
This Contract No ____________________________made this __________day
of______________________________
Between
NLC India Renewables Limited, a Company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 and
having its registered office at No. 135, EVR Periyar High Road, Kilpauk, Chennai – 600 010,
Tamil Nadu, India, hereinafter referred to as the "Purchaser" (which expression shall, unless
repugnant to the context or the meaning thereof, be deemed to include its successors and
permitted assignees), of the one part,
And
M/s. _______________ (Contractor's Name), a Company incorporated under the Laws of
____________ and having its registered office at _______________________ hereinafter
referred to as the “Contractor" (which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or
meaning thereof, be deemed to include its successors and permitted assignees) of the second
part,
Whereas, the Purchaser has decided for ………………………….. with Operation &
Maintenance for 3 years as defined in Technical Specification.
For detailed Scope of work, please refer Volume - II : Technical Specification.
Whereas the Contractor has agreed to carry out the aforesaid work on the terms and conditions
stated hereinafter,
Now, it is hereby agreed and declared by and between the parties as follows:
Article -1: Contract Price
In consideration of the promises and the payments to be made by the Purchaser to the
Contractor, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Purchaser to perform the work as detailed
in ‘Section-2, Scope of Supply and Services’ and ‘Section-8, Contract Technical
Specifications’ to this Contract subject to and on the terms and conditions contained herein.
As consideration for this Contract, the Purchaser shall pay to the “Contractor” as specified in
Section–3 a sum of INR _____________ (Rupees __________________ only) including all
taxes and duties. It is clearly understood between the parties that the Contractor shall be solely
responsible for completion of the Plant and for its successful sustained integrated operation.
Article -2:
Not Applicable.
The Contract price is inclusive of Taxes and duties to the extent of break-up shown in Section -
3 and subject to the provisions of Section-5.
No modifications or amendment of this Contract including Sections and Annexure hereto shall
be valid unless the same is agreed to in writing by the parties hereto and issued as an
amendment to the Contract.
Article -14: Order of Precedence
The order of precedence shall be
1. Any mutual agreement made after Signing of this Contract.
2. Contract
3. Letter of Award (LOA)
4. All correspondence exchanged prior to Letter of Award
5. Minutes of Meetings and Techno-Commercial Discussions
6. Bidder’s Techno-Commercial Offer and Price offer
7. Tender Specification
8. Invitation for Bid
Article -15: Jurisdiction
The Contract shall be governed in accordance with the Laws of India. The civil court having
ordinary original jurisdiction over the site or place of works shall have exclusive jurisdiction to
try any matter arising out of this contract.
Article -16: Legal Entity
It is understood that the Contract is being signed by NLC India Renewables Limited solely on
its own behalf and not on behalf of any other person or entity. In particular, it is to note and
understand that the Government of India is not a party to this contract or the associated
tendering process and has no liabilities, obligations or rights hereunder. It is to note and
understand that NLC India Renewables Limited is an independent legal entity with power and
authority to enter into contracts solely on its own behalf under the applicable Laws of India and
general principles of Contract Law. It is to note and understand that NLC India Renewables
Limited is not an agent, representative or delegate of the Government of India. It is to be
further noted and understood that the Government of India is not and shall not be liable for any
acts, omissions, commissions, breaches or other wrongs arising out of the execution of the
Contract or associated tendering process. Accordingly, the Contractor shall have no rights,
whatsoever, against the Government of India as to any manner, claims, cause of action or thing
whatsoever arising of or under this Contract or associated tendering process.
Article -17: Counter Parts
This Contract shall be executed in English language in two originals; each party receiving one
duly signed copy. Both these copies shall be authentic. The Contractor shall submit 15
(Fifteen) photocopies and one scanned soft copy in Pen drive of the entire Contract documents
(free of charges) within 30 (thirty) days after signing of this Contract, to the Purchaser, for its
use.
In witness whereof, the parties hereto by representatives duly authorized have executed the
Contract on the day, month and the year first above written.
Signature: Signature:
Name: Name:
Designation: Designation:
2. 2.
*******
VOLUME – II
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
Tender No. CO CONTS/0001T/810 MW (410MW&400MW) Solar/BOS/e-Conts/2025,
Dt.08.01.2025
Registered Office: 135, E.V.R. Periyar High Road, Kilpauk, Chennai- 600 010.
1 | 192
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Sl.
DESCRIPTION Page No
No.
1.0 Introduction 3
2.0 Design Basis 10
3.0 Solar PV Modules 17
4.0 String Combiner & Monitoring Box 19
5.0 Solar Inverter 23
6.0 Inverter Duty Transformer & Power Transformer 31
7.0 Power Collection Sub Station 40
8.0 Cables & Cabling 42
9.0 Power Export Sub Station/Main Control Room 54
10.0 HT Switchgear 56
11.0 Earthing 62
12.0 SCADA & Voice Communication Systems 65
13.0 Weather Monitoring System 72
14.0 Lightning Protection System 78
15.0 Auxiliary Power System 80
16.0 Control Power – DC System: Chargers & Batteries 86
17.0 Control Power – AC System: UPS & Batteries 91
18.0 Lighting System & CCTV System 94
19.0 Fire Alarm and Protection System 99
20.0 Power Evacuation System & Tariff Metering System 101
21.0 Civil works and Structural Steel works 124
22.0 Quality Assurance, Inspection & Testing 156
23.0 Spares, Tools & Tackles and Documents 159
24.0 Testing & Commissioning, SCOD and PG Test 161
25.0 Operation & Maintenance (O&M) 166
26.0 Sub Vendors & Sub Contractors 172
27.0 Attachments 178
SECTION 1.0
INTRODUCTION
1.2.2. The SPP shall be designed to maintain dynamically varying reactive power between
0.95 lead to 0.95 lag at delivery point. Hence, the SPP shall be designed to deliver
Minimum Annual Estimated Net Energy Export at delivery point considering the
continuous operation of the SPP at 0.95 PF. The contractor shall also comply the CEA
recommendations for achieving reactive power compensation for Solar Power Plants.
1.2.3. The Capacity Utilization Factor (CUF) in percentage (%) has the same meaning as in
latest CERC regulation and calculated as energy at delivery points as in the Formula,
CUF = {Energy in MU / (8.766 X Contracted Capacity in MW)} X 100.
1.3. SCOPE OF WORK
1.3.1. The entire scope of work (excluding supply of Solar PV Modules) shall be carried out by
the contractor on Lump-sum turnkey basis.
1.3.2. The scope of work includes the Design, Engineering, Site development, Manufacture,
Inspection at supplier’s works, Supply, Insurance, Transport, Storage, Erection,
Installation, Testing & Commissioning of the total capacity of 410MW/400MW SPP and
the Evacuation System up to the Point of Connection (i.e., 33KV side of 33/400KV Park
Pooling Sub Station (PSS)) Except Supply of Solar PV Modules.
1.3.3. The scope also includes necessary arrangements and support to enable SPD to Declare
Scheduled Commercial Operation Date (SCOD) after entire commissioning of SPP with
DC overloading and conducting PG Test for 90 days. The scope also includes Operation
& Maintenance (O&M) of entire SPP up to Point of connection, at free of cost for the
warranty period of 12 months from SCOD and paid O&M for 3 years from the date of
completion of the warranty period. In addition, Scope also includes, Annual
Maintenance Contract (AMC) of SCADA for Six (6) years starting from 5th year to 10th
year (i.e., on completion of 03 years paid O&M of 410MW/400MW SPP).
1.3.4. Detailed Scope of Work: The detailed scope of work covers the following activities and
services in respect of all the equipment & works specified and covered under the
specifications. All equipment, materials and services whether explicitly stated or
otherwise and that are necessary for the satisfactory operation of the Solar PV System
and its integration as described in the specification shall be deemed to be included in
the scope of work of the Contractor and shall not be limited to the following:
1. Site preparation like vegetation removal, soil grading and levelling of the Project
area.
2. Conducting Topographical survey, Geo-Technical investigation and Soil Resistivity
test in all the site locations.
3. Detailed Design and Engineering of all the equipment and equipment system(s)
including civil works.
4. Submitting the engineering drawings, data sheets, process calculations, test
certificates and reports, structural design calculations, Equipment layout, Civil
structural/architectural Drawings for Review and approval by SPD/SPDs Engineering
consultant.
5. Finalization of sub-vendors, manufacturing quality plans and Field quality plans.
6. Purchase, testing, packing and transportation from the manufacturer’s works to the
site including customs clearance & port clearance, port charges, (if any) of all the
equipment of SPP (excluding supply of Solar PV Modules), Evacuation System i.e., all
the equipment, system, sub-system etc. and receipt, storage, preservation and
conservation of equipment at the site and protecting the material from theft, fire
including Free Issue item by SPD.
7. Receipt, Unloading, storage, erection, installation, testing and commissioning of
Solar PV Modules supplied by SPD.
8. Fabrication, pre-assembly, (if any), erection, testing, pre-commissioning and
commissioning and putting into satisfactory operation of all the equipment, system,
sub-system etc. as mentioned above, Starting from the solar PV modules sections to
Point of connection.
9. Approval from CEA/statutory authorities of Central/State, before charging of the
plant.
10. Contractor shall obtain Project insurance as specified in the commercial volume.
11. Submitting the Performance Guarantee Test procedure, Operation & Maintenance/
instruction manuals, As-built drawings and other information for SPD/SPDs
Engineering consultant Review and acceptance.
12. Successful completion of Performance Guarantee Test for 90 days after SCOD of the
plant and PG shall be completed within one year from the SCOD.
13. Warranty for the Works and Equipment of SPP complying to the conditions
stipulated below.
a) The inverters installed in the solar power plant must have a warranty for 60
months from the date of their commissioning or 66 months from the date of
supply whichever is earlier.
solar power plant. Water charges will be recovered based on actual usage during O&M
phase if Applicable.
1.5.2. As per Solar Power Park Developer (SPPD), the quantum of water required to wash a
module is 2.5 litres per Module surface per washing with total 10 washings in a year.
For drinking water, sanitations etc, the quantum of water required are considered at
the standard norms of 70 liters per person per day. Details of supply of water by SPPD
will be furnished through corrigendum.
1.6. OTHER PREPARATORY WORKS of the site for meeting the Annual Estimated Energy
values is under the scope of the Contractor. Arrangements, if any, for all the other
infrastructure requirements in co-ordination with SPD, for installing the solar plants
including the power evacuation scheme up to the 33/400 KV Sub Station shall be made
by the Contractor.
1.7. POWER EVACUATION AND CONNECTIVITY
1.7.1. Power evacuation shall be provided by the Contractor up to the Point of connection,
either by laying of 33 KV HT cable or OH Transmission line with suitable termination
including all accessories for interconnection of Solar Power Plant with 33/400 KV Solar
park PSS.
1.8. METERING
1.8.1. The metering point shall be at the Delivery Point i.e., at 400KV side of 400/765KV Grid
Substation. All line losses up to the Delivery Point shall be taken into account by the
contractor while calculating the Annual Estimated Net Energy Export.
1.8.2. A set of Main and Check Meters of 0.2S accuracy class, as per CEA (Installation &
operation of meters) Regulations 2019/IEGC amended from time to time as applicable
or as specified by SPD, shall be Procured and installed by the contractor on each
incoming feeder at 33KV side of 33/400 KV Solar park Pooling Sub-station.
1.8.3. A set of Main and Check Meters of 0.2S accuracy class, as per CEA (Installation &
operation of meters) Regulations 2019/IEGC amended from time to time as applicable
or as specified by SPD, shall be Procured and installed by the contractor at 400KV side
of 33/400 KV Solar park Pooling Sub-station if required.
1.10.9. The Contractor shall provide a latest rigid insulated portable Container Office Cabin of
size not less than 20’x8’x8.5’ with door & windows at suitable location of each site to
carry out and monitor the progress of site activities, conduct review meetings, study of
drawings etc. The cabin shall be furnished with all necessary provisions including
Project In charge office (with Executive table, executive chair, 4 visitor chairs, one
desktop PC (latest configuration & laser printer), 2 Sets of Working Table Provisions
each with a desktop PC (latest configuration) & one laser printer, a revolving chair & 2
visitors chairs. Further, the Cabin shall be complete with 3 Filing cabinets, Split ACs of
suitable Capacities, wall mounting fans, LED electrical fittings with wiring, water
dispenser etc. In addition, Temporary Hygienic Wash room facilities in sufficient
numbers shall also be provided. All running and maintenance charges including charges
for energy and consumables required for smooth functioning of the Container Office
Cabin and the Washrooms shall be on the account of the Contractor. After the
permanent Office rooms at site buildings are ready, the Contractor shall take back this
container at his possession and shall hand over to SPD the 3 Personal Computers with
the Data stored during the Erection and Commissioning, the 2 Printers and the 3 Filing
Cabinets with the hard copy drawings and documents.
SECTION 2.0
DESIGN BASIS
2.1 SALIENT POINTS
2.1.1. GENERAL
i) The General design of the Solar Power Project (SPP) is briefed below for basic
compliance. However, detailed and specific provisions specified in the respective
technical specification of individual Equipment and Systems as per relevant
Sections shall be applicable, binding and to be complied.
ii) The Contractor shall establish with relevant design documents that the Grid
Interactive Solar Power Project shall have the capacity to deliver the total project
capacity at the delivery points and to meet the Estimated Net Energy Export in line
with the Tender Requirement with the capability of supplying dynamically varying
reactive power support so as to maintain power factor within the limits of 0.95
lagging to 0.95 leading.
iii) The Design of the SPP shall be done with latest PVSYST Software Version available
as on the original scheduled date of Tender Opening or higher version. The
Monthly Estimated Net Energy Export values shall be furnished using the Average
monthly GHI values obtained from the SOLARGIS for the coordinates of the site in
Technical Schedule- 1 and shall be submitted to SPD for Approval with required
supporting documents.
iv) The Contractor shall demonstrate the Expected Net Energy Export at the Delivery
points in line with the Tender Requirement with the corrections considered as
given in the following point during Performance Guarantee Test Period and
subsequent O & M period.
v) The performance of the Solar Power Project shall be assessed with Corrections
proportional to the actual Global Horizontal Irradiance (GHI), Ambient
Temperature, Wind Speed values and Off take constraints like Grid unavailability
and Back down that are not attributable to the Contractor and shall be considered
as specified in Section 24 & Section 25 of this specification.
vi) The Contractor shall not appeal to consider the module degradation till
completion of 12 months of Warranty period (Free O&M) due to any delay in any
of the project activities and it is the responsibility of the Contractor to strictly
adhere to the Time Schedule. However, during O&M period of 3 years, the
degradation of PV Modules will be considered for specifying the Estimated Net
Energy Export for O&M Period as indicated in Technical Schedule-4.
vii) In case at any point of time, the peak of capacity reached is higher than the
contracted capacity at delivery points and causes disturbance in the system, the
contractor will have to forego the excess generation and reduce the output to the
rated capacity.
2.1.2. Capacity: 410MW/400MW (AC) Grid Interactive Solar Power Plant shall be designed
with Solar PV Modules to be supplied by SPD and exports net energy at the Delivery
points for the entire period of the contract.
(i) Estimated Energy Values: As the Solar PV Modules are yet to be firmed up by
SPD, a Common Reference module is indicated by SPD in the Technical Schedule-
1 for Estimated Energy value calculation purpose.
(ii) Annual Estimated Net Energy Values: Technical Schedule-1 shall be referred for
the procedure to arrive the Annual Estimated Net Energy Values.
2.1.3. PV MODULES: Deleted.
2.1.4. PV ARRAY: The Solar Module Arrays layout shall be designed with Fixed Tilt by optimal
usage of space, Material & Labour, with access roads & proper lighting etc. and shall be
designed after considering limited shadow & near shading losses and cable/line losses
in line with this specification requirement.
a) The arrays shall be Protected from Lightning strikes and provided with CCTV
monitoring systems to avoid theft of materials.
b) The Solar PV modules of same type and rating shall be maintained at each inverter
level as per the availability. The type and rating of Solar PV modules at the
respective inverter level will be finalized during detailed engineering.
c) Contractor shall carefully design and accommodate the SPP in the available land to
achieve the Estimated Net Energy Export at the Delivery points in line with the
Contract Requirement.
d) Array tables shall be arranged in such a way to facilitate cleaning of the modules
by an appropriate Automatic Dry Robotic -Cleaning System. The inter row distance
between solar PV arrays shall be sufficient for easy movement of men / materials
for panel cleaning, maintenance works, etc.
e) Contractor should design the array yard such that module mismatch loss should be
less than 1.1 % of system DC capacity.
f) Soiling stations at least one per land parcel shall be installed. If the distance
between the two land parcels is less than 50 mtrs then the two land parcel will be
considered as a single land parcel. The technology and other details shall be
finalized during detailed engineering. The Soiling Ratio measured from the Soiling
station shall be displayed in SCADA for monitoring the Soling Loss and shall be
used to decide on the Module cleaning Cycles in order to maximize the
performance.
2.1.5. INVERTERS: The DC power generated in the photovoltaic arrays shall be fed through
String Combiner & Monitoring Units and then fed to Indoor / Outdoor type Central
Inverters Units to suit system requirements. The rated capacity of each inverter shall
be specified at Unity PF, at an ambient of 500 C & at the rated AC voltage. The
cumulative capacity of all the inverters of each SPP at an ambient of 50 0 C, at UPF & at
the rated AC voltage shall be minimum 100 % of the contracted capacity of that SPP.
The inverter shall have capability to supply dynamically varying reactive power support,
so as to maintain power factor of SPP in the range of 0.95 Lag to 0.95 Lead. However,
the cumulative capacity of the inverters shall be finalized during detailed engineering
as per the CEA guidelines. Contractor is also allowed for opting String inverters.
Further, reactive power requirement calculations shall be simulated through software
like PSSE, PSCAD, etc. for the approval from the concerned authority.
2.1.6. INVERTER DUTY TRANSFORMERS (IDT): AC power from the inverter output side shall
be taken to the Inverter duty Power Transformer rated as per system requirement. The
minimum rated capacity of each IDT shall be equivalent to the total rated capacity of
inverter(s) at UPF, connected to respective IDT and at an ambient of 500 C. Multi
winding (up to 5) Transformers are also accepted. The IDTs shall be located optimally
near the Inverter and the HT Switchgear. The high voltage side of the transformers
shall be minimum 33 KV and connected to HT Switchgear. The IDTs shall be effectively
designed with minimum core and load losses, with liberal use of active materials
namely core and copper / aluminium. The design shall also feature use of such
techniques and other methods to minimize stray losses. Protection of IDT shall be
ensured as per CEA regulation.
2.1.7. POWER CABLING: Power Cabling size selection and methods of laying shall be adopted
in such a way to maximize the quantum of power exported. The losses shall be kept to
the bare minimum, by adopting high efficiency design of Power cables and cabling for
collection & transmission of both DC and AC Power. Over Head Transmission Lines
from PCSS/ICR to Point of Connection also shall be allowed. The Contractor shall design
OH transmission system in such way to avoid shadows falling on PV Module array and
submit the Route Layout and Design Documents for approval of SPD during Detailed
Engineering. Design Documents shall be submitted for approval of SPD during detailed
Engineering. Selection of Insulation level for voltage withstanding capacity of the
electrical equipment including cables shall be as per system requirement and
applicable standards. Selection of cables in-terms of voltage shall be as per system
requirements and system earthing.
2.1.8. POWER COLLECTION SUB STATION (PCSS)/INVERTER CONTROL ROOM (ICR):
PCSS/ICR is the Sub Station for collecting power from the array yard through Inverters
and transmit the power to PSS of Solar Park at a minimum HT voltage of 33KV through
IDTs. It shall be located in a suitable location with metal type enclosed HT Switchgear
with suitable control, Protection and metering.
The PCSS/ICR shall be of outdoor type as specified in "Civil works and Structural Steel
works" Section. It shall comprise of outdoor HT Switchgear Panels/C&R panels, outdoor
Inverters, Equipment for SCADA, Auxiliary AC (UPS) control power equipment,
communication system, fire alarm panel etc. as applicable and in line with system
requirements. Accuracy class for protection and metering for CT and PT, wherever not
specified in detailed spec, shall be as per better engineering practice and the same
shall be finalized during detailed engineering.
2.1.9. POWER EXPORT SUB STATION (PESS)/MAIN CONTROL ROOM (MCR):
1) The contractor shall design the plant to export the power directly to the point of
connection from PCSS/ICR and the following shall be complied.
a) MCR: A separate Control Room Building for control and monitoring the entire
plant shall be provided and it shall be of conventional type and in line with
requirements as specified in Section 21 for PESS/MCR. In this Building,
Equipment for SCADA, Operator Work Stations, UPS for Auxiliary AC control
power equipment with redundancy, communication system, fire alarm panel,
Office, Stores, Pantry and Wash rooms etc. shall be installed in line with system
requirements which shall be finalized during detailed engineering.
Intercommunication system with redundancy shall be established by each BoS
Contractor between the MCRs of 410MW & 400MW through SCADA to remotely
Monitor & Control one MCR from the other MCR.
b) Pooling PCSS/ICR: The contractor shall pool the Power from multiple PCSSs to a
capacity of 25 MW i.e., Pooling PCSS and evacuate to the point of connection in
line with system requirement with built in PQ meter.
2) The main Auxiliary Power Supply System for MCR shall have 100% capacity rated HT
Auxiliary Transformer (33/0.44 KV) from the nearest PCSS/Power Collection Block
and another Auxiliary source (415V) with 100% capacity shall be taken from the
same PCSS/ Power Collection Block or as per system requirement.
2.1.10. POOLING SUB STATION (PSS): Deleted.
2.1.11. PSS SWITCH YARD BAY EXTENSION: Deleted.
2.1.12. SCADA SYSTEM: With inputs from measuring devices incorporated in the equipment
installed in Solar Power Plant, the performance of the total Power Project shall be
monitored continuously by the SCADA system and the critical equipment as specified
shall be operated from the SCADA system Operator Work Stations.
2.1.13. Power Plant Controller (PPC) shall be provided with two processors (main processing
unit and memories), one for normal operation and one as hot standby. In case of
failure of working PPC processor, there shall be an appropriate alarm and
simultaneously the hot standby PPC processor shall take over the plant control
function automatically. The transfer from main processor to standby processor shall be
totally bump less and shall not cause any plant disturbance whatsoever. It shall be
possible to keep any of the PPC processors as master and other as standby. The
standby processor shall be updated in line with the changes made in working
processor. The solar plant SCADA and PPC networks shall be suitably designed, so that
PPC shall directly and independently able to control the individual solar inverter.
Detailed control logic in the PPC shall be finalized during detailed engineering stage.
Following design conditions applicable for the project site shall be furnished in Design
basis Document during detailed Engineering:
1) Mean annual rainfall in mm.
2) Maximum wind speed as per Latest BIS 875 Part III.
3) Seismic condition of site defined in BIS: 1893.
4) Maximum Ambient temperature in degree C.
5) Maximum Relative humidity in %.
6) Wind loads for outdoor structures shall be as per Latest BIS 875 Part III.
(Basic wind speed and diagonal wind loads as applicable need to be considered in
the design of outdoor structures).
7) Barometric pressure in mbar.
8) Highest Flood Level (HFL) data.
2.4 DETAILED ENGINEERING AND DRAWINGS.
The Contractor shall submit the Master Drawing List (MDL) within 30 days from the
date of issue of LOA by SPD. MDL shall include the Categorisation (Major and Minor) of
the Drawings according to the priority for approval in line with the Project Time
Schedule and the target Date of first Submission of individual Drawings. On approval of
MDL, the soft copy of individual Drawings / Design Calculations / Vendor Documents
etc. prepared to meet the requirements of Specifications, safety and statutory
regulations of the relevant authority, shall be uploaded, giving priority to the critical
System Drawings to the NeAT Portal, for which access will be given by SPD. SPD
Engineering Division/SPD’S Owners Engineering consultant (OEC) will review the
Drawings /Documents and approve /approve with notes/return with comments for the
submitted drawings /documents. After approval of each Drawing/ Document, 4 Hard
Copies shall be submitted for Stamping by SPD/OEC. The Stamped hard copies shall be
distributed by the Contractor without any delay as below.
3 copies to SPD Site Engineers and documentation
1 copy to the Contractor
This review and / or approval of the drawings by SPD/OEC shall not relieve the
Contractor from any of his responsibilities under this contract. On completion of site
activities, ‘As built Drawings’ shall be submitted by the Contractor to the SPD Site
Engineer and approval stamping shall be obtained from the SPD Site Engineer and the
same shall be uploaded in NeAT Portal. 2 sets of approved and stamped ‘As built
Drawings’ in Hard Copy along with Soft Copies, stored in External Hard Drive of
minimum 1 TB, shall be submitted to the SPD Site Engineer before Final Take over.
2.5 STANDARDS
The Project equipment and systems shall be designed, manufactured, assembled,
tested, shipped, installed and commissioned according to the applicable local codes,
standards and regulations. The design and installation shall be fully in conformity with
the relevant standards and codes as applicable in general and with the standards and
codes as specified in the respective Sections. Latest standards and nationally or
internationally recognised codes and standards, which meet or exceed the qualities
specified in this specification, shall be used. It is Contractor’s responsibility to ensure
the coherence of the codes and standards chosen as reference.
In case of conflict between this specification and the Standards / Codes specified or
referred, this specification shall prevail.
2.6 DRAWINGS & DOCUMENTS
During Detailed Engineering, the Drawings and Documents pertaining to the Basic
Design shall be submitted for approval by SPD /OEC but not limited to the following
list.
1. Detailed Project Report.
2. Technical Schedule-1, with supporting Documents.
3. System Parameters & Fault Calculation Report
4. Soil Resistivity Report.
5. DC SLD.
6. AC SLD.
SECTION 3.0
SOLAR PV MODULES
3.1 Solar PV modules will be purchased by SPD and handed over to the Contractor at site.
Identification and Preparation of construction storage locations as per the
requirements at site shall be in the scope of the Contractor.
3.2 During manufacturing of the Solar PV Modules, In process inspection, Factory
Acceptance Tests and Packing activities as per the Manufacturing Quality Plan
approved by SPD shall be witnessed at the manufacturer's Factory by the Contractor /
or his Authorized Inspecting Agency to ensure quality of the supplied modules at
Contractor's own cost.
3.3 During taking over of Solar PV Modules by Contractor at site from the SPD, the
Contractor shall carry out the verification, check measurements and take over the Solar
PV modules from SPD for unloading, storage, erection, testing and commissioning
activities. Any Physical defects found during check measurement by Contractor in the
PV modules, shall be reported to SPD. After taking over of Solar PV modules by
Contractor, Physical defect reports shall not be entertained and it is the responsibility
of the Contractor to replace the defective modules with same type of modules at his
own cost.
3.4 The requirements of the Module Manufacturer in order to fulfil the conditions of
warrantee of the PV modules shall be provided to Contractor during hand over and
Contractor shall adhere to all the requirements during unloading, storage, handling at
site, erection and commissioning of Solar PV modules.
3.5 The Contractor shall ensure the quality of erection activities as per the Module
manufacturer's requirement/recommendation’s and the same will be verified by SPD /
Authorized representative(s) of SPD.
3.6 Module Manufacturer's requirements/recommendation’s in Balance of System
pertaining to modules like MMS, Earthing, Lightning protection, Electrical protection
Etc. shall be provided by Contractor.
3.7 Proposed PV Module Details:
Solar PV Modules with the following basic design parameters are envisaged to procure
for this Project by SPD.
1) Range of Capacity rating of individual module would be 560Wp and above.
2) System voltage of 1500V.
Further, SPD will try to share the exact PV Module characteristics including datasheet
and other details by 4 to 6 months from the date of LOA for enabling the Contractor to
submit Annual Estimated Net Energy values for SPD approval.
3.8 Contract Price variation with respect to change in Module Capacity: Refer to
Commercial Conditions (Volume-1) for complete details.
SECTION 4.0
STRING COMBINER & MONITORING BOX
4.2.4. DC photovoltaic fuses for positive side at Single or Double strings level shall be
provided. Rating of fuses shall be as per recommendation of module manufacturer. On
negative side, fuses shall be provided based on the recommendation of Inverter
Manufacturer.
4.2.5. Sufficient clearance shall be provided between Positive Section and Negative Section
with a separator. Preference shall be given for termination of strings inputs in separate
compartments for positive and negative string inputs.
In each SCMB, 5% (rounded off to next higher integer) spare terminals and connectors
for String Cable Connections shall be provided.
4.3. String Monitoring Unit (SMU)
4.3.1. The String Monitoring Units along with the Communication Hardware shall be self-
powered, Intelligent, multichannel, industrial grade, reliable, field proven
microprocessor-based unit.
4.3.2. The SMU shall be capable of monitoring the parameters like Voltage, Current, Power
for each string/Double strings, status of DC Isolator, SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE&
fuses, Module Temperature.
4.3.3. Data Transmission to the respective RTU at PCSS / PESS shall be through the Optical
Fiber Cable (OFC)/ Wi-Fi based wireless communication. Optical Fiber Cable
(OFC)/RS485 cable/ Wi-Fi can be used for interconnecting SCB to SCB, as required by
SCADA and finalized during Detailed Engineering. The communication network shall be
chosen such that the latency of data communication is avoided.
4.3.4. The SMU unit shall be of RTU type to acquire data on continuous basis and transmit the
data to the SCADA for further processing with provision of seamless Data interface
means. The data of SMU shall have logical capabilities to perform any interlocking and
protection logics as per the process requirement.
4.4. Drawings & Documents, Standards & Type Test Reports:
4.4.1. During Detailed Engineering the following details of the SCMB shall be submitted for
approval by SPD.
1) GTP, GA, Schematic Diagrams, vendor document and Type Test Certificates
2) MQP
3) Design &details of Foundation, Mounting Structure of SCMB along with
Canopy/rain shed.
4.4.2. The SCMB and Components used shall conform to the latest edition of IEC/Equivalent
Standards as specified below and the respective Type Test Certificates and Reports
shall be submitted during Detailed Engineering.
Enclosure:
SECTION 5.0
SOLAR INVERTER
5.1.9. In case auxiliary supply of PCU is met internally, then it should have sufficient power
backup to meet the LVRT requirement.
5.1.10. The Inverter shall have maximum power point tracker (MPPT) for operating at its
maximum power point. Modular system design may be adopted in a view to harness
optimum solar power during lesser irradiation conditions and to maintain equal aging
of Inverter Power modules.
5.1.11. The Inverter shall have the feature to work in tandem with other similar Inverters.
5.1.12. The Inverter shall be provided with a display (LCD or equivalent) of all-important
parameters such as DC input voltage, DC input current, AC output voltage, AC output
current, AC output power, power factor, frequency etc. Display should be simple and
self-explanatory to show all the relevant parameter relating to Inverter operational
data and fault condition. Display shall have local keypad for system control, monitoring
instantaneous system data, event logs, data logs and changing set points.
Alternatively, accessing through wired or wi-fi connected mobile device(s) to display
the above said parameters and system controls is also acceptable.
5.1.13. The Inverter shall be connected to the Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition
System, (SCADA) for monitoring and controlling from the Operating Stations installed
at the Control Room at PESS.
5.1.14. The Inverter shall be earthed as per manufacturer recommendation. Suitable
provisions shall be made in the inverter to minimize potential induced degradation
(PID) of module output.
5.1.15. The efficiency of the Inverter shall be equal to or more than 98 % at 75% load as per
IEC 61683. Contractor shall submit the conversion efficiency curves on partial output
powers for the Inverter.
5.1.16. The Inverter enclosure and internals including nuts, bolts etc. shall have to be
adequately protected, taking into consideration the atmosphere and weather
prevailing in the area.
5.2. Control & Protective Requirements of Inverter
5.2.1. The Inverter shall be complying to Statutory norms, CEA regulation and SLDC
requirements. The Inverter shall be capable of supplying reactive power as per grid
requirement, during solar generation hours. The Inverter shall support load PF from
0.85 Lag to 0.85 Lead. Inverter shall have Active Power limit control, Reactive Power
and Power Factor control feature. Plant operator shall be able to start and stop the
inverter and shall have the control to set Active power, Reactive power and Power
factor limit set points through SCADA HMI and Local Control Display Unit.
5.2.2. The Inverter shall have internal protection arrangement against any sustained fault in
the feeder line and against lightning in the feeder line. Protection against short circuit,
Internal Surge, loss of synchronization, over temperature, DC bus over voltage, DC
reverse voltage, cooling fan failure and, earth leakage faults and any sustained fault in
the feeder line.
5.2.3. Inverter system shall also include negative sequence protection such that if the
balancing of 3 Phase system failed, the protection shall envisage isolation of the
Inverter from the circuit.
5.2.4. The Inverter shall have self protective and self-diagnostic feature to protect itself and
the PV array from damage in the event of Inverter component failure or from
parameters beyond the Inverter’s safe operating range due to internal or external
causes.
5.2.5. The Inverter shall have special safety features like active Anti Islanding Detection and
Isolation facility.
5.2.6. In case of grid failure, the Inverter shall be re-synchronized automatically with grid, on
revival of power supply after ensuring the stability of the Grid.
5.2.7. The design and operation of Inverter shall be such as to limit the individual and total
harmonic distortions (THD) within the limits as per IEEE 519.
5.2.8. Fault Ride Through Functions:
1. Low/High Voltage Ride-Through (LHVRT) Function:
The Inverter should not get tripped in the event of voltage drop for a pre-
determined time as per regulatory norms and the Inverter need not stay in grid
after this predetermined time if the voltage does not develop to a certain
percentage of rated value as per regulatory norms. The inverter shall have this
function as per relevant CEA regulation.
2. Low/High Frequency Ride-Through (LHFRT) Function:
Immediate disconnection when momentary frequency disturbances should not
occur. LHFRT function shall allow Inverters to stay connected if such frequency
excursions are for short time durations and operate as per regulatory norm
[Link] inverter shall have this function as per relevant CEA regulation.
3. Power-frequency droop Function:
Inverters shall not switch off abruptly. Inverters shall be required to stay
connected in case of Over-frequency transients occurs in the grid. The Power-
frequency function requires that the inverter reduces the output power
according to a preconfigured [Link] inverter shall have this function as per
relevant CEA regulation.
5.3. Operating Modes of Inverter
5.3.1. Standby Mode - The inverter is powered and it is waiting for a start command. The
power-up initialization routine is performed and the inverter unit is ready. There are no
active faults. The DC and AC contactors are open.
5.3.2. Basic System Operation (Full Auto Mode) - The start command is active and all start
conditions including the conditions such as sufficient solar irradiance and the grid
voltage and frequency are in range. The inverter synchronizes and connects to the grid.
After the grid connection, the DC contactors will be closed. The system shall
automatically begin to export power to the Grid. The maximum power point tracker
(MPPT) state is the normal operation state of the inverter when the inverter is feeding
power to the grid. The inverter is producing maximal power under available conditions.
Maximum Power Point Tracker (MPPT) – The microprocessor based MPPT shall
incorporate suitable control algorithm to adjust the voltage of the SPV array to
optimize energy fed into the grid. Maximum power point tracker shall be integrated in
the Inverter to maximize energy drawn from the Solar PV array at all seasons and in
varying solar insolation conditions. The details of working mechanism of MPPT shall be
furnished by the Contractor. Multi MPPT Configuration and Master slave configuration
shall also be considered as applicable.
5.3.3. Sleep Mode - Automatic “sleep” mode shall be provided so that unnecessary losses are
minimized at night. The start command is active but the inverter is waiting for all start
conditions to be filled. The start conditions include a sufficient DC voltage level and
corresponding time delay as well as wake up signals.
5.4. Technical Requirements of Inverter:
5.4.1. Basic Technical Requirements:
1. Service : Outdoor Containerized / Outdoor / Indoor
type Grid tied Central Inverter
2. Nominal Output Power : In KW at Unity PF and at Nominal/rated AC
voltage at an Ambient Temperature of
500C.
2a Cumulative capacity of inverters : As per Section-2 “Design Basis" of this
of SPP specification
3. Operating Output AC voltage : +/-10% Nominal Rated AC Voltage.
range
4. Minimum Efficiency at 75%load : ≥ 98% as per IEC 61683.
5. Output frequency Range : 50 Hz, +4% and -5 %
6. Power Factor Range (Adjustable) : 0.8 Lead to 0.8 Lag
7. Maximum Input voltage : 1500 V DC
8. Total Harmonic Distortion of : < 3 %at nominal power.
Current (THDi)
9. Humidity : 15%-95%, non- condensing
10. Enclosure Ingress Protection : (a) Outdoor Type - Enclosure shall comply
to IP 55 or better and the electronic card
compartment shall have IP 65 or better
protection.
(b) Indoor Type - IP2X.
5.4.2. Additional Technical Requirements: The Inverter shall have the following features:
a) No load loss<1% of rated power and maximum loss in sleep mode shall be less
than 0.05%.
b) Sinusoidal current modulation with excellent dynamic response.
c) Dynamic VAR controller with Set point pre-selection.
d) Unit wise and integrated data logging.
e) Power regulation in the event of thermal overloading
f) Night VAR Compensation.
g) Bus communication and connectivity conforming to IEC 60870-5-104 or IEC
61850 (Ethernet) for integration. Alternatively, MODBUS, TCP/IP, Power line
carrier communication (PLCC) are also acceptable.
h) DC side Operating point diagnosis using I-V curve to evaluate the PV array
performance, as applicable.
i) Integrated protection in the DC and three phase system
j) Insulation monitoring of the PV array.
k) PID monitoring if applicable.
l) Earth Fault Protection – With Ground Fault Detector Interrupter (GFDI) to
detect both AC and DC ground faults or any other suitable device.
m) Surge Protection Device shall be Type-I & Type-II on DC side and Type-II on AC
side.
n) Active power limit control, reactive power and power factor control features
are required and shall be Possible both from PPC and SCADA.
[Link] STRING INVERTERS
Note: In addition to relevant clause as mentioned above, the following shall also be
applicable for string inverter.
1. All electrical design and operational parameters shall be identical to the philosophy
of the central inverters.
2. The string inverter should be placed inside a canopy shed with at least 15 cm in all
directions, if installed in open. Alternatively, the Contractor can also install the
inverter on the column post of the module mounting structure, below the modules.
In such case, the canopy is not required and the column and foundation shall be
designed accordingly.
tubular/hollow section and colour coated galvalume sheets (Minimum BMT 0.5
mm) for roof and at least 60cm projection in all sides.
ii. For containerized solution separate shed is not required, however, the container
shall have projection of at least 60cm wherever an opening in the inverter door
exposes the inverter component to outside environment. If the Inverters are
housed in the enclosure in more than two rows, there shall be easy access for all
Inverters and its components and at least 500mm corridor in between the rows.
Also, the enclosure shall be of proven design in such a way to withstand the
harsh environmental conditions for complete life of plant. The Contractor shall
submit valid documentary proof for the same.
iii. The Outdoor Inverters shall be placed on a raised masonry / concrete platform of
minimum 1 Mt height from FGL. The user platform around the inverter shall be
of minimum one meter wide.
5.4.4. Requirements of Standards and Test Certificates:
The Central Inverter shall conform to the latest edition of IEC/ equivalent Standards
/CEA Regulations as specified below and the Type test certificates/Reports for the
same shall be submitted for SPD approval.
1. Efficiency Measurements : IEC 61683
2. Environmental Testing : IEC 60068 -2-1:2007,IEC 60068-2-
2:2007,
IEC 60068-2-14: 2009, IEC 60068-2-
30:2005
3. EM Compatibility (EMC) : IEC 61000-6-2, IEC 61000-6-4
4. Electrical safety : IEC 62109-1&2
5. Ingress protection test : IEC 60529
6. Overall efficiency of grid connected : EN 50530
photovoltaic inverters.
7. Recommended practices and : IEEE 519/CEA Guidelines
requirements for harmonic control in
electrical power systems.
8. Utility-interconnected photovoltaic : IEC 62116 / IEC 61727/ BDEW/ IEEE
inverters - Test procedure of islanding 1547:2003 with 2014 Amendment
prevention measures/ IEEE Standard for 1/UL 1741
Interconnecting Distributed Resources
with Electric Power Systems / Standard
for Inverters, Converters, Controllers and
Interconnection System Equipment for
Use With Distributed Energy Resources
9. LVRT Compliance : As per the latest CERC Guidelines /
Order/ Regulations
10. Grid Connectivity : Relevant CEA Regulations and
SECTION 6.0
INVERTER DUTY TRANSFORMER & GRID TIE POWER TRANSFORMER
6.1. INVERTER DUTY TRANSFORMER
6.1.1 Multi Winding Inverter Duty Transformer
The design, engineering, manufacture and testing of the oil cooled multi winding (up to
5) Inverter duty Power Transformer in each block and its related equipment shall be
carried out as per the latest Indian /International standards, Indian electricity rules,
relevant code of practices and requirement of Central Electricity Authority/Chief
Electrical Inspectorate of the respective state. Salient standards and code of practices
are given below:
Power transformers : BIS 2026, BS 171 &
1.
IEC 60076
2. Guide for loading of oil immersed transformers : BIS 6600 / IEC 354
3. Tap changer : IEC 60542
4. Fittings and accessories : BIS 3639
5. Insulating oil for transformer : BIS 335
6. Bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 volts : BIS 2099
7. Dimensions for porcelain Transformer Bushings : BIS 3347
8. Recommended practice for hot dip galvanizing of
iron and steel : BIS 2629
9. Methods of testing of coating of zinc coated items : BIS 2633
10. Colour for ready mixed paints and Enamels : BIS 5
Except where specified otherwise herein, all material, equipment and construction shall
confirm to all the acts, rules and standards indicated.
[Link] All materials used shall be new and of tested quality conforming to applicable
national/International standards and Indian Electricity Acts/rules and the details of
same shall be furnished in the MQP and verified during detailed engineering.
Equipment shall be transportable and capable of installation at site with ease and
without damage. It shall give continuous reliable operation over long periods under
worst specified site conditions. All similar parts shall be interchangeable.
6.1.5 Tanks
[Link] Tanks shall be welded construction and fabricated from tested quality commercial
grade carbon sheet steel of adequate thickness. The transformer tank top shall be
provided with detachable cover with bolted flanged gasket joint. Lifting lugs shall be
provided for removing the cover with core and coil assembly. Tank covers shall be
welded from tested MS flats adequately reinforced externally by structural steel
stiffeners. Two side walls of the tank shall be provided with extended finned tubes to
act as a radiator.
[Link] All seams flanges, lifting lugs, braces and permanent parts attached to tank shall be
double welded. Joints which may have to be opened for inspection and/or repairs shall
be machined surface and be made oil tight with renewable oil resistant gaskets and
seals. Guides shall be welded to the inner side of the tank to facilitate tanking and un-
tanking. Tank shall be suitable for full vacuum required during drying out for oil filling
and shall withstand the required pressure.
[Link] All removable covers shall be provided with weather proof, hot oil resistant, resilient
gaskets. The openings for all removable covers shall be made on suitably elevated
bosses/contour frames. The design shall be such as to prevent any leakage of water
into or oil from the tank. Adequate space shall be provided at the bottom of tank for
collection of sediments. After fabrication and welding of cooling fins, tank and its
fittings with respective valves shall be pressure tested with transformer oil to
withstand specified pressure as stipulated in BIS 2026. No valve shall drip and no weld
or joint shall sweat.
[Link] All gasket joints shall be perfectly oil tight under all conditions of operations. Gaskets
shall be of neoprene or approved oil resistant material and so placed that they will not
be exposed to weather. Damaged gaskets shall not find way into the tank.
6.1.6 Core
[Link] The core shall be constructed from M4 grade (or better), cold rolled, non- aging, grain
oriented, silicon steel laminations complied to BS:601. Core, its supporting steel and
insulation shall be of such design, material and construction that harmful changes in
electrical or physical properties shall not occur during the life of transformer. Limbs
and yoke shall have similar section to minimize effects of transverse flux. Butt joints
between yoke and limbs shall not be made. Generous cooling ducts shall be provided
for core heat dissipation.
[Link] Core and winding shall be strongly braced to prevent displacement or distortion during
transportation or abnormal electrical conditions in service. The core and coil assembly
Aluminium winding: Current density for aluminium shall be chosen such that the
winding losses will be limited within 1.0%.
6.1.8 Fasteners
Clamping bolts for current carrying parts inside oil shall be of oil acidity resistant
material. Terminal screws, studs, nuts and bolts shall be of non-ferrous material,
threaded to BIS. All fasteners exposed to weather shall either be nonferrous or hot dip
galvanized or electroplated conforming to relevant BIS.
6.1.9 Cooling
The transformer shall be provided with finned tube radiator panels on two sides to cool
the oil. The finned tubes shall be of heavy gauge, corrosion resistant steel construction.
All internal surfaces of the tubes shall be pickled, free of all rust and scale and
passivated. External surfaces shall be sand blasted and several coats of weather proof
paint applied so as to prevent rusting.
6.1.10 Bushings
[Link] Oil communicating type porcelain bushing and its terminal fittings shall carry full rated
current continuously without exceeding temperature of any component beyond 70 oC.
These shall operate satisfactorily in heavy sand storms, rain with lightning and other
site atmospheric conditions. Freedom from corona and radio interference shall be
ensured. Bushing shall be wet process porcelain with uniformly brown external shell.
All bushings shall be designed or equipped to withstand arcing or flashover without
damage to seals or any vital part. Terminal bushing shall be oriented for the minimum
clear distances in air as per CBIP stipulation. Minimum distance between terminals of
two windings of different voltage shall equal the phase-to-phase distance of the HV
winding.
[Link] Bushing location shall provide adequate phase and ground clearances. Bushings shall
be suitable for surrounding atmosphere and shall have creepage distance.
[Link] Cable box and disconnecting chamber shall have proper earthing arrangement and
suitable external support.
[Link] Phase to phase and phase to ground clearances within the chamber shall be such as to
meet standard/statutory requirements. Clearances shall be subject to approval by SPD
during detailed Engineering.
[Link] LV cable boxes shall be of steel plate construction, with disconnecting chamber,
weather proof type complete and shall have other accessories including air vent, drain
plug etc and provision for terminating Aluminium XLPE cables to suit system
requirements. The bottom plate shall be of non -magnetic stainless steel, brass or
aluminum. Phase to phase and phase to ground clearances within the chamber shall be
such as to meet standard/statutory requirements. Clearances shall be subject to
approval by SPD during Detailed Engineering.
6.1.12 Marshaling box
The marshaling box shall be corrosion resistant sheet steel, weather proof, dust and
vermin proof construction conforming to degree of protection IP55 with 16 SWG thick
sheet steel water tight hinged and padlocked doors, fully wired, for terminating all
wiring for control, protection and alarm circuits of the transformer. All wiring shall be
of 1100V grade, oil and fire resistant & low smoke, multi core copper cables. All devices
and terminal blocks within the marshaling box shall be identified by symbols
corresponding to those used in applicable schematic or wiring diagram.
6.1.15 Grounding
Two grounding pads, located on the opposite sides of the transformer tank, shall be
provided for connection to station ground mat. The core coil assembly shall be directly
connected to this ground bus by removable bolted link for effective grounding. Ground
terminals shall be provided on marshaling box, cable end box etc. to ensure its
effective earthing. For continuity of earth connection, all gasket joints shall be provided
with minimum two numbers braided copper conductor jumpers of adequate size.
The contractor shall submit Type Test Reports of the transformer for SPD approval
during Detailed Engineering for short circuit and impulse voltage. In respect of short
circuit test, submission of type test report for the similar transformer with relevant
calculations for the offered transformer is also acceptable and Type Test Repot of
similar transformer will be evaluated as per Annexure B of IEC 60076-5, 2006.
6.1.19 NIFPS.
All inverter Duty transformers having rating of more than 10 MVA, shall be provided
with NIFPS.
6.1.20 Protection
Transformer protection facility shall be as per relevant CEA regulation with latest
amendment.
6.1.21 Drawings & Documents to be submitted During Detailed Engineering:
1. IDT - GTP, GA, Type Test certificates. (With the following List of documents)
a. GTP of transformer as per BIS 2026
b. Calculations for conductor current density, core flux density, radiator
sizing, tank & cover wall thickness sizing, losses, WTICT burden calculation
c. Rating and diagram plate of transformer
d. Diagram plate for Valve schematic diagram
e. Oil filling instruction plate
f. GA of transformer and core coil assembly including shield winding
g. GA of HV & LV cable boxes including bushings and marshalling boxes
h. Detailed BOM with vendor details
i. Schematic, wiring and terminal Diagrams of marshalling box
SECTION 7.0
POWER COLLECTION SUB STATION / INVERTER CONTROL ROOM
7.1 The Contractor shall establish Power Collection Sub Stations (PCSS)/Inverter Control
Room (ICR) to collect the power generated from the PV modules. If required, Sub
Stations to combine a group of PCSS/ICR may also be considered.
7.2 The PCSS/ICR shall be of either Indoor or Outdoor system. The indoor type PCSS/ICR
shall consist of a Pre-Engineered Building (PEB) to accommodate the indoor equipment
as applicable for system requirement and design.
1) Indoor / Outdoor / Outdoor Containerized Central Inverter(s)
2) Outdoor type Oil cooled, (Multi Winding) Inverter Duty Transformer(s) including
NIFPS
3) Indoor / Outdoor, HT switch gear(s) with metering and protective relays
4) Indoor Battery Charger with Battery & DCDB
5) Indoor / Outdoor UPS
6) Indoor / Outdoor Auxiliary transformer & ACDB
7) RIO /CMU for SCADA
8) Fire Alarm System and Fire fighting Equipment.
9) Voice communication system.
10) Other Equipment as per the system requirement.
Detailed specifications of the above equipment are furnished in their respective
Sections.
7.3 The location of each PCSS/ICR shall be selected in such a way to minimise cable losses.
Each PCSS/ICR shall be capable for collecting power from the IDT at a minimum HT
voltage of 33KV and to transfer it to PSS of Solar Park through cables/lines. PCSS/ICR
shall be located in a suitable location and shall comprise of indoor/ Outdoor type metal
enclosed HT Switchgear with suitable control, Protection and metering.
7.4 The overall Layout of PCSS/ICR Indoor/Outdoor equipment along with sufficient and
statutorily required space allotted for each equipment shall be furnished for approval
by SPD, during detailed engineering based on the system requirements.
7.5 The oil cooled Inverter duty transformer (IDT) which steps up LT power to HT power
shall be an outdoor installation in a fenced area.
7.6 The HT Switchgear for PCSS/ICR shall be of Incoming & Outgoing configuration and
either Indoor Type Metal Enclosed HT switchboard with metering and protective relays
(or) Outdoor Type Metal Enclosed HT Switch gear with metering and protective relays.
7.7 All power, control and Communication cables shall be laid and dressed properly on
cable trays or in trenches as per the SPD Requirement. Proper Lightning Protection
System & Earthing System shall be incorporated as per Standards / Specification.
7.8 A suitable capacity of indoor 110 V DC System shall be provided for meeting the power
requirement of HT switchgears, Emergency lights, RTU’s, etc. The battery together with
the charger and DCDB shall be suitable to meet the DC load. The Positioning and
facilities required for the normal safe operation of Battery System shall be complied as
per the Battery Manufacturer's recommendation.
7.9 Each PCSS/ICR shall be provided with suitable capacity of indoor/outdoor (as
applicable) Industrial type UPS System for meeting the Main / Redundant power
requirement of applicable equipment. The Positioning and facilities required for the
normal safe operation of UPS Battery System shall be complied as per the Battery
Manufacturer's recommendation.
Further, the contractor is allowed to adapt either Battery Charger or UPS to supply the
power requirements of both Battery Charger and UPS loads as mentioned in clauses
7.8 & 7.9.
7.10 Auxiliary Power System at 415 V, 3 Phase, 50 HZ shall be provided in PCSS/ICR to power
up the auxiliary loads like, UPS, lighting, ventilation fans, Pumps and other system
loads.
7.11 RIOs / CMUs and other related devices shall be installed to handle inputs / Outputs &
interface between all the equipment and SCADA as per Architecture of SCADA.
7.12 Fire Alarm System, Fire fighting Equipment, Voice Communication gadgets, CCTV
devices and other equipment required as per System Design shall be suitably installed.
7.13 Drawings & Documents: During Detailed Engineering the following details of the PCSS
shall be submitted for approval by SPD/OEC.
1. PCSS/ICR Equipment Layout.
SECTION 8.0
CABLES & CABLING
8.1 Introduction:
8.1.1 This section intends to specify the technical requirements of the cables as identified
and their cabling procedures that are used in various schemes of the Solar Power plant
and the Standards that they have to conform as listed below.
AC Cables
HT AC Power cables - BIS 7098 (Part 2 and 3): Cross linked Polyethylene PVC
IDT to PSS sheathed cables.
Aux Trafo to PCSS BIS 8130: Conductors for Insulated Electric Cables and
PCSS to PSS Flexible Cords - Specification
BIS 5831: PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables
LV Power Cables- BIS 3975: Mild Steel Wires, Formed Wires and Tapes for
Inverter to IDT & Armouring of Cables
Other LV Power Cables - BIS 1255: Code of practice for Installation and
Auxiliary Supply system maintenance of power cables up to and including 33 kV
rating
BIS 8130: Conductors for Insulated Electric Cables and
Wiring Cables – Flexible Cords - Specification
BIS 694: PVC insulated unsheathed and sheathed
Small Power
cables/cords with rigid and flexible conductor for rated
voltages up to and including 450/750 V.
[Link] DC Cables:
1) The size of both solar EBC cable and DC power cables shall be finalized during
detailed engineering and the same shall be designed such that, the average
voltage drop calculated at conductor resistance corresponds to 750C in case of
Fixed Tilt arrangement/90 Deg C in case of Tracker arrangement, from the first
PV module to inverter should be less than 2%. Short circuit current for the cable
sizing shall be as per system requirement and fault clearing time shall be
considered for actual system fault clearing time.
2) Along with other standard markings on the outer sheath as per standards, SPD
marking shall be provided on regular 1 meter interval for both solar EBC cable
and DC power cable and both cables shall have (+) and (-) colour identification.
[Link] AC Cables:
1) AC Cables shall be designed such a way that voltage drop does not exceed 3%
between Inverter Output to delivery points, where Tariff Metering System is
installed at full load condition. Short circuit current for the cable sizing shall be as
per system parameters furnished in Section 2.0 and fault clearing time shall be
considered minimum 0.4 sec for cables from PCSS to PSS.
2) Manufacturer’s identification mark, SPD mark along with ISI certification mark
shall be printed on the outer sheath (at 1 meter interval of the cable), as
stipulated in latest BIS 7098 part 2.
[Link] Sizing and drop calculations:
The calculation of arriving at the sizing of cables considering the above requirements
shall be submitted during detailed Engineering for SPD approval.
[Link] Sampling during Factory Acceptance Test: Sample selection for final acceptance test
for Solar EBC cables shall be as per BIS 7098 P1: Cross inked Polyethylene Insulated
Thermoplastics Sheathed Cables - Specification. For other cables the criteria shall be as
per their respective standards and the same shall be incorporated in MQP to be
submitted for approval.
[Link] General Requirements: The clauses for Packing, installation procedures for cables at
site and the Equipment & Accessories for installation are furnished commonly at the
end of this Section and are valid for all the cables as applicable. All cables and
connectors to be used for installation of solar field must be of solar grade which can
withstand harsh environment conditions for 25 years and voltages as per latest IEC
standards.
8.2 DC CABLES
8.2.1 Solar EBC Cables and trenches:
[Link] DC cables (Electron Beam Cross linked) used for interconnecting PV modules, string to
Y connector and Y connector to string combiner and monitoring boxes (SCMB) shall be
suitable for 1.5KV DC system voltage, conforming to latest revision of EN 50618 and
generally indicated as Solar EBC Cables for service life expectancy of 25 years. The
cable shall have Tinned Copper Fine Stranded Wire Conductors (according to BS EN
60228, class 5) and cross-linked insulation and sheath, fulfilling all the requirements of
latest revision of EN 50618.
[Link] Type test, routine test, acceptance tests for the cables shall be, as per the standard
requirement. Type test certificate & report issued by NABL/ILAC accredited agency,
GTP, cable cross section drawing, sizing and voltage drop calculation, de-rating details,
cable schedule etc. shall be furnished during detailed engineering for approval by SPD.
[Link] Cables for inter connection of modules shall be fixed to non-moving module mounting
structure / column with adequate looping for allowing tilt of the module frame.
Bunching of cables and tying to module frame with cable ties shall be not adopted as
temperature rise of module frame tend to increase cable power loss and reduce cable
life.
[Link] All the connectors used for the connecting solar EBC cables including Inter connecting
PV modules, interconnecting rows, row interconnection to String Combiner &
Monitoring Boxes and Cable to Cable to connections shall be done through Connectors
/ Multi-way Connectors, rated for 1500 V, confirming to latest IEC 62852 (no cable joint
is allowed) and the certificate and report shall be submitted and all the connectors
used should be of same make and type.
[Link] Solar EBC Cables from Y connector to (SCMB) shall be laid in HDPE Pipe (as applicable)
of required thickness & diameter such that fill factor of the pipe should not be more
than 40%. Both ends of the pipe and pipe joints, if any, shall be packed properly with
suitable cable/Pipe sealing compounds / arrangements.
[Link] Procedure and depth of cable laying shall be as per BIS 1255 and details in this regard
in relevant drawings shall be furnished during detailed engineering for approval by
SPD.
8.2.2 DC power cables:
[Link] DC cables used for connecting String Combiner & Monitoring Boxes (SCMB) and
Inverters and generally indicated as DC power cable, shall be suitable for 1.5 KV DC
system voltage conforming to BIS:7098 P2 and shall have compacted, stranded
copper/aluminium conductors (H4 grade, conforming to BIS 8130), XLPE insulation
(conforming to BIS 7098 P2), galvanized steel strip armour (conforming to BIS 3975 &
the minimum area of coverage of armouring shall be 90%), ST2FRLSH PVC outer sheath
(conforming to BIS 5831).
[Link] Type test, routine test, acceptance tests requirements for the cables shall be as per the
requirements of latest edition of BIS:7098 P2 and type test certificate and report issued
by NABL/ILAC accredited agency, GTP, cable cross section drawing, sizing and voltage
drop calculation, derating details, cable schedule etc. shall be furnished during detailed
engineering.
8.3 AC CABLES
insulated of 1100 V Grade (unless otherwise specified) and complying to latest BIS:
7098-part I. However, below 10 Sq mm, all the other LV power cables shall have copper
conductor only and the minimum conductor size is 2.5 [Link].
[Link] Type test, routine test, acceptance tests requirements for the cables shall be as per the
requirements of latest edition of BIS BIS:7098 P1 and type test certificates and reports
issued by NABL/ILAC accredited agency (for all the cables with size 50 sq. mm and
above), GTP, cable cross section drawing, sizing and voltage drop calculation, derating
details, cable schedule etc. shall be furnished during detailed engineering for approval
by SPD.
[Link] All LT cables used in the project shall be as far as possible purchased from one
manufacturer only.
8.3.3 Cables for Wiring works:
[Link] The wiring cables/Insulated Wires, generally used for wiring for the Electrical Schemes
of the buildings such as Lighting, Ventilation/Heating, Air-conditioning, Power outlets
etc, shall be PVC/XLPE insulated single core, colour coded, stranded Copper conductor
rated for 450/750 V and conforming to BIS 694. The cable shall have FRLSH property
and shall have standard markings on outer surface at required interval, as per
standards. Details on cable size selection and wiring layout shall be furnished during
detailed engineering for SPD approval.
[Link] Conductor strands, diameter and resistance of the conductor shall be in conformity
with BIS: 8130. The stranded conductor shall be made of thin strands of electrolytic
copper not less than 0.25mm. The number of strands shall be suitable for the size of
the cable. However, the minimum number of strands shall be as follows:
[Link] All wiring for connecting various services shall be through Concealed /Open type PVC /
Steel conduits as applicable of reputed make and shall be decided during detailed
engineering.
8.3.4 Control Cables
[Link] Control cables shall be 1.1 kV grade, minimum 2.5 sq mm multi strand copper
conductor, PVC/XLPE insulated, multi core, PVC inner sheathed, armoured and overall
FRLSH PVC sheathed conforming to BIS: 1554. The control cables shall have a minimum
of 10% sparecores. The cable shall have standard markings on outer surface at required
interval, as per standards. Details on cable size selection shall be furnished during
detailed engineering.
[Link] The cables shall be suitable for laying on racks, in ducts, trenches, conduits and direct
buried installation.
[Link] Control cable design with drawings shall be submitted during detailed engineering for
SPD approval.
8.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
8.4.1 Packing of cables
[Link] Cables shall be supplied in non-returnable wooden or steel drums of heavy
construction and the surface of the drum and the outer most cable layer shall be
covered with water proof cover. Both the ends of the cables shall be properly sealed
with heat shrinkable PVC/ rubber caps secured by 'U' nails so as to eliminate ingress of
water during transportation, storage and erection.
[Link] Each drum shall carry manufacturer's name, purchaser's name, address and contract
number, item number and type, size and length of cable and net gross weight
stencilled on both sides of the drum. A tag containing same information shall be
attached to the leading end of the cable.
[Link] All cable wounded in drums shall be from manufacturer and unwound cables delivered
shall not be approved for installation.
8.4.2 Cable Installation
[Link] All the works pertaining to fabricating/providing cable ducting/conduit/direct
burial/tray arrangement/built up trenches and covering on trench, cross sectional
details of the said arrangement, drainage arrangement in built up trenches, duct banks,
pull-pits and, cable laying, depth of cable laying, terminations and sealing etc. of all the
cables (solar EBC, DC power cable, AC HT and LT power cables, wiring cables and
control cables) shall be carried out as per latest BIS 1255/IE rules/statutory
norms/relevant international standards.
[Link] Details on fabricating / providing cable ducting / conduit / direct burial / tray
arrangement / built up trenches and covering on trench, cross sectional details on of
the said arrangement, drainage arrangement in built up trenches, duct banks, pull-pits
and, cable laying, depth of cable laying, terminations and sealing etc. of all the cables
shall be furnished during detailed engineering.
8.4.3 Details of cabling equipment
[Link] Cable trays, Fittings &Accessories: Cable trays shall be ladder/perforated type and it
shall be ladder type for power & control cables and perforated for instrumentation
cables. Cable trays, fittings and accessories shall be fabricated out of rolled mild steel
sheets and hot dip galvanized as per relevant BIS. Cable trays shall have standard width
and lengths. Thickness of mild steel sheets used for fabrication of cable trays and
fittings shall be finalized during detailed engineering. Branching out cables from main
cable route shall be done through suitable Cable troughs and the same and shall be hot
dip galvanized as per relevant BIS.
[Link] Support System for Cable Trays: Cable tray support system shall be pre-fabricated type
and design details will be finalized during detailed engineering. The system shall be
designed such that it allows easy assembly at site by using bolting. All cable supporting
steel work, hardwares fittings and accessories shall be prefabricated factory
galvanized. All steel components, accessories, fittings and hardware shall be hot dip
galvanized.
[Link] PIPES, FITTINGS & ACCESSORIES: The size of the pipe shall be selected on the basis of
maximum 40% fill criteria. GI Pipes shall be of medium duty as per BIS:1239. Duct
banks shall be High Density PE pipes encased in PCC (10% spare of each size, subject to
minimum one) with suitable water-proof manholes. Hume pipes shall be NP3 type as
per BIS 458.
[Link] Terminations & Straight through Joints: Termination and jointing kits for 33/66kV and
3.3 kV grade XLPE insulated cables shall be of proven design and make which have
already been extensively used and type tested. Termination kits and jointing kits shall
be pre-moulded type, taped type or preferably heat shrinkable type. 33/66kV grade
joints and terminations shall be type tested as per BIS:13573 and 3.3kV grade joints
and terminations shall be type tested as per VDE0278. Critical components used in
cable accessories shall be of tested and proven quality as per relevant product
specification/ESI specification. Kit contents shall be supplied from the same source as
were used for type testing. The kit shall be complete with the aluminium solderless
crimping type cable lugs & ferrule as per DIN standard. Straight through joint and
termination shall be capable of withstanding the fault level for the system.
[Link] Cable glands: Cable shall be terminated using double compression type cable glands.
Cable glands shall conform to BS:6121 and be of robust construction capable of
clamping cable and cable armour (for armoured cables) firmly without injury to
insulation. Cable glands shall be made of heavy duty brass machine finished and nickel
chrome plated. Thickness of plating shall not be less than 10 microns. All washers and
hardware shall also be made of brass with nickel chrome plating Rubber components
shall be of neoprene or better synthetic material and of tested quality. Cable glands
shall be suitable for the sizes of cable supplied/erected.
[Link] Cable lugs/ferrules: Cable lugs/ferrules for power cables shall be tinned copper
solderless crimping type suitable for aluminium compacted conductor cables. Cable
lugs and ferrules for control cables shall be tinned copper type. The cable lugs for
control cables shall be provided with insulating sleeve and shall suit the type of
terminals provided on the equipment. Cable lugs and ferrule shall conform to relevant
standard.
[Link] Trefoil clamps: Trefoil clamps for single core cables shall be pressure die cast
aluminum or Fiber glass or nylon and shall include necessary fixing accessories like G.I.
nuts, bolts, washers, etc. Trefoil clamps shall have adequate mechanical strength to
withstand the forces generated by the peak value of maximum system short circuit
current.
[Link] Cable Clamps & Straps: The cable clamps required to clamp multicore cables on
vertical run shall be made up of Aluminium strip of 25x3 mm size. For clamping the
multicore cables, self-locking, de-interlocking type nylon clamps/straps shall be used.
The clamps/straps shall have sufficient strength and shall not get affected by direct
exposure to sun rays and outdoor environment.
[Link] Galvanizing: Galvanizing of steel components and accessories shall conform to
BIS:2629, IS4759 &BIS:2633. Galvanizing shall be uniform, clean smooth, continuous
and free from acid spots. The amount of zinc deposit over threaded portion of bolts,
nuts, screws and washers shall be as per BIS:1367. The removal of extra zinc on
threaded portion of components shall be carefully done to ensure that the threads
shall have the required zinc coating on them as specified.
[Link] Welding: The welding shall be carried out in accordance with BIS:9595. All welding
procedures and welders qualification shall also be followed strictly in line with
BIS:9595.
8.5 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS OF CABLES:
8.5.1 Cable tray and Support System Installation
[Link] Cables shall run in cable trays mounted horizontally or vertically on cable tray support
system which in turn shall be supported from floor, ceiling, overhead structures,
trestles, pipe racks, trenches or other building structures.
[Link] Horizontally running cable trays shall be clamped by bolting to cantilever arms and
vertically running cable trays shall be bolted to main support channel by suitable
bracket/clamps on both top and bottom side rails at an interval of 2000 mm in general.
For vertical cable risers/shafts cable trays shall be supported at an interval of 1000mm
in general. Fixing of cable trays to cantilever arms or main support channel by welding
shall not be accepted. Cable tray installation shall generally be carried out as per the
approved guidelines/ drawings. Contractor shall design the support system along with
tray, spacing etc in line with relevant standard.
[Link] The cantilever arms shall be positioned on the main support channel with a minimum
vertical spacing of 300 mm unless otherwise indicated. The Contractor shall fix the
brackets/ clamps/ insert plates using anchor fasteners. Minimum size of anchor
fasteners shall be M 8 X 50 and material shall be stainless steel grade 316 or better.
Anchor fastener shall be fixed as recommended by manufacturer and as approved by
site engineer. For brick wall suitable anchor fasteners shall be used as per the
recommendations of manufacturer. Make of anchor fasteners subject to QA approval.
[Link] All cable way sections shall have identification, designations as per cable way layout
drawings and painted/stenciled at each end of cable way and where there is a branch
connection to another cable way.
[Link] In certain cases, it may be necessary to site fabricate portions of trays, supports and
other nonstandard bends where the normal prefabricated trays, supports and
accessories may not be suitable. Fabricated sections of trays, supports and accessories
to make the installation complete at site shall be neat in appearance and shall match
with the prefabricated sections in the dimensions. They shall be applied with one coat
of red lead primer, one coat of oil primer followed by two finishing coats of aluminium
paint.
8.5.2 Conduits/Pipes/Ducts Installation
[Link] The Contractor shall ensure for properly embedding conduit pipe sleeves wherever
necessary for cabling work. All openings in the floor/ roof/ wall/ cable tunnel/ cable
trenches made for conduit installation shall be sealed and made water proof by the
Contractor either with any proven fire sealing system rated for one hour or Modular
multi-diameter cable sealing system consisting of frames, blocks, Compression wedge
and its accessories. The Cable sealing system should have been tested for fire
insulation for min. 1 hr as per BS 476 and shall also provide water sealing. System shall
be anti- rodent and anti- termite.
[Link] GI pull wire of adequate size shall be laid in all conduits before installation. Metallic
conduit runs at termination shall have two lock nuts wherever required for junction
boxes etc. Conduit runs/sleeves shall be provided with PVC bushings having round
edge at each end. All conduits/pipes shall have their ends closed by caps until cables
are pulled. After cables are pulled, the ends of conduits/pipes shall be sealed with
Glass wool/Cement Mortar/Putty to prevent entrance of moisture and foreign
material.
[Link] Exposed conduit/pipe shall be adequately supported by racks, clamps, straps or by
other approved means. Conduits /pipe support shall be installed square and true to
line and grade with required average spacing between the supports shall be provided.
[Link] For bending of conduits, bending machine shall be arranged at site by the Contractor to
facilitate cold bending. The bends formed shall be smooth.
8.5.3 Junction Boxes Installation
[Link] Junction boxes shall be mounted at a height of 1200mm above floor level or as
specified in the drawings and shall be adequately supported/mounted on masonry wall
by means of anchor fasteners/ expandable bolts or shall be mounted on an angle, plate
or other structural supports fixed to floor, wall, ceiling or equipment foundations.
8.5.4 Cable laying
[Link] For Cable unloading, pulling etc. following guidelines shall be followed in general:
[Link] Cable drums shall be unloaded, handled and stored in an approved manner on hard
and well drained surface so that they may not sink. In no case shall be drum be stored
flat i.e., with flange horizontal. Rolling of drums shall be avoided as far as possible. For
short distances, the drums may be rolled provided they are rolled slowly and in proper
direction as marked on the drum. In absence of any indication, the drums may be
rolled in the same direction as it was rolled during taking up the cables. For unreeling
the cable, the drum shall be mounted on suitable jacks or on cable wheels and shall be
rolled slowly so that cable comes out over the drum and not from below. All possible
care shall be taken during unreeling and laying to avoid damage due to twist, kink or
sharp bends. Cable ends shall be provided with sealed plastic caps to prevent damage
and ingress of moisture.
[Link] While laying cable, ground rollers shall be used at every 2 meters interval to avoid
cable touching ground. The cables shall be pushed over the rollers by a gang of people
positioned in between the rollers. Cables shall not be pulled from the end without
having intermediate pushing arrangements. Pulling tension shall not exceed the values
recommended by cable manufacturer. Selection of cable drums for each run shall be so
planned so as to avoid using straight through joints. Care should be taken while laying
the cables so as to avoid damage to cables. If any particular cable is damaged, the
same shall be repaired or changed to the satisfaction of Project Manager. Cables shall
be laid on cable trays strictly in line with cable schedule.
[Link] Power and control cables shall be laid on separate tiers in line with approved
guidelines/ drawings. The laying of different voltage grade cables shall be on different
tiers according to the voltage grade of the cables. In horizontal tray stacks, H.T. cables
shall be laid on topmost tier and cables of subsequent lower voltage grades on lower
tiers of trays. Single core cable in trefoil formation shall be laid with a distance as per
design calculations between trefoil center lines and clamped at every two meters. All
multi core cables shall be laid in formation, as per design calculations. Power and
control cables shall be securely fixed to trays/support with self-locking type nylon cable
straps with de-interlocking facilities. For horizontal trays arrangements, multi core
power cables and control cables shall be secured at every five-meter interval. For
vertical tray arrangement, individual multi core power cables and control cables shall
be secured at every one meter by nylon cable strap. After completion of cable laying
work in the particular vertical tray, all the control cables shall be bound to
trays/supports by aluminium strips at every five-meter interval and at every bend.
[Link] Bending radii for cables shall be as per manufacturer's recommendations and BIS:
1255.
[Link] Where cables cross roads/rail tracks, the cables shall be laid in Hume pipe.
[Link] Joints in critical equipment in main plant area shall not be permitted. No joints shall be
allowed in trip circuits, protection circuits and CT/PT circuits. The Contractor shall
identify and accordingly procure the cable drum length.
[Link] In each cable run some extra length shall be kept at suitable point to enable one
LT/two HT straight through joints to made, should the cable develop fault at a later
stage. Control cable termination inside equipment enclosure shall have sufficient
lengths so that shifting of termination in terminal blocks can be done without requiring
any splicing.
[Link] Wherever few cables are branching out from main trunk route troughs shall be used.
[Link] Wind loading shall be considered for designing support as well Cable trays wherever
required.
[Link] The installation work shall be carried out in a neat workman like manner & areas of
work shall be cleaned of all scraps, water, etc. after the completion of work in each
area every day. Contractor shall replace RCC/Steel trench covers after the Installation
work in that particular area is completed or when further work is not likely to be taken
up for some time.
[Link] Separation of cable types between HT power & LT power cables, LT power & LT
control/instrumentation cables as stipulated in the BIS 1255.
[Link] In direct burial, construction of cable trench for cables shall include excavation,
preparation of sieved sand bedding, riddled soil cover, supply and installation of brick
or concrete protective covers, back filling and compacting, supply and installation of
caution tapes, route markers and joint markers. Laying of cables and providing
protective covering shall be as per BIS:1255. While crossing the floors, un-armored
cables shall be protected in conduits up to a height of 500 mm from floor level if not
laid in tray.
[Link] RCC cable route and RCC joint markers shall be provided wherever required. The
voltage grade of the higher voltage cables in route shall be engraved on the marker.
Location of underground cable joints shall be indicated with cable marker with an
additional inscription "Cable Joint". The marker shall project 150 mm above ground
and shall be spaced at an interval of 30 meters and at every change in direction. They
shall be located on both sides of road crossings and drain crossings. Top of cable
marker/joint marker shall be sloped to avoid accumulation of water/dust on marker.
[Link] Cable tags shall be provided on all cables at each end (just before entering the
equipment enclosure), on both sides of a wall or floor crossing, on each duct/conduit
entry, and at every 20 meters in cable tray/trench runs. Cable tags shall also be
provided inside the switchgear, control and relay panels etc. where a number of cables
enter together through a gland plate. Cable tag shall be of rectangular shape for power
cables and control cables. Cable tag shall be of 2 mm thick aluminum or of a suitable
material with number punched /engraved/Printed on it and securely attached to the
cable by not less than two turns of 20 SWG GI wire conforming to BIS:280.
Alternatively, the Contractor may also provide cable tags made of nylon, cable marking
ties with cable number heat stamped on the cable tags.
8.5.5 Cable Terminations & Connections
[Link] The termination and connection of cables shall be done strictly in accordance with
cable termination kit manufacturer'' instructions, drawings and/or as directed by
Project Engineer. Cable jointer shall be qualified to carryout satisfactory cable
jointing/termination. Contractor shall furnish for review documentary
evidence/experience reports of the jointers to be deployed at site.
[Link] All the Works of Cable Terminations & Connections shall include all clamps, fittings etc.
and clamping, fitting, fixing, plumbing, soldering, drilling, cutting, taping, preparation of
cable end, crimping of lug, insulated sleeving over control cable lugs, heat shrinking
(where applicable), connecting to cable terminal, shorting and grounding as required to
complete the job to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. All cable terminations shall
be appropriately tightened to ensure secure and reliable connections.
[Link] The equipment will be generally provided with undrilled gland plates for cables
/conduit entry. The Contractor shall be responsible for punching of gland plates,
painting and touching up. Holes shall not be made by gas cutting. The holes shall be
true in shape. All cable entry points shall be sealed and made vermin and dust proof.
Unused openings shall be effectively sealed by 2mm thick aluminium sheets / Stopper.
[Link] Control cable cores entering control panel/switchgear/MCC/miscellaneous panels shall
be neatly bunched, clamped and tied with self-locking type nylon cable ties with de
interlocking facility to keep them in position.
[Link] All the cores of the control cable to be terminated shall have identification by providing
ferrules at either end of the core, each ferrule shall be indelible, printed single tube
ferrule and shall include the complete wire number and TB number as per the
drawings. The ferrule shall fit tightly on the core. Spare cores shall have similar ferrules
with suffix sp1, sp2 etc. along with cable numbers and coiled up after end sealing.
8.6 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS: During Detailed Engineering the drawings &
Documents for the following Cables shall be submitted for Approval by SPD.
1. DC Solar EBC Cables
2. DC Power Cables
3. AC LV Cables - Inverter Power, Aux Power & Control Cables
4. AC 33 KV Cables
All the Cable documents shall cover the following details individually.
a) Sizing & drop calculation
b) GTP, GA, Vendor Documents, de-rating factor Test certificates and reports
as applicable.
c) Cable schedule with loss calculation
d) Cable routing/laying/tray arrangements
e) MQP
SECTION 9.0
POWER EXPORT SUB STATION /MAIN CONTROL ROOM (MCR)
9.1 PESS/MCR shall be located in a suitable location and shall comprise of Equipment for
SCADA, Operator Work Stations, UPS for Auxiliary AC control power equipment with
redundancy, communication system, fire alarm panel, Office, Stores, Pantry and Wash
rooms etc. The Auxiliary Power Supply System for PESS/MCR shall have 100% capacity
source from Auxiliary Transformer of 33 /0.44 kV required rating, considering the loads
at 0.8 pf. The Auxiliary Power Supply System shall have another 100% capacity source
from another Auxiliary Transformer or from the nearest PCSS/Power Collection Block
and the same shall be decided during detailed engineering.
9.2 The Power Export Sub Station (PESS)/MCR shall consist of the following equipment (as
applicable).
1. A conventional concrete Building to accommodate the indoor equipment & other
space for office / Store etc.
2. Cables, Conductors, Earthing & Lightning Protection Systems.
3. UPS.
4. 33 /0.44 KV Auxiliary transformer & 415 V ACDB, Lighting System.
5. SCADA and Work Stations.
6. Fire Alarm System and Fire fighting Equipment.
7. Data and communication facilities.
8. Other Equipment as per the system requirement.
Detailed specifications of the above equipment are furnished in their respective
Sections.
9.3 The PESS/MCR building shall be built as per section 21.0
9.4 All control and Communication cables shall be laid and dressed properly on cable trays
or in trenches. Proper Lightning Protection System & Earthing System shall be
incorporated as per Standards / Specification.
9.5 PESS/MCR shall be ventilated with adequate number of exhaust fans mounted on wall
openings provided with louvers and insect proof screen. Exhaust Fans shall be of
industrial type of suitable air flow capacity and installed in sufficient numbers. Exhaust
fans shall also be provided in the toilets.
9.6 PESS/MCR office room, SCADA and AC store room shall be equipped with adequately
rated energy efficient (minimum 3 star as per BEE standards) split type air conditioning
system.
9.7 Auxiliary Power System at 415 V, 3 Phase, 50 HZ shall be provided in PESS /MCR to
power up the auxiliary loads like UPS, lighting, ventilation fans, Pumps and other
system loads.
9.8 Fire Alarm System, Fire fighting Equipment, Voice Communication gadgets, CCTV
System devises and displays and other equipment required as per System Design shall
be suitably installed.
9.9 Drawings & Documents: During Detailed Engineering the following details of the
PESS/MCR shall be submitted for approval by SPD.
1. PESS/MCR Equipment Layout.
SECTION 10.0
HT SWITCH-GEAR
10.1. General Requirements
The requirements of HT Switch-gear for PCSS & PESS as applicable in their respective
sections of 7.0 & 9.0 are furnished in this section.
PESS - Option 1 (Indoor Switch Board) OR Option 2 (Outdoor Switch Yard).
PCSS - Option 1 (Indoor Switch Board) OR Option 2 (Outdoor switchgear panel).
Contractor shall comply to the specific requirements of the optioned switch-gear.
10.2.1. Standards and Construction Features: The HT, switch-gear ICOG panels shall conform
to BIS 12729 and BIS 13118 for all essential features of design, construction and
testing. The board shall be factory assembled and wired, totally enclosed, dead front,
draw out type, fully interlocked and compartmental design. Enclosure shall be
constructed with rolled steel sections. The doors and covers shall be constructed from
cold rolled steel sheets of minimum 2.0 mm and load bearing member shall be
minimum 2.5 mm or higher thickness. Gland plates shall be minimum 3 mm thick made
out of hot rolled or cold rolled steel sheets and for non-magnetic material it shall be
minimum 4 mm.
10.2.2. The switch-gear must provide a maximum degree of personal safety and operational
security for the operators and others in the vicinity of the switch-gear under all
operating and fault conditions.
10.2.3. Internal Arc Fault: To fulfill the high safety requirement for personnel, the switch-gear
insulation must be designed to provide the best possible protection in the event of an
arc fault. To ensure this condition, all compartments of the switch-gear shall satisfy the
requirements ofIEC 62271-200. The products of the arc shall not transport from one
compartment to another. There must be no danger to any person standing near the
switch-gear, caused by the venting of hot gases or the scattering of other products of
the arc.
10.2.4. Bus Bars: The bus bars shall be of electrolytic grade copper with Tin/Silver plated, air
insulated and housed in a separate metal clad chamber at the top. The bus bars shall
be provided with insulation sleeving rated for full system voltage. Electrical clearances
between live parts and between live part and earth shall be as per type test report
submitted during detailed engineering. The cross section of bus bars shall be adequate
to limit the temperature rise to 450C over ambient of 500C while carrying rated current.
10.2.5. Cable Compartment: The cable compartment shall be located at the bottom and shall
be accessible through bolted cover plates at the rear. The current transformers, Surge
arresters and Line PTs as applicable may also be located in the cable compartment.
10.2.6. The circuit breaker compartment: The Circuit Breaker Compartment of the
switchboard shall have a fixed and a moving portion, fixed portion being part of the
switchboard. The moving portion shall contain the circuit breaker of horizontal draw
out design mounted on a truck. The circuit breaker compartment shall have a front
hinged door after opening of which the circuit breaker shall be accessible.
10.2.7. The design of the board shall permit the moving portions to be withdrawn and provide
for isolation of the main contacts by means of plug and socket connections. Automatic
safety shutters shall be provided over the isolating contacts in the stationary portion
and shall be so designed as to close firmly over the contacts when the circuit breaker is
in drawn out position. The draw out mechanism of the circuit breaker shall have
Service, Test and Isolated positions with suitably interlocked Secondary plug socket for
Connection/Disconnection of other than the Main Power Contacts.
10.2.8. Interlocks for CB Draw out Mechanism:
In the design of the switch-gear, the following positive inter-locking shall be provided:
1) Interlock to prevent movement of truck to “Service” position without engaging
secondary plug socket connections.
2) Interlock to prevent disconnection of secondary plug socket connection in
“Service” position.
3) Interlock to prevent withdrawal of truck past “Isolated” position without
disconnecting secondary plug socket connection.
4) Interlock to prevent switching ON of breaker unless truck is properly engaged in
“Service” or “Isolated” positions.
5) Interlock to prevent movement of truck from "Service" to “Test” position, while
the Breaker is on.
6) Interlock to ensure that the breaker truck is in “Isolated” position before closing
the integral earth switch if provided.
7) Interlock to prevent insertion of truck to “Service” position with earth switch
“ON”.
8) Interlock to prevent opening of cubicle door with the breaker “ON” while in
“Service” position.
9) The movement of the Breaker Truck shall be possible to any of the three
positions “Service”, "Test" and “Isolated” with compartment door closed.
10) Interlock to prevent opening of cable chamber door while cables are in charged
condition / while the respective Breaker is in service position.
11) Front door shall be interlocked with the breaker such that the door cannot be
opened with the circuit breaker in service position or can the circuit breaker
inserted into the service position with door open. It shall be possible to defeat
the interlock with use of tools if this becomes necessary.
10.2.9. Bus & Line Earth Provisions: The HT switchboard shall be provided with earthing truck
or earthing switch with safety interlock features for bus earthing and outgoing cable
earthing. The earthing switch / truck shall be interlocked with the circuit breaker so
that it can be closed only when the circuit breaker is racked out to isolated position.
The interlock shall also ensure that the cable side or bus side is dead before earth
switch is closed through voltage metering facility, audio visual alarm and holding
solenoid. A copper earth bus shall be provided at the bottom of the switchboard
throughout its length.
10.2.10. Labels: The switchboard, devices and terminal blocks shall be provided with legibly
engraved inscription plates for identification. The switchboard shall be provided with
caution notice boards conforming to BIS 2551 in the front and rear.
10.2.11. The technical particulars of the switch board shall be as follows:
1. Nominal system voltage : As per system requirement
2. Highest system voltage : As per system requirement
3. Phase : 3
4. System frequency : 50 Hz
5. System Earthing : Solidly Earthed
6. Type of circuit breaker : Vacuum / SF6
7. Continuous rating of CB in enclosure : 120% of load current
8. Continuous current rating of bus bar : 120% of load current
9. Short circuit interrupting capacity of CB : As per system parameters
requirement.
10. Power frequency withstand voltage for one : As per BIS/IEC
minute
11. Impulse withstand voltage (as per : As per BIS/IEC
standards)
12. Degree of protection of enclosure : IP 4X
(Minimum)
13. Terminal arrangement: Suitable for terminating XLPE insulated, Al conductor,
Armoured, HT grade cable(s). Copper termination strip of adequate size
suitable for terminating aluminium cables through bimetallic lugs as applicable
shall be provided. The height from gland Plate to the termination point shall be
minimum 750 mm or as per the recommendation of the OEM of indoor cable
termination kit.
14. HT Panel shall be “Loss of Service Continuity (LSC2B)” category and shall
withstand rated short time withstand current.
10.2.12. Technical particulars of HT Circuit Breaker: The circuit breaker shall be rated for
continuous 120% of load current and short circuit rating required shall be as per
system requirement and fully interlocked horizontal draw out design. The circuit
breaker shall be of vacuum/ SF6 design. The circuit breaker shall have motorized spring
charged closing mechanism of trip free design with provision for manual closing,
manual tripping and mechanical ON/OFF indicators and mechanical Spring Charging
Status indicators.
The circuit breaker shall be of tested and proven design and the Contractor shall
furnish type test certificates for short circuit making and breaking capacities, electrical
and mechanical endurance tests and power frequency and impulse voltage withstand
tests for the circuit breaker panel. The circuit breakers and accessories shall conform to
IEC- 62271-100 or equivalent Indian Standard.
The duty requirement of the Circuit breaker shall be Minimum E1 (Electrical
Endurance) and M2 (Mechanical Endurance) class under all duty conditions and shall
be capable of performing their duties. The circuit breaker shall meet the duty
requirement of any type of fault or fault location and shall be suitable for line charging
and dropping when used on effectively grounded or ungrounded systems and perform
make and break operations as per the stipulated duty cycles satisfactorily.
The circuit breaker shall be capable for breaking the steady & transient magnetizing
current corresponding to connected transformers. It shall also be capable of breaking
line charging currents as per IEC- 62271-100 with a voltage factor of 1.4. The rated
transient recovery voltage for terminal fault and short line faults shall be as per IEC:
62271-100.
The total break time of the breaker shall not exceed under any duty conditions
specified such as with the combined variation of the trip coil voltage etc. All the duty
requirements shall be provided with the support of adequate test reports.
Operating Mechanism - Circuit Breaker shall be electrically operated with the aid of
spring charging / discharging mechanism. The operating mechanism shall be electrically
operated during normal conditions and could be mechanically operated as and when
necessary with anti-pumping and trip free (as per IEC definition) under every method
of closing. The mechanism of the breaker shall be such that the position of the breaker
is maintained even after the failure in vacuum. The circuit breaker shall be able to
perform the duty cycle without any interruption. Electrical tripping shall be performed
by shunt trip coil.
Provision shall also be made for local electrical control. “Local / remote” selector
switch and close & trip push buttons shall be provided in the breaker control cabinet.
Operating mechanism and all accessories shall be in control cabinet.
The status of the circuit Breaker like ON/OFF, Service/Test/Isolated, Spring Charging,
Local Remote, E/S, Secondary Plug, control / trip circuit healthiness, are to be suitably
interfaced with SCADA system.
10.2.13. Current transformer: Required sets of current transformers on the incoming and
outgoing feeders as per BIS-2705, each having two secondary cores of ratios as per
system requirement. The primary and secondary current limits and other technical
parameters of the CTs shall be compatible with the protection relays.
10.2.14. Potential transformer: One set of PT as per BIS-3156, having two secondary cores of
ratios and class of accuracy as per system requirement shall be provided for Bus-
Sections (Bus PT) and outgoing grid feeders (Line PT). The Line PT shall be connected
on the outgoing end and shall have fuse protection. Bus PT shall be accommodated in a
separate compartment.
10.2.15. Instruments and meters: Electronic Multi-Function Meter (MFM) to read current,
voltage, kW, kVA, kVAr, kWh, power factor, frequency etc., in the incoming and
outgoing feeders shall be provided at PCSS and shall be suitably interfaced with SCADA
system.
10.2.16. Protective relays: Microprocessor based numeric protection relays for multi
characteristic inverse minimum time/current type over current and earth fault
protection with numerical display of setting values, measured values, memorized fault
values and software self-supervision with auto diagnosis. The relays shall have
communication port for hooking up to SCADA at PESS. The protection relays shall have
the data transfer interface conforming to the standards. The protection relays shall be
provided with non-volatile memory for preserving important data during auxiliary
supply breaks.
One set of trip circuit supervision relay and one set of high-speed trip relay shall also be
provided.
10.2.17. Internal wiring: The internal wires to be used shall be 1100 V grade PVC insulated
stranded flexible copper and the minimum Size of the wires shall be as follows:
CT & PT circuit: 2.5 sq. mm
Main AC & DC circuit: 4.0 sq. mm
Other circuit: 1.5 sq. mm.
10.2.18. Other devices: Requisite number of LED type indication lamps, breaker control
switches, HRC fuses and other devices shall be part of the switchgear. All instruments
and meters shall be of robust design, vibration proof and suitable for flush mounting
on vertical panels. Control and trip power supply for the HT switch-gear shall be
derived from 110 V DC. 230V AC supply from station UPS shall be used to monitor the
availability of trip supply at all times and to annunciate to SCADA during failure of DC.
In case UPS AC supply is considered for auxiliary control and protection supply for
switchgear of PCSS, then suitably rated AC/DC converter/power pack shall be used to
meet the DC control supply requirement of switchgear panels.
10.2.19. Type Test Reports and Quality assurance: Type test, routine test and acceptance tests
for the Switch gear Panel shall be, as per the standard requirement.
Contractor shall submit the following type test reports and Certificates issued by
NABL/ILAC accredited agency for HT Breaker (Sl. No 1 to 6) in line with IEC 62271-
100and for Switch board (Sl. No 7 to 9)in line with IEC 62271-200 during detailed
Engineering.
1. Short circuit making and breaking currents.
2. Peak withstand current and short time current.
3. Lightning Impulse voltage withstand.
4. Operation Duty tests.
5. Electrical Endurance (E1).
6. Mechanical Endurance(M2).
7. Internal arc test.
8. Temperature Rise.
9. Ingress Protection.
10. Small inductive breaking current, as applicable.
Any other type test certificate(s) mandated in the BIS also shall be furnished
andthe same shall be finalised during detailed engineering.
In addition to the above, all the type test certificates and factory test reports for the
accessories (CT, PT, Meter&Relay) and bought out items shall also be submitted for
SPD approval during detailed engineering.
10.3. Option 2 - Outdoor Switch Yard with outdoor Vacuum/SF6Circuit Breakers: Please
refer Section 20 of this specification for the detailed specification of the HT outdoor
Switch yard for PESS as an option.
10.4. In PCSS, Outdoor HT switchgear panel can be offered for ICOG configuration. The
outdoor switchgear shall have minimum IP 55 or better protection with painting and
shed as per industrial practice. The bidder shall submit the relevant details of the
switchgear including the datasheets, drawings and applicable type test reports during
the detailed engineering for SPD's approval. Internal Arc requirement for metal
enclosed outdoor HT switchgear shall be same as indoor type switchgear.
10.5. Drawings and Documents:
1. HT Switch Board/Switch Gear - GTP, GA, Vendor documents, Schematic Diagram
and Type Test Reports for CB &Enclosure.
2. HT Switch Board/Switch Gear - GTP, GA, Vendor documents and Type Test Reports
for Accessories.
3. HT Outdoor Switchyard Equipment (CB, CT, PT, SA, ABS)- GTP, GA, Vendor
documents, Schematic Diagram and Type Test Reports.
4. HT Switch Board/Switch Gear with Accessories - MQP
5. HT Outdoor Switchyard Equipment - MQP
SECTION 11.0
EARTHING
11.2. AC Earthing System for PCSS, PESS, & Extension Bay at Delivery Points
11.2.1. AC earthing system for PCSS and PESS shall be made with an earth mat connected with
number of earth pits uniformly distributed around each PCSS and PESS respectively.
The earthing system design calculations shall conform to latest CEA regulations for
electrical safety- with amendments and Indian Electricity Rules / Indian Electricity Act.
The design shall ensure that the touch potential and ground potential rise are within
limits in accordance with the requirements stipulated in IEEE 80-Guide for Safety in AC
Substation Grounding. For touch and step potential calculations at PCSS and PESS, the
actual system fault level arrived through an appropriate software based analysis (E.g.,
E-Tap), shall also be considered. AC System fault level shall be considered as per
System Requirement and fault duration shall be considered as per BIS 3043for
designing earth conductors and 0.5 sec duration for calculating AC earthing touch and
step potential. The earthing system shall also conform to BIS 3043. The Contractor shall
ensure adequate Earthing system protection to provide an acceptable degree of
protection as per BIS for each PCSS. If necessary, more numbers of Earth pits&
conductors shall be provided to achieve acceptable value of the earthing resistance.
Theoretical earthing design calculations with necessary drawings shall be submitted for
SPD approval during detailed Engineering.
11.2.2. Each earth pit shall be provided with an earth electrode of 3 M length copper bonded
steel rod of diameter not less than 14 mm including accessories and masonry enclosure
with cover plate as per BIS 3043. The pit around the electrode shall be treated with
carbon-based earth enhancement compound as required as per provisions of BIS 3043.
Requirements for earthing enhancing compounds shall conform to IEC 62561-7. The
minimum quantity of earth enhancement compound to be used with each earth-pit
shall be 25 Kg. Necessary provision shall be made for bolted isolating joints of each
earthing pit for periodic checking of earth resistance. For each earth pit, necessary Test
Point shall be provided.
11.2.3. Galvanized steel shall be considered for earth conductors. Earth mat conductors shall
be laid at a depth of minimum 600 mm below the ground level. The risers and
equipment connections shall be made by using suitably sized GI flats. All cable trays
are to be earthed by suitably sized GI flats at regular interval of 25 meters to the
earthing grid or nearest earthing pit.
11.2.4. The complete earthing system shall be mechanically & electrically connected to
provide independent return to earth. In compliance to Rule 33 and 61 of Indian
Electricity Rules, 1956 (as amended up to date), all non-current carrying metal parts
shall be earthed with two separate and distinct earth continuity conductors to an
efficient earth electrode.
11.2.5. Earth resistance of the earth pits shall be tested in the presence of the representative
of SPD.
11.2.6. For Earthing of electronic equipment such as SCADA, UPS, Communication System Etc.
Contractor shall follow the OEM's recommendation to provide dedicated earth pit/s
near the equipment as applicable.
11.3. DRAWING & DOCUMENTS:
During Detailed Engineering the following particulars of the "Earthing System" shall be
submitted for approval by SPD
1. DC Earthing for PV Array - Design calculation with Touch & Step potential
Verification and GA Layout.
2. AC Earthing for PESS/MCR and PCSS - Design calculation with Touch & Step
potential Verification and GA Layout.
SECTION 12.0
SCADA & VOICE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
12.1 Introduction: The Solar PV power plant shall be provided with a comprehensive
control automation system which shall acquire all data, store, analyze and control the
operation of various equipment and systems of Solar PV Power Plant such that
minimal operator interaction is needed. For this purpose, a Supervisory Control and
Data Acquisition (SCADA) system with Operator Work stations shall be provided in the
Control Room at PESS /MCR building.
12.2 The Control Automation system shall be configured with three levels of pecking order.
12.2.1 Level 1: PV Module String Level Monitoring: All the PV Module strings shall be
monitored through their respective String Monitoring Units provided in the String
Combiner & Monitoring Boxes (SCMB). Refer Section 4.0 String combiner &
Monitoring Box for interfacing of SMUs with the SCADA. SMBs at inverter level shall
be connected in a ring network.
12.2.2 Level 2: PCSS Equipment Control & Monitoring: The following equipment / Sub
Systems at PCSS shall be connected to the suitably designed Remote I/O Units (RIO)
or Control and Monitoring units (CMU) for effective automatic control and monitoring
from SCADA.
1. The Group of SCMBs
2. Inverters
3. Inverter Duty Transformer
4. NIFS
5. HT Switchgear System
6. Evacuation System and its related Equipment
7. Point of connection and its related Equipment and Tariff Metering System
8. 415 V Auxiliary Power system
9. UPS System
10. Fire alarm system
11. CCTV Surveillance System as applicable.
All the RIO/CMU of respective PCSS shall be connected with each other in a redundant
(2 sets of connections) Optic Fiber Ring network and the ends of such rings shall be
connected to the Central Processing Unit (CPU) at PESS.
12.2.3 Level 3: PESS/MCR Equipment Control & Monitoring: The following equipment / Sub
Systems at PESS/MCR shall be connected to the Redundant Central Processing Unit
(CPU) with suitable interfacing devices for effective automatic control and monitoring
from SCADA.
1. The Ring Ends of Level 2 RIOs/CMUs
12.6.2 The SCADA system shall be designed on reliable operating platform and time-tested
software featuring control & Monitoring of Solar PV inverter, HT Switchgear System,
Monitoring of PV module Strings, insolation level and weather, DC & AC switch gears,
UPS power systems & battery, lighting system, security, alerts, analytical reporting,
auditing and data archiving functions etc.
12.6.3 SCADA shall be capable of providing different on-screen dashboards for overall / zone
of the plant, combiner box monitoring, weather station parameters, DC / AC SLD,
Trend Charts, Alarm / Alert listing, Audit Reports, Equipment parameters,
communication link monitoring, GIS based plant view with dynamic change key
performance indices and operating parameters, etc. All Numerical relay functions
shall be programmable from SCADA.
12.6.4 Minimum of three operating stations with servers is envisaged for the SCADA system.
Personal computer (PC) with monitor and key board shall serve as servers. One server
shall be Operating Station with data storage, second server shall serve as back up data
storage as well as Operating Station cum Engineering Station and the third server
shall be web connected to act as Web Station with web data storage. SCADA software
shall be OPC compliant with standard DNP3 and modbus control interfaces over TCP/
IP having the provision to add protocol converters to implement custom and secure
communications protocol standard for providing real time online data (including but
not limited to irradiance, plant generation (instantaneous/ daily/ monthly/ yearly),
Daily Peak Generation, temperature, wind speed etc.).
12.6.5 Earthing requirements of SCADA system shall be maintained as per OEM
recommendation. System earth pit shall be isolated from panel earth pit.
12.6.6 The proposed SCADA configuration, equipment details, software features, on screen
dashboards and other operational highlights shall be clearly furnished by the EPC.
Necessary design documents and drawings of SCADA including Plant Monitoring Desk
shall be submitted for approval by SPD during detailed engineering.
12.6.7 Each Operating station PCs shall be of reputed make, rugged & robust in nature to
operate in a hostile environment. Each PC shall have minimum Intel Core i7 processor
having 500 GB SSD and1 TB HDD with 8 GB RAM. The PC shall also have 21" or higher
preferably high-Resolution Backlit LED Color monitor, DVD Drive with Writer, USB
ports, Keyboard &Scroll Mouse. The PCs shall be preloaded with suitable Licensed
Operating System and Licensed MS office.
12.6.8 The printer shall be A4 colour laser type rugged & robust in nature and of reputed
make. The printer shall be equipped for printing, scanning, copying and faxing and
shall be a network printer.
12.6.9 Powder coated, Plant Monitoring Desks of modular, welded construction, console
system design and made of CRCA Steel Sheet of suitable thickness to accommodate
each Operating station components {CPU [on a sliding Rack Platform], power sockets,
terminals complete with wiring arranged in the internal space of the console and
monitor, Keypad and Mouse [on a sliding Drawer] on the Top} shall be provided.
Appropriate matching desk to place the printer shall be provided. Connections from
SCADA and other systems shall be through the bottom cable entries. All the above
desks shall be positioned and installed aesthetically and the visible wires/cables shall
be neatly routed and dressed.
Ergonomically designed Computer station height adjustable cushioned chairs with
arm rests, matching with the consoles shall be provided. GA, Layout and Schematic
drawings of the Plant Monitoring Desks shall be submitted for approval by SPD during
detailed Engineering.
12.6.10 The Data Acquisition System shall perform the following minimum operations:
Measurement and continuous recording of:
1) Energy Export at PESS and Delivery Points.
2) Solar insolation (GHI)
3) Ambient temperature
4) Wind speed and direction
5) Module Surface Temperature
6) Rainfall
7) AC and DC side power of each inverter
8) HT Voltage and frequency
9) Fire Alarm Status and monitoring
10) Any other parameters considered necessary by SPD based on current Solar PV
Power Plant practice
12.6.11 SCADA shall provide One minute (Or as required by the Site Engineers), daily, monthly
and annual average of Solar Insolation value (GHI).
12.6.12 SCADA shall provide fifteen (15) Minutes, (Or as required by the Site Engineers) daily,
monthly and annual average of following parameters:
1) Module Surface Temperature
2) Exported energy
3) Energy output from each inverter
4) Plant output power
5) Inverter status & efficiency
6) Performance Ratio (PR)
Provision shall also be made for graphic display not limited to the following required
but shall be as per the requirements of Site Engineers:
1) AC power Vs Time
2) GHI Vs Time
3) PRVs Time
4) Bar chart for Plant Performance and PV module performance
5) DC & AC Side SLD with combiner box and Inverter status
12.6.13 AII data shall be recorded in a common work sheet chronologically and shall be MS
Excel compatible. All instantaneous data can be shown in the Work Station Display as
required by the site engineer.
12.6.14 SCADA shall have features to be integrated with the local system as well remotely via
the web using either a standard modem or a GSM/WIFI modem. The EPC shall provide
compatible software and hardware so that data can be transmitted via standard
modem. Plant generation data shall be made available for SPD website for display in
SPD intranet. Email daily reports of Plant performance shall be configured in plant
SCADA.
12.6.15 The SCADA system shall enable automatic operation of entire solar PV power plant in
all modes, during power generation as well as in non power generation periods.
SCADA shall be in addition to proprietary data logging and control system provided by
the EPC and it shall be the responsibility of EPC to ensure all system interfacings are
properly matched to have an integrated operation from SCADA.
12.6.16 The Solar PV Power Plant will be requiring interface with the load dispatch center
(LDC)/Procurer/MNRE/Any Designated Agency for providing the Solar Power Plant Data
as per the requirements of Regulations on Communication System for transmission of
electric power (as amended from time to time). It is the responsibility of contractor to
make provisions in SCADA to have required networking with the abovementioned
agencies. The present required protocol for SLDC is IEC 60870-5-104 protocol and
subject to amendment. The Contractor shall provide necessary hardware to meet the
requirements of above mentioned agencies and their standards for transmission of
data and requirements of their communication Protocol. Charges as prescribed by
SLDC towards data connectivity with LDC either by VSAT or any other communication
including speech communication to the adjacent station shall be borne by contractor
without any extra cost to SPD.
12.7 Voice Communication System
12.7.1 A Voice Communication Network interconnecting Power Export Sub Station/ Main
Control Room, Security Buildings shall be provided with necessary hardware, software
and network interface. Exact locations for Voice Communication shall be finalized
during detailed engineering. Separate network shall be considered for Voice
Communication.
12.7.2 Suitable capacity electronic IP PBX with a provision for connecting SPD phone network
shall be provided at PESS/MCR with cable network for IP phones inside the project
site building.
12.7.3 Proposed Voice Communication System Scheme, exchange and phone data sheet,
number and location of hand sets, etc., shall be submitted for approval by SPD during
detailed Engineering.
12.8 Communication Cables
12.8.1 RS485 Cable - Design, Transmission and Constructional features of RS485 cable shall
conform to the general and special requirements of EN 50290-2-23, BS EN 50288-7,
IEC 60228, BS 5308, BIS 5831 and IEC 60332-1. The cable shall have FRLS properties as
per ASTM-D-2863.
12.8.2 Ethernet Cable – Ethernet cable of type CAT6 or above. Design, Transmission and
Constructional properties shall conform to the general and special
requirementsofTIA568B, IEC 60332-3, IEC 11801 and EN 50173. The cable shall have
FRLS properties as per ASTM-D-2863.
12.9 Drawings & Documents: During Detailed Engineering the following particulars of the
"SCADA system" and "Voice Communication System" shall be submitted for approval
by SPD.
1) SCADA - Configuration /Architecture Diagram with list of I/O signals
2) SCADA - Vendor Documents, GA drawing & Schematics
3) SCADA - MQP
4) Optical Fiber Cable Network - GTP, GA, Vendor Documents, Routing diagram with
schedule & MQP
5) Communication Cables - GTP, GA, Vendor documents and MQP
6) Communication Cables - Schedule
7) IP Telecom System - Block Diagram, GTP, GA, Vendor Documents & MQP
SECTION 13.0
WEATHER MONITORING SYSTEM (WMS) & INSTRUMENTS
13.1. The Weather Monitoring System shall be installed in each site of land parcel.
Contractor shall provide in the Weather Monitoring System (WMS), all measuring
instruments as listed below for the project along with all necessary software &
hardware to make it compatible with SCADA.
(1) Performance Monitoring Station (PMS) consisting of following set of
instruments.
a. Pyranometer – 2 Nos, with provision for tilting arrangement.
b. RTD type measuring instrument for Ambient Air Temperature – 2Nos
c. Wind Speed sensor - 2 Nos.
(2) Module Surface temperature sensor- 1 no in each PCSS zone.
(All the Meteorological instruments listed above shall have accuracy of Class
A, as specified in IEC 61724-1)
(3) Wind Direction Sensor – 1 No
(4) Rain Gauge – 1 No
(5) Soiling Monitoring Station. - 1 No.
(6) Data Logger (DL) – 1 No
(7) Albedometer – 1 Nos
(8) All-in-one Solar Monitoring System (Shading assembly, Pyranometer,
Pyrheliometer).
For each land parcel, the number of PMS with Data Logger (DL) including the PMS at
WMS according to the respective capacity shall be as below.
Each PMS shall be provided in appropriate locations and shall be finalized during
detailed Engineering. The Average of the maximum (GHI and Wind Speed) / Average of
minimum (Ambient Temperature) readings of all the sets, as applicable, shall be used
for Performance Evaluation calculations for the entire contracted capacity.
Necessary chain link fencing shall be provided around each Weather Monitoring
Station and shall be secured with steel gate arrangement to prevent unauthorized
entry / tampering of readings. CCTV coverage facility (180 deg view) on each WMS shall
be provided to monitor activities around the WMS area.
13.2. PYRANOMETER: Typical specification for Pyranometers, for measuring incident
global solar radiation shall be as follows:
SN Parameter Value
1 Detector type Thermopile
2 Spectral Response Lower range 0.285 to
0.3Microns
Upper range 2.8 to3.0 Microns
3 Sensitivity Minimum 7 Microvolt/w/m2
4 Time response (95%) Less than 15 s
5 Zero offset
(a) Response to 200 W m–2 net thermal 7 W/m2
radiation (ventilated)
(b) Response to 5 K h–1 change in ambient 2 W/m2
temperature
6 Resolution 1 W/m2
7 Stability (percentage of full scale) 0.8
8 Directional response for beam radiation (as 10 W m–2
per the definition of WMO)
9 Temperature response (percentage 2
maximum error due to any change of
ambient temperature within an interval of
50 K)
10 Non-linearity(percentage deviation from the 0.5
responsivity at 500 W m–2)
11 Spectral sensitivity(percentage deviation of 2
the product of spectral absorptance and
spectral transmittance)
12 Tilt response (percentage deviation from the 0.5
responsivity at 0° tilt (horizontal))
13 Achievable uncertainty (@P95)
(a) Hourly totals 3%
(b) Daily totals 2%
14 Output Signal Analogue form which is
compatible with the Data
Logger System & SCADA
15 Input Power for instrument &Peripherals As per system requirement
16 Humidity Range 0-%
17 Field of view 180o
18 Operating temperature range - 40 to -10 deg C (lower)
+70 to 80 deg C (higher)
19 Zero offset thermal radiation As per manufacturers data
sheet
20 Zero offset temperature change As per manufacturers data
sheet
The readings of the Pyranometers shall not vary beyond addition of the modulus values
of their 'Total Instrument Calibration Uncertainty', mentioned in the calibration
certificates, on daily basis. The Pyranometer which reads higher GHI value, for the
period when they were simultaneously in service will be considered for performance
evaluation during PG Test and the O&M period.
During PG Test, if the variation of Pyranometer readings is beyond the addition of the
modulus values of their 'Total Instrument Calibration Uncertainty' then the GHI values
from both Pyranometer will not be considered. PG Test, shall be suspended for the
entire Solar Power Plant and data of that particular day(s) shall be discarded. The PG
Test, shall be resumed only after rectification / replacement of sensors, if required, so
as to bring down the readings within the limit. The Test periods shall be extended by
same numbers of suspended day(s).
During O&M Period, if the variation of Pyranometer readings is beyond the addition of
the modulus values of their 'Total Instrument Calibration Uncertainty' then necessary
maintenance / corrective action shall be done to bring back the difference within the
limits within 3 days. The Pyranometer which reads higher GHI value, for the period for
these 3 days will be considered for performance evaluation. If the problem is not
resolved witin three days, the O&M Charges for the day(s) shall be deduted on pro rata
basis while the Pyranometer which reads higher GHI value, for the period will be
considered for performance evaluation.
13.3. Ambient Air Temperature Sensor: To measure Ambient Air Temperature, Contractor
shall install 2 numbers of RTD type measuring Instruments with proper installation
methods. The Instruments shall measure the temperature in the range of - 4oC to
+70oC and shall communicate the Temperature value continuously to SCADA through
the Data Logger.
The readings of the Temperature Sensors shall not vary beyond addition of the
modulus values of their 'Total Instrument Calibration Uncertainty', mentioned in the
calibration certificates, on daily basis. The Temperature Sensor which reads Lower
Temperature value, for the period when they were simultaneously in service will be
considered for performance evaluation during PG Test and the O&M.
The methodology described for consideration of GHI values from Pyranometers shall
be adapted for the Ambient Temperature measurement during PG Test, and O&M
period also, except for the value considered will be the lower value among the two
values.
Valid Calibration certificate shall be furnished along with the Test Reports generated
during FAT for approval by SPD. The Calibration Certificates shall be issued by the
accredited Third-Party Testing Labs and shall be furnished during FAT. Method and
Frequency of subsequent calibration of Sensors shall be as per IEC 61724-1 of Class A.
13.4. Wind Speed Sensor: 2 numbers of Cup type anemometer wind speed sensors shall be
provided. The whole sensor shall have high strength, weather resistance, corrosion
resistance, and water resistance and will ensure the long-term use of the instrument,
and the accuracy of the wind speed collection.
The readings of the wind speed sensors shall not vary beyond addition of the modulus
values of their 'Total Instrument Calibration Uncertainty', mentioned in the calibration
certificates, on daily basis. The wind speed sensors which reads Higher Wind Speed
value, for the period when they were simultaneously in service will be considered for
performance evaluation during PG Test and the O&M.
The methodology described for consideration of GHI values from Pyranometers shall
be adapted for the wind speed measurement during PG Test, and O&M period also.
Valid Calibration certificate shall be furnished along with the Test Reports generated
during FAT for approval by SPD. The Calibration Certificates shall be issued by the
accredited Third-Party Testing Labs and shall be furnished during FAT. Method and
Frequency of subsequent calibration of Sensors shall be as per IEC 61724-1 of Class A.
of collecting weather data from field instruments of WMS and PMS have suitable
required number of Input Ports. The Output of Data Logger shall be connected to
SCADA through suitable interfacing &data network and shall be programmedtostream
the measured Weather Parameters of field instruments continuously. Data Logger shall
also be programmed to monitor the weather parameters obtained from field
instruments constantly to detect abnormality of any Instruments to enable SCADA to
initiate appropriate Alarm and immediate warning for recalibration of instrument. Data
logger panel shall have a minimum protection of IP 65. The sensitivity of Pyranometer
and resolution of Data Logger of Weather Monitoring System shall match such that the
Data Logger shall read and record even 1W/m2 in irradiation with sampling interval and
recording interval not less than the values stipulated in the IEC 61724 -1 of class A
(However, for accurate measurement of GHI, the data logger shall have the resolution
of minimum 0.05micro volt/w/sqm for GHI and the bits of ADC of data logger shall be
minimum 24). For other parameters like Ambient Temperature & Wind Speed, the
sensitivity of the respective instrument shall match with resolution of data logger and
the logger shall be capable of read and record minimum variation of temperature and
wind speed sensors and sampling interval and recording interval not less than that of
specified in IEC 61724-1 for class A instruments. For other field instruments, the data
logger shall follow class B category of IEC61724-1, as applicable. Contractor shall
provide all the documents for data logger capability, instrument manuals and Data
Logger Program details during Detailed Engineering.
13.7. Each Instrument to be connected to Data Logger shall be supplied with necessary
cables. The signal cable length shall not exceed 20 meters from the instrument to the
Data Logger. (The standard 10 m long cable with a pre wired water proof connector
plug is preferred).
13.8. General requirements of the Meteorological instruments: All the critical Sensors and
Data Loggers shall be installed with tamper proof arrangements and maintained
properly to measure the critical meteorological parameters accurately within the
tolerance values as specified. Required number of Spare calibrated Instruments and
spares for the Data Loggers shall be maintained at site throughout the Contract period
for trouble free and interruption free measurement operation, usage during the
recalibration of them etc. All the instruments shall have valid Calibration Certificates
from accredited Calibration Agencies throughout the contract period.
13.9. METEOROLOGICAL DATA
13.9.1. Sampling and Recording Intervals: As per Class A accuracy of IEC 61724-1 and as
specified in section 12.
13.9.2. PVSYST Input File for Performance Evaluation: The input file to the PVSYST software
shall be prepared using the data stored in data logger and shall be in PVSYST required
format (Standard/Custom) andthe time period (Hour/Sub hour)shall be finalized during
Detailed Engineering.
13.9.3. Data Processing: Data processing shall be done as per IEC 61724.
13.10. Drawings & Documents: The following drawings / Documents shall be submitted to
SPD during Detailed Engineering for approval.
1) Weather monitoring System - GTP, GA Layout, vendor documents and MQP
SECTION 14.0
LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
14.1. General Requirements
14.1.1. The Solar PV Power plant shall be provided with Lightning Protection System (LPS)
covering Solar array (DC) side and AC side. The lightning protection system must be
completed prior to start-up of commissioning activities of the project. The main aim of
Lightning Protection System is to protect PV Modules or other sub-system
components, Outdoor Electrical Equipment and buildings from any over voltage surge
before it reaches the above equipment. The source of over voltage can be lightning or
other atmospheric disturbance.
14.1.2. Down Conductor
1. Down conductor shall be straight and follow a direct path to the earth electrode.
Length of the conductor shall be minimized. Any joints to the down conductor
shall be welded type only.
2. The Down conductor shall be of Hot Dip Galvanized Iron strip in accordance with
latest BIS 2633 & BIS 4759 standards and of minimum size 25 X 3 MM. For ESE
type Air Terminals, sufficiently sized Earthing Copper Cables with proper support
and termination arrangement are also acceptable.
3. For buildings, Down conductors shall be welded outside building Steel columns at
one-meter intervals or provide cleats with an interval of 0.75 meter on building
walls as applicable. On roofs, necessary arrangement shall be made with
supporting blocks of insulating material at an interval of 1.5 meters and avoid
directly cleating on surface of roof. Down conductor shall be bonded with metallic
structures which are within two-meter vicinity of it. Running of Down conductor
through GI conduits shall be avoided.
4. Test link shall be provided to the down conductor at a height of one meter above
the ground and there shall not be any other connection below the test link except
connection to the earth electrode.
14.1.3. Earth Pit
Each earth pit shall be provided with an earth electrode of 3 M length copper
bonded steel rod of diameter not less than 14 mm including accessories and
masonry enclosure with cover plate as per BIS 3043. The pit around the electrode
shall be treated with carbon-based earth enhancement compound as required as
per provisions of BIS 3043. Requirements for earthing enhancing compounds shall
conform to IEC 62561-7. The minimum quantity of earth enhancement compound
to be used with each earth-pit shall be 25 Kg. Necessary provision shall be made for
bolted isolating joints of each earthing pit for periodic checking of earth resistance.
For each earth pit, necessary Test Point shall be provided. The distance between
earth pits shall be more than 3 meters.
14.2. Lightning Protection of PV Array Yard
14.2.1. The PV Array Yard and the other sub-system components shall be protected against
lightning using Early Streamer Emission Type in accordance with the latest NFC 17-102
and shall be of class III or higher and the same shall be type tested. Wherever required,
ESE Air Terminals shall be provided at the highest point to cover the Array and sub-
system components. Design calculation for the required Number of ESE Type lightning
system shall be submitted during detailed engineering for approval by SPD. The
selection of location of each Lightning System shall be done in proper approach so that
it does not cast shadow on the PV Modules in conformation with the overall shadow
analysis.
14.2.2. The lightning system shall include ESE type lightning terminal, a Supporting Pole and 2
sets of separate Earthing arrangement with down conductor, test links and Earth pits
Etc. as described in Clause 14.1.
14.2.3. Necessary concrete foundation for holding the Supporting Pole for the ESE type
lightning terminal at the desired height in position along with supporting anchors shall
be provided. Consideration of maximum wind speed and maintenance requirement at
site in future also shall be done during design.
14.2.4. Each of the Down Conductor shall be connected to the respective Earth Electrodes in
the Earth Pit. Both Earth Electrodes shall be interconnected to achieve Earth Resistance
not more than 10 Ω.
14.3. Lightning Protection for Sub Stations & Buildings:
14.3.1. Lightning protection for Sub Stations &Buildings shall be as per BIS/IEC 62305. The
Lightning protection system for buildings shall comprise of lightning conductors on the
roof with spike rods at the highest point above roof.
14.3.2. The lightning conductor shall be earthed through flats and connected to the Earth mats
as per applicable Indian Standards with earth pits. Each Lightning Conductor shall be
connected to the individual earth pit as per required Standards including accessories.
14.3.3. The EPC shall ensure adequate lightning protection to provide an acceptable degree of
protection (minimum protection class 3) as per BIS for the substation including
transformer. Adequate number of Lightning Protection Systems shall be provided in
accordance with the theoretical lightning design calculations which shall be submitted
for approval by SPD during detailed engineering.
14.3.4. Alternatively, Lightning protection for Sub Stations &Buildings with Early Streamer
Emission Type in accordance with the latest NFC 17-102 will also be acceptable.
14.4. Drawings & Documents: During Detailed Engineering the following Drawings and
Documents for Lightning Protection System and its Earthing System of PV Array, PCSS,
PESS &Buildings shall be submitted for approval by SPD.
1. LA - Design calculation & LA - Layout
2. LA - GTP, GA & vendor documents, Type Test Certificate for ESE Terminal.
SECTION 15.0
AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
separate the loads and proper arrangement shall be made to supply the total load by
any one source in case of failure of other source automatically.
15.4. AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER: Auxiliary Transformer can be either Dry type or Oil type.
15.4.1. DESIGN CRITERIA
1) Separate auxiliary transformers shall be considered at MCR (Main Control Room) &
at all the ICR (Inverter Control Room) stations.
2) Auxiliary Transformer shall be designed and constructed according to the
requirements of this Specification & its various attachments. Auxiliary transformer
shall comply with the Relevant IS/IEC standards as specified in this specification.
3) In addition to the best construction requirements of respective Manufacturers, the
Equipment Manufacturer/Supplier shall comply with the following specific
requirements.
4) The Transformer tank and cover shall be fabricated from high grade low carbon
plate steel of tested quality. The tank and the cover shall be of welded
construction and there should be provision for lifting by crane. A double float type
Buchholz relay conforming to IS: 3637 shall be provided.
5) Suitable Inspection hole(s) with welded flange(s) and bolted cover(s) shall be
provided on the tank cover. The inspection hole(s) shall be of sufficient size to
afford easy access to the lower ends of the bushings, terminals etc.
6) All bolted connections to the tank shall be fitted with suitable oil-tight gaskets
which shall give satisfactory service under the operating conditions for complete
life of the transformer if not opened for maintenance at site. The transformer shall
be provided with conventional single compartment conservator. The top of the
conservator shall be connected to the atmosphere through indicating type cobalt
free silica gel breather (in transparent enclosure). Silica gel shall be isolated from
atmosphere by an oil seal.
7) Transformer shall have adequate capacity Conservator tank to accommodate oil
preservation system and volumetric expansion of total transformer oil.
8) Transformer shall have Oil Temperature Indicator and Winding temperature
Indicator (WTI applicable for transformer above 50 KVA) with accuracy class of +/-
2 deg.
9) M. Box shall be of sheet steel, dust and vermin proof provided with proper lighting
and thermostatically controlled space heaters. The degree of protection shall be
IP-55. Marshalling Box of all transformers shall be preferably Tank Mounted. One
dummy terminal block in between each trip wire terminal shall be provided. At
least 20% spare terminals shall be provided on each panel.
10) The minimum rating of auxiliary transformer at ICR is 15kVA and 20kVA wherever
MCS system is planned.
CODE/STANDARD DESCRIPTION
IEC 60076, IS:2026, IS:6600 Transformers
IEC 60185 Bushing CT
IEC 60296 Mineral Insulating oils for transformers & switchgear
IEC 60137 Bushings for alternating voltages above 1000V.
IEC 60354 Loading guide for oil-immersed power transformers
IS 3639 Fittings & Accessories for Power Transformers
Indian Electricity Act 2003, BEE Guideline & CEA notifications
SC withstand time
xii) 2 sec.
(thermal)
xiii) Fault Level & Bushing CT As per system requirement and SLD*
such as supporting clamps and brackets, hardware etc., shall be provided by the
Contractor, to suit the final cable sizes.
15.4.11 All auxiliary wiring shall be carried out with 650 V grade, single core stranded copper
conductor, colour coded, PVC insulated wires. Conductor size shall be 1.5 mm 2 (min.)
for control circuit wiring and 2.5 mm2 (min) for CT and space heater circuits.
15.4.12 The MCCBs shall be fixed modular type, air break type, having trip free mechanism
with quick make and quick break type contacts. All MCCBs shall have current limiting
feature, inbuilt front adjustable releases (overload & short circuit) and shall have
adjustable earth fault protection unit also. The protection settings shall have suitable
range to achieve the required time & current settings. LED indications & Auxiliary
switches for remote monitoring shall also be provided for faults, MCCB status (on/off
etc.).
15.6. SCADA Requirement: The Status / parameters of the following Equipment of Auxiliary
Power System shall be communicated to SCADA.
a) Status of the MCCBs and Critical MCBs.
b) Parameters of Aux. Transformer.
15.7. Small Power Installation: Sufficiently rated, 415 V, 3 Ø, 4/5 pin configuration,
industrial, interlocked switch socket outlets, in weather proof enclosure shall be
provided in appropriate locations for the purpose of availing supply during Testing /
maintenance of outdoor equipment like transformer Etc.
15.8. Drawings & Documents: During Detailed Engineering the following particulars of the
"Auxiliary Power Supply System" shall be submitted for approval by SPD.
1) Auxiliary Power Supply System - Sizing Calculation & SLD
2) Auxiliary Power Supply System ACDBs - GTP, GA and vendor documents
3) Auxiliary Power Supply System ACDBs - MQP
4) Auxiliary Transformer - GTP, GA and vendor documents
5) Auxiliary Transformer - MQP
6) Auxiliary Transformer - Foundation details
SECTION 16.0
CONTROL POWER – DC SYSTEM: CHARGERS & BATTERIES
16.1.1. General Requirement: In PCSS, the contractor may supply these loads either from DC
System or from UPS System and the backup time shall be two (2) hours. In case the
Contractor chooses only UPS System to supply these loads then the Contractor shall
provide alternate arrangement with suitable redundancies such as power pack with
required backup of 30 minutes for operations of switchgears located at PCSS.
Battery condition, charger function status, abnormality warnings etc. shall be made
available in plant SCADA. The basic design data for battery and battery charger is
specified below.
16.1.2. Battery:
Specifications:
1. Type of cell : Valve regulated lead acid type (VRLA)
only and the battery shall be located in
a safe environment as recommended
by the OEM.
2. Nominal DC voltage : 110V DC
3. Load : To meet the requirements of breakers,
SCADA system panels and auxiliaries,
Inverters, Emergency lighting, Battery
Banks and other equipment requiring
110 V DC supply as per System
requirement.
4. Battery capacity : Sizing of battery shall include a design
margin of 10%, ageing factor of 1.25,
End Cell voltage of 1.75 V, Temperature
correction factor corresponding to 100
C and the AH Capacity shall be based
on the required backup time for PCSS.
5. Duty : Sub Station duty
6. End cell voltage : 1.75 Volts (C10 or higher battery Shall
be selected to achieve the Same).
7. Nominal voltage per cell : 2.0 V
Float Voltage per cell As per System requirement
8. Ampere hour efficiency : Better than 90%
9. Watt hour efficiency : Better than 80%
10. Self-discharge : Not to exceed 1% per week.
current for Boost charging mode. In addition, it shall be possible to set the upper
limit of this Boost charging voltage within the range of boost charging mode.
5) Load Limiters: Chargers shall be provided with load limiters in order to avoid
damage of Chargers and to avoid inadvertent blowing of fuses in case of
overload or short circuit in DC System and avoid tripping of the circuit. When the
voltage is in automatic control mode, load limiters shall facilitate a smooth
reduction in voltage when the load current exceeds its set value and shall build
up the nominal voltage automatically once the current drops off its set value.
6) The charger shall have protection features for own circuits against the faulty
conditions in the AC Input and / or in the DC output.
7) The charger shall have soft start feature to avoid inrush currents.
8) Momentary output voltage of the Charger, without the Battery connected shall
be within ±5 % of the voltage setting during sudden load Change from 100% to
20% of full load or vice-versa. Output voltage shall return to, and remain, within
the limits specified in less than 2 seconds after the above-mentioned change.
9) The output voltage of bridge for float charger shall be 120V DC max. The output
voltage of the bridge for boost charger shall be 145V DC max.
10) RMS ripple factor in input voltage of the charger shall not be more than 3%.
11) Protection measures shall be arranged to avoid current/voltage surges of
harmful magnitude/nature which may arise during changeover of both modes
Auto to Manual and Float to Boost or vice-versa under normal operating
condition.
12) The Charger shall be provided with built in digital panel for control and
monitoring. In addition, the Charger shall be provided with suitable output
interface for connection to SCADA to allow remote monitoring the operating
status of the Charger. Parameters like Charger output current, output voltage,
float/boost mode, automatic/manual mode, etc. shall be included.
16.1.4. DC Distribution Board (DCDB)
1) The DCDB shall preferably form an integral part of main battery charger and shall be
compartmentalized from the other charger circuits and shall be equipped with main
incoming MCCB and required number of double pole MCBs.
2) The utilization category of the DC switching devices shall be based on the individual
loads as recommended in BIS 13947.
16.2. Drawings & Documents: During Detailed Engineering Sizing of Charger including
Rectifier Duty Transformer& Full wave bridge rectifier, Battery, scheme, SLD and data
sheets etc. of “Chargers and Batteries” shall be submitted under the following Drawing
titles for review and approval by SPD.
1) DC System with Batteries for PESS, PCSS - Sizing Calculation
2) DC System with Batteries for PESS, PCSS - GTP, GA & vendor documents and DCDB
details
3) DC System with Batteries for PESS, PCSS - MQP
SECTION 17.0
CONTROL POWER – AC SYSTEM: UPS & BATTERIES
17.2.6. The UPS module shall not incur permanent damage to itself and the connected load
under all predictable types of failure conditions within itself and the connected load.
Fast acting current limiting devices shall be used to protect against failures of solid-
state devices. The total harmonic current distortion that generated by the UPS shall be
within acceptable limits i.e., total harmonic content shall be less than 5% and any
single harmonic content shall be less than 3%.
17.2.7. The UPS system module shall be provided with built in digital panel for control and
monitoring. In addition, the UPS system shall be provided with suitable output
interface for connection to SCADA to allow remote monitoring of the operating status
of the UPS system.
17.2.8. The temperature rise inside all the cabinets/enclosures shall not exceed 10 deg. C
above ambient temperature.
17.3. Battery
17.3.1. The rated name plate AC output capacity of UPS shall be taken for UPS battery size
calculation for four (4) Hours in PESS/MCR and two (2) hours in PCSS/ICR backup.
Battery:
Specifications:
1. Type of cell : Valve regulated lead acid type (VRLA) only and the
battery shall be located in a safe environment as
recommended by the OEM.
2. Load : To meet the requirements SCADA system panels
and auxiliaries, Emergency lighting etc. as per
System requirement.
3. Battery capacity : Sizing of battery shall include a design margin of
10%, ageing factor of 1.25, End Cell voltage of 1.75
V, Temperature correction factor corresponding to
100 C and the AH Capacity shall be based on 1 -
hour rate of discharge.
4. Duty : Sub Station duty
17.4. Drawings & Documents: During Detailed Engineering Sizing, scheme, SLD, rating
calculations of rectifier/charger, batteries, inverter and battery sizing calculations and
data sheets etc. of “UPS and Batteries” shall be submitted under the following Drawing
titles for review and approval by SPD.
1) UPS with Battery for PESS, PCSS (as applicable)– Sizing Calculation
2) UPS with Battery for PESS, PCSS (as applicable)– GTP, GA & vendor documents
3) UPS with Battery for PESS, PCSS (as applicable) – MQP
SECTION 18.0
LIGHTING SYSTEM & CCTV SYSTEM
18.1. Lighting System
18.1.1. General Requirements
1) Solar Plant shall be provided with adequate lighting throughout the plant.
2) Lighting system shall be fed from 415V, 3 phase, 4 wire system from ACDB of
PESS /MCR & PCSS respectively, through Lighting Distribution Boards (LDBs). 20%
of the total lighting system shall be considered as Emergency lighting and it shall
be supplied from UPS DB as per the scheme adopted by Contractor and the 20%
of the emergency lighting load shall be considered for sizing of UPS. Emergency
lighting shall be provided at each PCSS, PESS, Security Room / Main gate.
3) Lighting fixtures and accessories: All lighting fixtures shall be complete with
lamp, lamp holder, clamps, terminal blocks, brackets, locking arrangements, etc.
Fixtures shall be designed for minimum glare and not to form any bright spots by
direct lighting or by reflection. The reflectors shall be manufactured from CRCA
sheet steel or aluminum.
4) All lighting fixtures shall be provided with an external, brass/GI earthing terminal
suitable for connecting to 14 SWG, GI earthing wire. All metal or metal enclosed
parts of the housing and accessories shall be bonded and connected to the
earthing terminal as so to ensure satisfactory earthing continuity throughout the
fixture.
5) LED Luminaries: LED Luminaries shall be used for indoor / outdoor lighting in
Array Yard, PCSS, PESS, PSS, Security room / main gate as applicable. For DC
Lighting LED Luminaries shall be used subject to the availability. LED lamp
fixtures shall be indoor type and pre-wired comprising of Lamp(s) with lamp
holder(s), Electronic powering unit(s) and metal reflector(s). The lamp fitting
shall be covered by Glass or Perspex material. The Lamp Fixture shall be fitted on
roof. The number of lighting fixtures should be such that it should give sufficient
luminance level for comfortable operation as per BEE standards. All the LED
Luminaries shall comply to the respective Indian Standards (BIS).
6) Switches: All the switches and receptacles shall be of modular type and these
shall be provided with pre-galvanized/galvanized modular switchbox & plate.
7) Junction Boxes: Junction boxes for indoor / outdoor lighting shall be provided as
applicable. Indoor junction boxes shall be fire retardant and outdoor junction
boxes shall have IP 55 degree of protection.
8) Conduits, Pipes and Accessories: Heavy duty PVC conduits conforming to BIS:
9537(Specifications Conduits for Electrical Installations: Part-III - Rigid Plain
Conduits of Insulating materials) along with various accessories shall be used for
SECTION 19.0
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
19.1 Introduction
Fire Protection System shall consist of a Central Fire Detection & Alarm System with
Fire alarm Control Panels and Fire Fighting Equipment and shall be installed in the Solar
Power Plant premises. The system shall be suitable for protection of entire equipment
including outdoor Electrical Equipment, as per CEIG requirements against the risk of
fire. Contractor shall comply with recommendation of Tariff Advisory Committee / LPA
for incurring minimal premium for insurance. Contractor shall be responsible for
getting the approval for the fire protection system from concerned authorities for
insurance, meeting any additional requirement as demanded by such authorities
without any extra cost to SPD.
19.2 Fire Detection & Alarm System:
1. A Central Fire Detection &Alarm System shall be provided in the Power Export Sub
Station (PESS) to monitor all the Equipment and the Buildings located in all PCSS
and PESS against any fire related events and initiate Unambiguous Visual &
Audible alerts. This dedicated, floor mounted, standalone Central System shall
have the CPU & suitable Display Unit installed in an Enclosure and serves as the
Master.
2. All the Fire Alarm Control Panels (FACP) installed across the Solar Power Plant shall
be connected to this Master CFDAS through suitable interfacing devices &
dedicated redundant Fibers of FO cables in a ring network and all signals from
FACPs shall be brought to this Master CFDAS.
3. The Central System shall be able to represent the whole configuration of site
graphically with reference to the Fire Protection system and shall have the facility
to monitor, navigate and control the FACPs installed at various locations from a
single window. Visual & Audible alerts for all the events like fire/ smoke, fault in
the CFDAS / FACP Systems, power supply failure, communication failure etc. shall
be made available. Provision to analyze the system through an extensive History
log shall be one of the features of this Central Fire Detection & Alarm System.
4. All the Alarm conditions of entire zones of solar Power Plant shall be immediately
announced on CFDAS through Audio / Flashing Visual alarms. Necessary features
like Acknowledge, Sound Cancel, Steady Display of active alarm conditions, and
recognition &Reset of inactive alarms shall be provided.
5. The Central Fire Detection & Alarm System shall be integrated with SCADA system
replicated with the above features through proper interface, communication
means and authenticated software. Mod bus RS485 communication, as applicable,
is also acceptable.
SECTION 20.0
POWER EVACUATION SYSTEM & TARIFF METERING
20.1. Power Pooling System: Power evacuation of the proposed Solar PV plant from PCSS to
the point of connection shall be done by Contractor, through UG cables/OH lines.
The scope of the Power evacuation works shall include Engineering, Supply, Erection
and Testing & Commissioning of the following systems to enable export of Power.
1. Power Evacuation System between PCSS and Point of connection at System
required voltage level.
2. All the interfacing works like protection, control, data integration, and
display etc. in coordination with the respective Original Equipment
Manufacturers (OEM) & SPD shall be in the scope of the Contractor.
3. Energy Tariff metering System shall be with two energy meters (main and
check) shall be erected at the Point of connection as per the requirements of
concerned authorities. Energy Meters shall be with 0.2s accuracy and they
shall abide by the relevant CERC / GERC Regulations, Grid Code, and Central
Electricity Authority (Installation and Operation of Meters) Regulations,
2019 as amended from time to time.
4. SCADA equipment and data communication scheme through Fiber Optic
Cable for extending the designated data from the PSS as applicable to
SCADA system and voice communication arrangement.
5. Provision of required &Statutory (IE rules/CEA norms) Protection Systems
for the Equipment / Systems of SPP from PCSS to Point of connection
including the Relay coordination setting calculations shall be under the
scope of Contractor.
6. Establishing Grid connectivity between PCSS/PESS and Point of connection
by following necessary precautions and safety measures in coordination
with the concerned authorities.
7. Suitably designed Earthing and lightning Protection scheme for the total
Power Evacuation system as per the existing practice and requirements of
the latest Standards and Regulations.
8. All other related works for evacuation of power as per system requirement.
20.2. TRANSMISSION LINES/ UG CABLES:
Overhead HT /EHV transmission line to evacuate the power generated to Delivery Point
shall be taken through suitably designed towers/structures with shield wire (OPGW)
protections as per system requirement.
The UG cables to evacuate the power generated to Delivery Point shall conform to the
requirements as per Section 8.0 and as per the existing practice and requirements of
latest CEA Regulations / IE Rules and shall be finalized during detailed engineering and
approved by SPD.
20.2.1. Conductor: This specification covers design, manufacture, testing before dispatch,
supply and delivery of Aluminum Conductors Steel Reinforced (ACSR) Conductors.
Conductor sizing calculation shall be submitted to the SPD for approval. Adequacy of
the conductor size shall be established with the sizing calculation and any upward
revision of conductor sizing shall be done.
Conductor resistance shall be selected in such a way to minimize the Transmission
losses during maximum output from the solar power plants.
The conductor sag and swing calculation shall confirm standards and shall consider the
site conditions. Span calculation shall be submitted to the SPD for approval.
The Overhead lines shall cross the roads by shortest distance to achieve 90o angle of
crossing maximum possible. Minimum ground clearance and requirement of guards for
Transmission line crossing Main roads shall be decided during detailed engineering.
Applicable Standard: The specification for HT Transmission Tower lines, Span,
termination, etc. shall be as per the following latest revisions of the standards.
BIS 398: Aluminium Conductors for Overhead Transmission Purposes:
Part 1: Aluminium Stranded Conductors
Part 2: Aluminium conductors, Galvanized Steel Reinforced.
BIS 5613 Part 2: Code of practice for design, installation and maintenance of over head
power lines part 2 lines above 11 kV up to and including 220 kV.
Section 1 - Design
Section 2 - Installation & Maintenance
BIS 5613 Part 3: Code of practice for design, installation and maintenance of over head
power lines part 3: 400kV lines
Section 1 - Design
Section 2 - Installation & Maintenance
The design shall be finalized during detailed engineering and approved by SPD.
20.3. TRANSMISSION TOWERS:
20.3.1. Tower design and material selection shall be as per BIS 802 (part-1) 1977, BIS 802 (part-
2) 1978, BIS 802 (part-3) 1978 and other relevant BIS including latest amendments.
20.3.2. Transmission line tower span shall be suitably selected as per BIS 5613.
20.3.3. Tower foundation shall be designed as per BIS 4091-1979.
20.3.4. Minimum statutory clearance between the HT transmission lines shall be maintained
where two and three lines are running in parallel.
20.3.5. Live wire to ground clearance shall be minimum 8 Meter while crossing Main Roads
and exact clearance will be finalized during detailed engineering.
20.3.6. All Galvanizing of steel structure shall confirm to BIS 209, 2629, 4759 & 6745 and
galvanizing of fasteners shall confirm relevant parts of BIS 1367.
20.3.7. The insulators selected for the overhead lines shall be as per the specification
mentioned under the head Insulators in the specification and as per relevant other
standards. The selection of insulators shall be suitable for the extreme climatic
condition and shall confirm to the provisions of BIS 731-1971. Insulator fittings shall
confirm the relevant portions of BIS 2486 part-1,2,3.
20.3.8. The Insulator string shall be designed and selected to suit the requirement of
evacuation scheme.
20.3.9. Earth conductors and accessories: Earth conductor shall be placed on top of the
structure to provide a shield angle over the top power conductors, the angle being 30 0
with the vertical in case of vertical formation of power conductors. With horizontal
formation of power conductors, the shield angle is usually maintained at 250 for outer
conductors and 450 for the central one. Shield wire of Transmission line (Earth
conductor) shall be of Optical Fibre Ground Wire (OPGW) and shall be used for both
shielding and communication purpose.
20.3.10. All metal support and all reinforced and pre-stressed cement concrete supports of
overhead lines and metallic fittings attached to it shall be permanently and efficiently
earthed. For this purpose, a continuous earth wire shall be provided and securely
fastened to each structure and connected with earth.
20.3.11. All other points not mentioned shall be considered to be required and relevant for the
safe and reliable operation and maintenance of HT overhead feeders and to meet the
statutory requirements shall be considered as good engineering practices.
20.3.12. All the towers shall have Phase plate, Number/Circuit plate and danger board shall be
displayed as per the standards.
20.3.13. Anti climbing device and Step bolts shall be provided as per standards.
20.3.14. Earthing of towers shall be done as per standards
20.3.15. Design Parameters for Towers
1. Factor of safety as per the norms of DISCOM/TRANSCO
2. Wind Pressure on Tower & conductor– As per BIS 802
3. Wind load on cross-arms, full projected area of conductors and [Link]
per the norms of DISCOM/TRANSCO.
4. Ground clearance and all other clearance shall be as per IE Rules-2003withlatest
amendments
5. The live metal clearance shall be as per BIS: 5613
6. Tower accessories like danger plates, phase indication plates, anti climbing
device shall be provided.
20.3.16. Contractor has to submit the design calculation and general technical particulars of all
the elements of transmission system for SPD approval.
20.4.6. OPGW (Optical waveguide fibres): The single mode optical wave guide fibres shall
have characteristics in accordance with the ITU-T-G Series Recommendations -
connectors, Columns, beams, poles, Support Insulators, String insulators, Bus post /
Pole Insulators, Power & Control cables, Communication cables etc., as per the best
engineering practice and the latest Technical Standard / Regulations of CEA and IE
Rules for Construction of Substation and Switchyard.
20.6.1. Steel Structural Work:
1) Preparation of identified switchyard location for erection of new Switchyard
Equipment, that includes erection of new structures safely as per system
requirement.
2) The structural work shall include design, fabrication and supply of all switchyard
structures, galvanized steel structural work for equipment supports, towers and
lightning masts. All structural steel shall be of mild steel confirming to BIS 2062.
3) Minimum thickness of members other than bracings shall be 5 mm and that for
bracings shall be 4 mm.
4) Switchyard structures shall be designed in accordance with BIS 802-1977.
5) All fastening bolts and nuts shall conform to BIS 1363/ BIS 1367, all washers shall
conform to BIS 2016/ BIS 6610 and spring washers shall conform to BIS 3063.
6) Minimum size of bolts for all bolted connections shall be 16 mm diameter and
minimum two bolts shall be provided for each member connection in important
structures like towers and gantries. The center to center distance between bolts
shall be a minimum of 2.5 times the nominal diameter of the bolt.
7) All foundation bolts shall conform to BIS 5624.
8) All embedded members shall be installed during concreting in accordance with
construction drawings.
9) The steel structure shall not be erected on the foundations until at least 7 days
after placing of the concrete in the foundations. All base plates shall be set level,
in exact position and shall be given full and even bearing grouted into place. All
anchor bolts and base plates shall be set accurately to the grade and alignment
designated on drawing or as directed.
10) All galvanized steel shall be handled with care to avoid bending or damage to the
galvanizing. Pieces bent in handling may be used only after they are straightened
to the satisfaction of the engineer. Material on which galvanizing has been
damaged shall be repaired as specified.
11) All connectors of the steel structures shall be bolted. Welded or riveted joints
shall not be permitted.
12) The structures may be erected by assembling in sections on the ground and
hoisting successive sections into place, or they may be built up in place by
individual members at the option of the Contractor. If erected by assembling in
sections, not less than 50 percent of all bolting in place shall be done on each
section before starting another section.
13) All bolts shall be drawn up tight but not to such a degree as to endanger the
strength of the bolt. Wrenches approved by the engineer shall only be used on
the work and the use of any wrench, which may deform the nut or cut or flake
galvanizing shall not be permitted.
i. Reasonable amount of drift shall be allowed in assembling but reaming for
correction of mismatched holes shall not be permitted.
ii. During structural erection inspection shall be carried out at every stage to
identify all loose bolts or other errors in erection are rectified in time.
iii. All exposed structural steel shall be hot dip galvanized as per BIS 4759. The
thickness of zinc coating shall not be less than 610 g/m².
iv. All bolts, nuts and washers shall be hot dip galvanized as per BIS 1367.
v. All spring washers shall be electro galvanized as per BIS 1573.
vi. All foundation bolts shall be galvanized as per BIS 5624 up to a depth of 300
mm (minimum) below top of pedestal.
20.6.2. Aluminium Tubular conductors, Clamps and Connectors:
1) The single bus arrangement of HT/EHV Switchyard shall be designed with suitably
sized Aluminum tubular conductors. Design calculation and General Technical
Particulars of Aluminum tubular conductors shall be submitted for SPD's approval.
2) The material of clamps and connectors shall be Aluminium alloy casting
conforming to designation A6 of BIS: 617 for connecting to equipment terminals
and conductors of aluminium. In case the terminals are of copper, the same
clamps/connectors shall be used with 2mm thick bimetallic.
3) The material of clamps and connectors shall be Galvanized mild steel for
connecting to shield wire. Bolts, nuts and plain washers shall be hot dip galvanized
mild steel for sizes M12 and above. For sizes below M12, they shall be electro-
galvanized mild steel. The spring washers shall be electro-galvanized mild steel.
20.6.3. Vacuum/SF6 Circuit Breakers:
1) Vacuum / SF6 Circuit Breakers shall be outdoor type, comprising three identical
single pole unit complete in all respects with all fittings and wiring. The circuit
breakers and accessories shall conform to latest BIS BIS/IEC 62271: Part 100: High -
Voltage Switchgear and Control Gear Part 100 - Alternating - Current Circuit -
Breakers.
2) The circuit breaker shall meet the duty requirement for any type of fault and shall
be suitable for line charging and breaking when used on effectively grounded or
ungrounded systems and perform make and break operations as per the
stipulated duty cycles satisfactorily. The circuit breaker shall be capable for
breaking the steady & transient magnetizing current corresponding to HT
transformers. The rated transient recovery voltage for terminal fault and short line
faults shall be as per BIS / IEC:62271-100.
3) The Contractor shall ensure that total break time of the breaker shall not exceed
under any duty conditions specified such as with the combined variation of the
trip coil voltage, pneumatic pressure etc.
4) Operating Mechanism: Circuit Breaker shall be with electrically spring charged
mechanism. The operating mechanism shall be electrically and mechanically
operated with anti-pumping and trip free (as per IEC definition) under every
method of closing. The mechanism of the breaker shall be such that the position of
the breaker is maintained even after the failure in vacuum/SF6. The circuit breaker
shall be able to perform the duty cycle without any interruption. Electrical tripping
shall be performed by shunt trip coil. Provision shall also be made for local
electrical control. “Local / remote” selector switch and close & trip push buttons
shall be provided in the breaker control cabinet. Operating mechanism and all
accessories shall be in control cabinet.
5) Technical Parameters for HT Circuit breaker:
SN Parameter Requirement
Outdoor Type Vacuum/SF6 Circuit
1. Type of circuit breaker
Breaker
2. Nominal System Voltage As per system requirement
3. Highest system Voltage As per system requirement
4. Rated frequency 50 Hz
5. Number of poles Three (3) (Outdoor Type)
6. Continuous Max. current rating To suit system requirements
Rated /Minimum Power Frequency
7. As per BIS / IEC
withstand voltage
Rated lightning impulse withstand
8. As per BIS / IEC
voltage
9. Minimum creepage distance 25mm/KV of highest system voltage
10. Rated operating duty cycle O-0.3 sec. –CO-3 min.-CO
Rated line charging/breaking current
11. As per IEC
(Voltage factor 1.4)
12. Control Circuit Voltage As per Existing DC Source
As per system parameters
13. Maximum fault level
requirement
14. Total closing time Not more than 150msec
15. Auxiliary contact As per system requirement
16. Minimum clearances
6) Type Test Reports and Quality assurance: Type test, routine test and acceptance
tests for the HT/EHV outdoor Circuit Breaker shall be, as per the standard
requirement.
Contractor shall submit the following type test reports and Certificates issued by
NABL/ILAC accredited agency for HT/EHV Circuit Breaker in line with BIS
13118/IEC62271-100 (Latest version) during detailed Engineering.
a) Short circuit making and breaking currents.
b) Peak withstand current and short time current.
c) Lightning Impulse voltage withstand.
d) Operation Duty tests
e) Electrical Endurance (E1).
f) Mechanical Endurance (M2).
g) Small inductive breaking, as applicable
Any other type test certificate(s) mandated in the BIS also shall be
furnished and the same shall be finalised during detailed
engineering.
In addition to the above, all the type test certificates and factory test reports for
the accessories and bought out items shall also be submitted for SPD approval
during detailed engineering.
20.6.4. Isolators:
1) Isolators shall be Manually operated Double break, upright mounting with the
movement of the blade in an Operating mechanism of Isolator and earth
horizontal plane suitable for Switch outdoor installation. The isolators and
accessories shall conform in general to BIS / IEC 62271-102. Earth switches shall be
provided on isolators wherever called for.
2) Isolator shall be gang operated for main blades and earth switches. The operation
of the three poles shall be well synchronized and interlocked. The design of
linkages and gears shall be such so as to allow one man to operate the handle with
ease for isolator and earth switch.
3) They shall be constructed such that they do not open under influence of short
circuit current and wind pressure together. The earth switches wherever provided
shall be constructional interlocked so that the earth switches can be operated only
when the isolator is open and vice-versa.
4) In addition to the constructional interlock, isolator and earth switches shall have
provision to prevent their operation unless the associated and other interlocking
conditions are met.
5) Technical Parameters for HT Isolator:
SN Parameter Requirement
1. Type of Isolators Outdoor
2. Nominal system voltage As per system requirement
3. Highest system voltage As per system requirement
4. Rated Normal Current To suit system requirements
5. Rated short time current of isolator As per system parameters
and earth switch requirement
6. Rated dynamic short time withstand As per BIS / IEC
current of isolator and earth switch
7. Impulse withstand voltage with As per BIS / IEC
1.2/50 micro sec. wave across
isolating distance
8. One-minute Power frequency As per BIS / IEC
withstand Voltage across isolating
distance
9. Temperature rise As per Table-IV of BIS: 9921
10. Rated mechanical terminal load As per 62271-102
11. Safe duration of over load 150 % of rated current 5 minutes
&120% of rated current 30
minutes
12 Creepage distance (Total) As per BIS/IEC
13. Max. Temperature rise in deg. C
a. Copper contacts in air Silver 105 & 75
faced Copper & Bare copper
b. Terminal of isolator to be 105 & 90
connected to Silver faced
copper & Bare copper
6) The following Type tests as per BIS /IEC 62271-102 (Latest version) shall be
submitted during detailed Engineering.
a) Short time withstand& peak withstand current test for Isolator & Earth
Switch.
b) Power frequency (Dry & Wet), Lightning Impulse dry withstand Test
c) Mechanical endurance Test.
e) Temperature rise.
The type tests shall be conducted on the isolator along with approved
insulators and terminal connectors. Mechanical endurance test shall be
conducted on the main switch as well as earth switch of one isolator of each
type.
20.6.5. Instrument Transformers
The instrument transformers i.e., current and Potential transformers shall be single
phase transformer units and shall be supplied with a common marshaling box for a set
of three single phase units. The tank as well as top metallic shall be hot dip galvanized
or painted as per system requirement.
The instrument transformers shall be oil filled hermetically sealed units. The
instrument transformers shall be provided with filling and drain plugs. Polarity marks
shall indelibly be marked on each instrument transformer and at the lead terminals at
the associated terminal block.
[Link] The wiring diagram for the interconnection of three single phase instrument
transformers shall be pasted inside the Marshalling box in such a manner so that it is
visible and it does not deteriorate with time. Terminal blocks in the marshaling box
shall have facility for star/delta formation, short circuiting and grounding of
secondary terminals. The box shall have enough terminals to wire all control circuits
plus 20% terminals spare
[Link] General Requirement of Current Transformers (CTs)
1) The CTs shall have single primary of either ring type or hair pin type or bar type. In
case of "Bar Primary" inverted type CTs, the following requirements shall be met.
The secondaries shall be totally encased in metallic shielding providing a uniform
equi-potential surface for even electric field distribution.
2) Different ratios shall be achieved by secondary taps only, and primary
reconnections shall not be accepted. The guaranteed burdens and accuracy class
are to be intended as simultaneous for all cores.
3) The instrument security factor at all ratios shall be less than five (5) for metering
core.
4) The secondary terminals shall be terminated on stud type suitable no’s of non-
disconnecting and disconnecting terminal blocks inside the terminal box of degree
of protection IP:55 at the bottom of CT. The CT shall have provision for
measurement of capacitance and tan delta as erected at site.
5) Current transformers shall be tested in accordance with the requirement of IEC
60044-1/ BIS 2705 and all the type test certificates shall be submitted for SPD
approval during detailed engineering.
6) Technical requirements for Current Transformers.
SN Parameter Requirement
1. Installation Outdoor Rated
2. Highest system Voltage (Um) As per system requirement
3. Rated frequency 50 Hz
4. System neutral earthing Effectively earthed
5. Short time thermal current As per system parameters requirement
6. Class of accuracy:
i) Protection (Core I) 5P10
ii)Metering (Core II) 0.2S (Tariff metering), 0.2 (MFM & others)
7) The following Type tests as per IEC 60044-1 / BIS 2705 (Latest version) shall be
submitted during detailed Engineering.
a) Short time current Test.
b) Temperature rise test.
c) Lightning Impulse Test.
d) High Voltage Power frequency wet withstand voltage test.
e) Determination of errors or other characteristics according to the requirements
of the appropriate designation or accuracy class.
f) IP-55 for terminal box
[Link] General Requirement of Potential Transformers (PTs)
1) Voltage transformers shall be electro-magnetic (EMU) type and shall comprise of
compensating reactor, intermediate transformer, and protective and damping
devices. The oil level indicator of EMU with danger level marking shall be clearly
visible to maintenance personnel standing on ground.
2) The secondaries shall be protected by HRC cartridge type fuses for all windings. In
addition, fuses shall also be provided for protection and metering windings for
connection to fuse monitoring scheme.
3) The secondary terminals shall be terminated on stud type non-disconnecting
terminal blocks via the fuse inside the terminal box of degree of protection IP55.
The access to secondary terminals shall be without the danger of access to high
voltage circuit.
4) The accuracy of metering core shall be maintained through the entire burden
range up to 50VA on all three windings without any adjustments during
operations.
5) Potential transformers shall be tested in accordance with the requirement of IEC
60044-2/ BIS 3156 and all the type test certificates shall be submitted for SPD
approval during detailed engineering.
6) Technical requirements for Potential Transformers
SN Parameter Requirement
1. Highest System Voltage (Um) As per system requirement
2. System neutral earthing Effectively earthed
3. Rated min Power frequency withstand As per BIS / IEC compliance
voltage (rms)
4. Rated lightning impulse withstand As per BIS / IEC compliance
voltage (peak value)
5. Class of Accuracy 0.2
6. Standard reference range of Frequencies 96% to 102% for protection and
for which the accuracy is valid 99% to 101% for measurement
7. Rated voltage factor 1.2 continuous & 1.5 for 30 sec
8. Stray capacitance and stray As per IEC:358
Conductance of LV terminal Over Entire
carrier frequency Range
9. One Minute Power Frequency 2 kV rms
Withstand voltage for secondary
winding
10. Temp. rise over an ambient Temp. of As per IEC 60044
500C
11. Number of terminals in control spare All terminals of control circuits
wired Cabinet up to marshaling
box Partial discharge level 10
Pico Coulombs max.
7) The following Type/Factory tests as per IEC 60044-2/ BIS 3156 (Latest version)
shall be submitted during detailed Engineering.
a) Insulation resistance tests winding to winding and each winding to ground.
b) Polarity test on each transformer.
c) Turn’s ratio test.
d) IP-55 for terminal box.
e) Temperature rise test.
6) The following Type tests as per IEC 60099-4 / BIS: 3070 (Latest version) shall
be submitted during detailed Engineering.
a) Lightning, switching impulse residual voltage measurement.
b) Operating duty test
c) Repetitive charge transfer capability test
d) Temporary over voltage test and reference voltage measurement on ZnO
blocks in the laboratory.
20.6.7. Insulators &Fittings
1) Supporting insulators of circuit breakers, disconnecting switches and surge
arrestors, bushing insulators for instrument transformers as well as all post type
insulators for evacuating the power shall be made of best quality porcelain and
shall be brown glazed.
2) All insulators shall be suitable for heavily polluted atmosphere and shall be able to
withstand the duty requirements of the associated equipment.
3) When operating under normal rated voltage, there shall be no electric discharge
between the conductors and bushing which would cause corrosion or injury to
conductors, insulators or supports by the formation of substances produced by
chemical action.
4) No radio interference shall be caused by the insulators/bushings when operating
at the normal rated voltage.
5) All iron parts shall be hot dip galvanized and all joints shall be airtight. All current
carrying contact surfaces shall be silver plated.
6) Individual units of each strings shall be identical and interchangeable and shall be
suitable for forming either suspension or strain strings and shall be so designed as
to prevent formation of any defect due to expansion or contraction in porcelain or
metal fittings.
7) The design, material selection, constructional features and testing of insulators
and fittings shall comply with all currently applicable statutes, regulations and
safety codes.
8) All the Type tests, routine tests and acceptance tests shall be carried out as per
BIS/IEC 60168.
9) The following Type tests as per BIS/IEC 60168 (Latest version) shall be submitted
during detailed Engineering.
a) Power frequency withstand voltage test,
b) Lightning Impulse withstand voltage test,
c) Mechanical failing load test.
the New Switchyard equipment also is accepted. The functionality of the relay shall not
be affected by the variation of DC supply. The Switchyard equipment's Control devices
shall withstand higher DC voltage during rapid charging of station batteries and shall be
able to remain stable when transient dips of the DC voltage.
The AC auxiliary supply of 230V, single phase 50Hz for the control, relay and protection
panel shall be fed from AC distribution board at PESS through separate MCB.
The DC & AC auxiliary circuits for the Delivery Point Bay extension shall be designed as
per the system provisions of the present delivery point Switch yard.
[Link] Protection Relays:
a) Relays shall be suitable for flush mounting on the panel with connections from the rear,
protected with dust tight cases for tropical use and with transparent cover removable
from the front.
b) The underground feeder circuit shall have fast acting, microprocessor based numeric
protection relays to detect phase and earth faults as the main protection. The protective
relays shall be multi characteristic inverse minimum time/current type over current and
earth fault protection with numerical display of setting values, measured values,
memorized fault values and software self-supervision with auto diagnosis. The numerical
protection relay shall also have protections for Over/Under Voltage and PT Fuse Failure.
c) The numerical relay shall be able to retain in a non-volatile memory all its latest logics,
algorithm, settings, registered values, events, oscillography and operation indications in
the event of DC power failure. An internal watchdog or self-supervision functions shall
be provided. In the event of an internal relay failure, the relay shall trigger an alarm or
indication and identity any internal relay errors and failures. Self- supervision separate
alarm/trip contact shall be provided. The self- supervision functions shall not affect the
performance of any protection functions.
d) The main Numerical Protective Relays shall synchronize the internal clock with GPS
based time synchronizing equipment directly. GPS system with external antenna with
complete scheme shall be supplied for time synchronization for Energy meters, SCADA
and Numerical relays. Required cabling is included in the scope of Contractor.
e) Trip Relays and Auxiliary Relays: Auxiliary relays and High-speed Trip relays shall be
suitable for operation on DC system in the range of 80% to 120% of the nominal DC
Voltage. The relays shall be stable and not be affected by a slow decay, surges, dips,
ripples, spikes and chattering of the DC supply. This DC supply shall be monitored
continuously and an alarm provided in event of failure. Trip & Auxiliary relays shall be
housed in dust and moisture proof cases and shall be arranged so that adjustments,
testing and replacement can be effected with the minimum of time and labour.
f) Trip & Auxiliary relays shall be provided with LCD/ LED or flag indicators, phase
labeled/coloured, where applicable.
• Wiring connection to any electrical interlock shall not produce or permit faulty
operation.
• Circuit breakers shall be electrically interlocked so that except under maintenance
conditions it is not possible to close a circuit breaker.
• Isolators shall be so interlocked such that they cannot be operated unless the
associated circuit breaker is opened.
• Earth switches shall be so interlocked that it can be closed only when the
particular bus section is dead.
[Link] TESTS:
The following tests shall be carried out at the manufacturer's works for final inspection
after completing the assemble of control and relay panel:
• Assembly inspection and dimensional check
• Insulation resistance measurement and dielectric test
• Functional check on control circuits
• Check to verify the functioning of instruments and meters
• Secondary injection tests on protective relays
20.6.9. TARIFF METERING SYSTEM: Suitably designed Tariff Metering System to measure the
generated energy shall be placed at the Delivery Point. Tariff Metering scheme shall
have the following features.
1) Tri Vector type (TVM) Net energy meters shall be microprocessor based multi-
function type and shall be suitable for billing purposes with necessary sealing
arrangement as per system requirements. Energy meter shall be 0.2s accuracy
class suitable for ABT requirement withmetering panel. Three nos. of TVM energy
meters (Main, check and Standby) along with respective metering CTs and PTs
either as Indoor type or outdoor type or combined CT-PT unit as per system
requirement/ respective Discom requirement shall be provided by the Contractor.
CT & PT signals shall be extended to the TVM energy meters from the dedicated
metering CT (0.2S class of accuracy) & metering PT (0.2 Class of accuracy).
2) TVM Meters shall be suitable for interfacing and synchronizing the built-in clock of
the meter by GPS time synchronization equipment. Contractor shall synchronize
the meter using GPS time synchronization equipment. All the hardware required
for synchronization shall be in scope of Contractor.
3) The responsibility of arranging for the meters, its inspection/calibration/testing
charges etc. from Statutory authorities rests with the Contractor and all charges
incurred on Meter testing, shall be borne by the Contractor.
4) Technical Requirements of Energy Meters
I. The meters shall be capable of measuring voltage, current, frequency, power
factor, active and reactive power, real and reactive energy, maximum demand
etc. The meters shall have facility to monitor power interruptions, run hour with
power on time and off time with date. The meters shall have crisp high visibility
display and scrolling facility to display the desired parameter.
II. The meters Shall carry out measurement of active energy (both import and
export) and reactive energy (both import and export) by 3-phase, 4 wire principle
suitable for balanced/ unbalanced 3 phase load.
III. The active and reactive energy shall be directly computed by using CT & PT
primary ratings. The reactive energy shall be recorded for each metering interval
in four different registers as MVARh (lag) when active export, MVARh (Lag) when
active import, MVARh (lead) when active export, MVARh (Lead) when active
import.
IV. The meters Shall have an optical port and /or RS 232/485 port on the front of the
meter for data collection from either a hand-held meter reading instrument
(MRI) having a display for energy readings or from a Laptop with suitable
software. The Contractor shall supply the MRI and/or Laptop complete with all
optical interface unit required.
V. Two separate registers shall be provided to record MVARH when system voltage
is more than 103% and is lower than 97%.
VI. The meters Shall compute the net MWh and MVARh during each successive 15-
minute block metering interval along with a plus/minus sign, instantaneous
MWh, instantaneous MVARh, average frequency of each 15 minutes, net active
energy at midnight, net reactive energy for voltage low and high conditions at
each midnight.
VII. Each energy meter shall have a display unit. It shall display the net MWh and
MVARh with a plus/minus sign and average frequency during the previous
metering interval; peak MWh demand since the last demand reset; accumulated
total (instantaneous) MWh and MVARh with a plus/minus sign, date and time;
and instantaneous current and voltage on each phase.
VIII. All the registers shall be stored in a non-volatile memory. Meter registers for
each metering interval, as well as accumulated totals, shall be downloadable. All
the net active/reactive energy values displayed or stored shall be with a plus
/minus sign for export/import.
IX. The meters Shall have a built-in clock and calendar with an accuracy of less than
15seconds per month drift without assistance of external time synchronizing
pulse.
X. Date/time shall be displayed on demand. The clock shall be synchronized by GPS
time synchronization equipment being supplied by the Contractor.
XI. The voltage monitoring shall be inbuilt feature provided to signal failures to the
Substation Automation System, the meter shall be suitable to operate with
power drawn from the PT supplies. The burden of the meters shall be less than 2
VA.
XII. The power supply to the meter shall be healthy even with a single-phase PT
supply. An automatic backup, in the event of non-availability of voltage in all the
phases, shall be provided by a built-in long-life battery and shall not need
replacement for at least 10 years with a continuous PT interruption of at least 2
years. Even under absence of PT input, energy meter display shall be available
and it shall be possible to download data from the energy meter. In case data
downloading is not possible in absence of PT supply, meter with provision of
required auxiliary power supply shall be provided. Date and time of PT
interruption and restoration shall be automatically stored in a non-volatile
memory.
XIII. The meter shall have access to test MWh and MVARh accuracy and calibration at
site and test terminal blocks shall be provided for the same.
XIV. Each meter shall have a unique identification code provided by SPD and shall be
permanently marked on the front of the meter and stored in the non-volatile
memory of the meter.
XV. Type Test requirement for Energy Meter: All Type Test Reports shall be provided
as per IEC 62052-11/IEC 62053-22/ BIS 14697
20.7. SCADA requirements:
The following equipment / Sub Systems for HT/EHV outdoor switch yard shall be
connected to the suitably designed Remote I/O Units (RIO) or Control and
Monitoring units (CMU) for effective automatic control and monitoring from
SCADA at PESS.
1) Energy Meters.
2) Numerical Relays.
3) Status of Breaker & Isolators.
4) MFM.
20.8. Grid Interfacing Technical Requirements
The Contractor is required to refer to the “Procedure for Integration of Solar Power
Plant with Regional entities” issued by the competent authority. It is in the scope of
the Contractor to provide all data and applicable study/simulation reports for
submission to RLDC for first time charging clearances as may be required by
regulatory/statutory body. The information and simulation reports indicated but
not limited to the items as listed below, generally are required.
1. Parameters of Inverter in applicable file format to be validated with the test
report results from the LVRT/HVRT certification and the validation report to be
submitted.
2. Simulation Report of plant model confirming CEA compliance for Dynamic
reactive support /LVRT/ HVRT/Frequency control.
SECTION 21
CONTENTS
Sl No. DESCRIPTION
21.1 GENERAL CIVIL SPECIFICATION
21.2 PRELIMINARY WORKS
21.3 MODULE MOUNTING STRUCTURE (MMS)
21.4 POWER EXPORT SUB STATION (PESS)/MAIN CONTROL ROOM (MCR)
21.5 POWER COLLECTION SUB-STATION (PCSS)
21.6 INTERNAL ROAD, APPROACH ROAD AND PERIPHERAL ROAD
21.7 PERIPHERAL FENCING
21.8 ENTRANCE GATE
21.9 SIGN BOARD
21.10 SECURITY BUILDING
21.11 TWO/ FOUR-WHEELER PARKING SHED
21.12 MODULE CLEANING SYSTEM
21.13 STORM-WATER DRAINAGE NETWORK
21.14 LANDSCAPING DESIGN
21.16 POWER EXPORT SWITCHYARD AND TOWERLINES
21.17 TIMELINE FOR CRITICAL CIVIL ENGINEERING ACTIVITES
21.1.1 The scope of civil works detailed below is only indicative. Any other civil and
Structural steel work, which is not mentioned or not included here, but necessary
for the establishment and operation & maintenance of Solar Power Plant shall be
included in the scope and borne by the Contractor.
21.1.2 This specifications document is not exhaustive, and the contractor shall be
responsible not only for the requirements specified herein but for the correct
choice of materials, for proper fabrication and for the conformity to codes,
regulations and legal requirements and for supplying all the documentation of
these materials.
21.1.3 In General, all civil works shall be carried out as per relevant latest Indian Standards
and Codes of Practice, as well as all applicable laws and regulations of the
Government of India and local codes and ordinances should such provisions exceed
the requirement of Indian Standards.
21.1.4 General civil material specification for all RCC / Foundation works shall be as
mentioned below:
Cement Cement of the following Grades shall be used for all works. It shall
conform to the following standards.
(a) 43 Grade OPC BIS 8112
(b) 53 Grade OPC BIS 12269
(c) Portland - Pozzolana Cement BIS 1489 (Parts 1 & 2)
Aggregate Coarse aggregate - Shall confirm to latest BIS 383.
Fine aggregate - Sand shall confirm to latest BIS 383. However,
quarry dust shall not be used for construction
activities. Approval shall be obtained from SPD site
in-charge for source of M-Sand.
Water Potable water confirming to BIS 456
Reinforcement All reinforcement steel used shall confirm BIS 1786 and grade shall
be Minimum Fe 500
Binding wire for reinforcement shall be annealed steel wire 20
BWG conforming to BIS: 280 “Specification for Mild Steel Wire”.
The number of strands shall be as per BIS specification.
Bricks All brick works shall be done using at least class designation 7.5 of
approved quality as per IS: 1077, IS: 2212 and IS: 3495. All concrete
blocks shall be of minimum compressive strength of 7.5 N/mm2
and shall be of Grade-A as per IS: 2185. All stone masonry work
shall be ashlar masonry work with stone of minimum compressive
strength of 7.5 N/mm2. The stone masonry work shall be in line
with IS: 1597, IS: 1122 and IS: 1126.
Seismic Data & Design Seismic Zone III, IS 1893 (Part 1) shall be followed
Criteria
Wind Data & Design Basic wind speed shall be as per IS 875 (Part-3) (Based
Criteria on survey of India Political map printed in 2002).
Note: For Wind Load Calculation, the 20% reduction
shall not be considered.
21.1.6 The structural design along with STAAD file and detailed drawings of all
buildings/structures shall be submitted to SPD/ SPD’s Engineering Consultant for
approval, before commencement of work. Provisions of IS 1893 and Ductile
detailing in accordance with IS 13920 shall be followed for all buildings/structures,
which fall under earthquake zone 3 & above.
21.1.7 During the execution of solar project, all debris/waste materials generated like
construction waste, packaging of civil materials, packaging of electrical equipments,
hazardous waste etc. shall be removed from the project site premises and shall be
disposed off safely as per Govt. guidelines/norms. Similarly, excavated earth shall
either be re-used for backfilling purpose if suitable else, shall be disposed off from
the project site, suitably without causing any obstruction to nearby drainage.
21.1.8 For storage of civil construction materials and electrical equipments during project
execution stage, temporary storage shed shall be erected in project site in vacant
land. Safety and security of the stored materials/equipments shall be ensured by
contractor on his own.
21.1.9 Contractor shall clear the project site of trees, bushes, vegetation. Necessary
approval for cutting trees/vegetation shall be obtained by contractor from
State/Central Govt. authorities. Demolition of existing structures / facilities, if any
encountered within the project site premises is in contractor scope.
21.1.10 All construction materials including cement, bricks, aggregates, rebars, structural
steel etc. and finishing materials viz. paints, tiles, false ceilings, sanitary fittings &
sanitary wares, plumbing fixtures, electrification fixtures etc. shall be of branded
quality and make. Prior approval for installation of the same at site shall be taken by
the contractor from the SPD.
21.1.11 Statutory approvals and permissions not mentioned specifically but are required to
carry out hassle free construction and operation of the plant is in the scope of Bidder.
21.1.12 CONCRETE
Concrete shall be placed in the forms as close as possible to its final position in a
single operation to the full thickness of slabs and beams and shall be placed in
horizontal layers, not exceeding 2.5 m height in a single pour in walls, columns,
and similar members.
The Bidder shall organize the pouring of concrete in such a manner that once
concreting of a section has started the operation shall be continuous and each
operation shall be completed prior to a stoppage.
The temperature of concrete shall not exceed 40°C measured at discharge into
the works.
The maximum allowable temperature of any point within any cast element is
60°C. The maximum allowable temperature differential between any two points
in the same element is 15°C. Additional temperature control measures during
construction (such as the use of insulated formwork) will be required. Bidder to
prepare a process control chart and method statement verifying measures to
achieve these requirements. Temperature monitoring of concrete work is
required where:
a) The minimum dimension of any casting is 0.8 m3or more, or
b) Where otherwise instructed by the SPD where specified on the drawings,
construction, expansion, or contraction joints shall be provided, and the
concrete shall be poured continuously between two adjacent joints. No other
joints than shown on the drawings shall be permitted. Stoppage (cold) joints
formed between two concreting operations separated by more than 6 hours’
time shall be subject to the same treatment as the construction joints. Concrete
shall not be dropped into place from a height exceeding 1.5 metres. Concrete
which has partially hardened shall not be exposed to injurious vibration or
shock, except for controlled re-vibration where specified. When concreting of a
certain large structural element is specified strictly as to be poured continuously,
then the concreting operations shall be organized for day and night working, in
long shifts, as necessary.
Compaction and mechanical vibration of concrete: As concrete is being placed
it shall be compacted by mechanical vibrators complying withIS:2505, IS:2506,
IS:2514 & IS:4656, to obtain a dense material free from honeycombing from
water and air holes. The Bidder shall ensure that the vibrators are used in such
manner that the reinforcement is not displaced, the formwork not damaged and
no segregation caused, but complete compaction of the concrete is achieved.
Finish of concrete: The concrete face shall have the finishes indicated on the
drawings or in the present specification. The finished surface of the concrete
shall be sound, solid and free from honeycombing, protuberances, air holes or
exposed aggregate. No plastering, cement wash, mortar or paint shall be applied
to cover defective concrete surfaces.
21.1.13 CURING
Concrete shall be protected from loss of moisture for not less than 7 days after
the concrete is placed. Trowelled surfaces, except those that receive a separate
Topographical survey for the entire project site in both directions shall be carried
out:
At least 50-meter width of the adjoining solar plots and area shall also be covered in
the survey for correlation with adjoining plots. Presence of any well and/or tube
well in the site or adjoining areas and water level in them shall be marked in the
documents / Drawings. The work shall include construction of six (6) permanent
Benchmarks and reference pillars which shall be shown on the survey drawings.
The field work shall be done with Total Station Equipment in the following steps:
Establishing horizontal and vertical controls and locating reference grids and
benchmark in the area. Surveying for establishing spot levels and plotting contours.
Surveying for locating the natural and manmade details as described earlier. The
grids for the survey work shall be established in N-S & E-W direction (Corresponding
to Magnetic North).
Topographical survey can be carried out through drone survey also subjected to
adherence of statutory compliance with respect to the region/site.
Establishment of Ground Control Points (GCP) shall be carried out by drone survey
agency. In case of drone survey, unwanted features such as vegetation, water body
and infrastructure should be removed to obtain only ground points.
After completion of topographical survey, the contractor shall submit draft survey
report consisting of following documents:
[Link] The contractor shall have to perform the soil investigation at the respective
locations to ascertain the soil parameters of the proposed solar power Plant for
construction of Solar Module support structure foundations, Power Collection Sub
Station, Power Export Sub Station, etc., The Contractor shall carry out sub soil
investigation from a NABL certified agency.
[Link] The scope of sub-soil investigation includes: execution of complete soil exploration
including boring according to the site requirement, drilling, collection of
undisturbed soil sample where ever possible, otherwise disturbed soil samples,
Standard Penetration Test (SPT), California Bearing Ratio (CBR) test, Electrical
Resistivity test (ERT), etc., conducting laboratory test of samples to find out the
various parameters mainly related to load bearing capacity and settlement, ground
water table level, sub soil conditions such as chemical characteristics of soil. The soil
test also includes analysis of ground water sample. For swelling type of soil, the
effect of swelling pressure shall be taken into account in arriving at pile capacity as
well as safe bearing capacity of the soil.
[Link] Before conducting soil investigation at site, borehole/test location layout shall be
furnished to SPD/ SPD’s Engineering Consultant for approval. Layout shall indicate
locations of bore holes along with PESS/MCR, PCSS, roads & fencing/plant boundary
in proposed solar project site. UTM Coordinates of the borehole location shall
tabulated in bore location layout indicatively considering location of PESS/MCR &
PCSS. Minimum 1 No. of borehole of minimum 10 m depth shall be carried out in
every 15 acres of land for MMS foundations. Minimum 1 number of ERT, 1 no. Trial
pit (with TRT) shall be carried out for every 100 acres/mandatory at location of
Inverter Yard or less area, as per layout.
[Link] After completion of soil investigation, the contractor shall submit draft soil
investigation report consisting of following details:
Contractor shall prepare Overall Solar Plant layout in UTM grid of 50 m x 50 m and
approval shall be obtained from SPD before execution of work at site. Overall plant
layout shall be developed by the contractor ensuring no water logging takes place in
the array-yard area or near boundaries. Necessary pitch distance shall be
maintained between rows of MMS Tables for easy approach & maintenance point
of view.
Overall plant layout shall indicate location of MMS tables, Power Export Sub Station
(PESS)/MCR, Power Collection Sub Station (PCSS), String Monitoring Units (SMU),
Lightning arrestors (LA), Security cabin, approach road, peripheral road, internal
road, gate and peripheral fencing.
The contractor shall prepare array layout to suit their design and plan the total
power plant within the available land area without involving any major site
modifications. The Contractor shall ensure that no ponding and flooding occurs in
low lying areas and effective drainage system is provided in the whole plot area. All
building and other structures shall be constructed in levelled area. Adequate slope
protection measures and sand erosion control measures shall be undertaken by the
contractor.
MMS Coordinate layout indicating relative locations of all the column legs of MMS
in UTM Coordinate for each block shall be submitted for approval.
Similarly, coordinate layout for Power Export Sub-station and Power Collection sub-
station indicating locations of all the column positions in UTM Coordinate shall be
submitted for approval.
Tilt angle for MMS structure for the Project location shall be decided based on PV
Syst Report during detailed engineering.
All cold formed members shall conform to the physical specifications of ASTM A653
or latest BIS 811 or any other relevant international standards. All purlin members
shall confirm to ASTM A792M or BIS: 15961 (latest revision).
All cold formed structural members shall be hot dip galvanized as per BIS 4759 or
relevant Indian standards and local coating thickness shall be 90micron.
Sizes for fasteners shall be as per latest relevant BIS provisions. All fasteners shall
be provided according to connection design requirements as per latest BIS 800. All
bolts shall be tightened with designed torque mechanically.
Contractor shall submit detailed design document along with STAAD file for MMS
structure along with MMS General Arrangement drawing for approval.
The structure shall be designed for loads and load combination as per Indian
Standards (latest revisions)
Dead load (DL) Dead loads shall be self-weight of all the modules, members
and fasteners.
Wind load (WL) The wind load parameters shall be considered as per latest
BIS 875 (Part-3).
Earthquake load The MMS structure shall be designed for Seismic forces.
(EL) Seismic parameters Zone & Importance Factor shall be based
on latest BIS: 1893(Part-1).
Vertical Deflection & Horizontal Sway Limits: The limiting permissible vertical and
horizontal deflection for structural steel members shall be as per latest BIS 800:
2007.
Typical design calculation for a critical member (Member with highest Unity value
in STAAD) in each of Column, rafter, purlin, and bracing members shall be attached
in design document.
Foundation work of Module Mounting Structure shall commence only, after the
proper micro-levelling of the site.
21.3.4 Module Mounting Structure (MMS) - Fabrication and erection shall be carried out
in accordance with latest BIS 800 and BIS 801. Fabrication drawings of all members
of MMS shall be submitted by contractor for approval.
The MCR building shall be designed as single storey RCC framed structure with
external staircase (Minimum 1.50 m width) with aesthetic appearance and shall be
designed based relevant latest BIS standards and National Building Code (NBC) of
India.
The structural design along with STAAD file and detailed drawings of PESS/MCR
building shall be submitted to SPD for approval, before commencement of work.
Plastering - All internal and external surfaces of wall shall have 15 mm thick
plastering in CM 1:5. Ceiling plastering shall be 12mm thick in CM 1:3.
The emulsion paint for all external walls shall be anti-fungal quality of
reputed brand suitable for masonry surfaces for medium rainfall zone.
False ceiling - All AC rooms (Office room and SCADA room) and Switchgear room,
Battery room and AC/DC Distribution panel area shall be provided with false ceiling
of suitable type using approved materials. The false ceiling shall be designed
aesthetically and shall be from reputed Manufacturer. False ceiling of 15 mm thick
mineral fibreboard, in tile form of size 600mm x 600mm, along with galvanised
light gauge rolled form supporting system in double web construction pre painted
with steel capping, of approved shade and colour, to give grid of maximum size of
600x600 mm as per manufacturers details including supporting grid system,
expansion fasteners for suspension arrangement from RCC, providing openings for
AC ducts(if required), return air grills(if required), light fixtures, etc., all complete.
21.4.4 FLOORING
Vitrified ceramic tiles of approved quality, approved colour and shade of minimum
size 600 mm x 600 mm shall be laid over minimum 40mm PCC.
21.4.5 ROOFING
Roof of the PESS/MCR building shall be Cast-in-situ RCC slab treated with approved
chemical waterproofing system to prevent water leakage and seepage issues. Roof
shall be finished at a slope of 1:100 towards rain water down take pipe. Roof shall
be laid with weatherproof ceramic cool roof tiles of reputed brand.
For efficient disposal of rainwater, the run-off gradient for the roof shall not be less
than 1:100 and the roof shall be provided with PVC (110 mm dia.) rain water down
take pipe, wherever required.
The roof slab shall be projected 300mm from wall face. A parapet wall of 750 mm
height shall be provided on terrace using 115mm thick brick wall with stiffeners
230x230mm at a spacing of 2.4m c/c.
Doors and windows on external walls of the buildings shall be provided with RCC
sunshade over the openings with 150 mm projection on either side of the
openings. All glazing work shall conform to relevant BIS.
rammed and consolidated and grouted with fine sand including finishing the top
with suitable slope & edge drain.
➢ All Sanitary ware shall be using low flow Chrome Plated (CP) fittings
and fixtures.
➢ Each toilet shall have the following minimum fittings:
o WC (Western type) of approved quality with seat cover, low level
flushing tank, paper holder, health faucet etc.
o Flat back semi-stall urinals for Gents Toilet
o Wash basin of approved quality with all fittings.
o Mirror (600 x 450 mm) with PVC beading
o Stainless steel towel rail with brackets
o Stainless steel soap holder and liquid soap dispenser.
Pantry shall be provided with stainless steel sink with drain board.
21.4.9 SEWAGE SYSTEM
Adequate sewage disposal arrangements shall be provided. The septic tank and
soak pit shall be designed as per NBC guidelines. The Contractor can also
propose Bio septic tanks (As per manufacturer recommendation). The outfall of
septic tank shall be led to soak-pit of suitable dimensions for dispersion. The
drainage system design and construction drawings of sewage piping / septic tank
shall be submitted to SPD for approval before commencement of work.
21.4.10 FURNITURE
Executive steel table with glass top and 3 sliding drawers for
1 4 Nos.
office
2 Height adjustable cushioned chair with arm rest for office 7 Nos.
RCC indoor cable trenches shall be provided with 50X50X6 mm angles grouted on
the top edge of the trench wall for holding minimum 6 or 8 mm thick mild steel
chequered plate covers (600 mm in length except at ends & bends) with lifting
arrangement. Angle or channels shall also be grouted at distances of 600 mm
across the indoor cable trenches to support the chequered plates.
The trench bed shall have a slope of minimum 1/500 along the length & 1/250
along the width. Suitable drain sump at lowest point of the trench shall be
provided for pumping out the water.
21.4.12
Conference Room shall also be equipped with conference table of 10 persons with
Power Sockets with 10 chairs and sofas. Conference room shall be equipped with
an all-in-one printer cum scanner, refrigerator (150 litre), projector & screen of 2m
x 2m and fans. All material, installations, accessories to be provided shall be of best
quality and of standard manufacturer as approved by the SPD. All units of the
Control Room shall have marked signage of SS sheet of 1mm along with engraving
words and filled with black color at all facilities within Control room.
The RCC platform for PCSS shall be raised from the NGL to a minimum height of 1.5
M and suitable staircase with Galvanized steel handrail of minimum 1.00 m height
shall be provided. Cable bending radius and other relevant factors to be considered
during platform design. This shall be reviewed during detailed engineering.
The area around the transformer and equipment’s shall be covered with gravel and
PVC coated galvanised chain link fence of height min 1.8 m with fence posts, gates
and toe wall shall be provided. All fence posts shall be 50X50X6 MS angles spaced
at 2.5m c/c distance and all other specification mentioned for Fencing and gate
shall be followed. M.S. angle posts shall conform to IS: 2062. All structure steel
shall be hot dip galvanized with galvanization coating thickness of 90 micron. In
addition, a small gate, 1.2 m wide shall be provided for man entry. Transformer
track rails shall conform to IS: 3443. The requirement of fire barrier wall between
transformers shall be as per Electricity Rules and IS: 1646 recommendations.
The inverter transformers, NIFPS etc., shall be placed minimum 750 mm above NGL
and higher as per hydrology study data during detail engineering. Also, 40mm BG
metal filling with thickness as per design shall be provided around the transformer.
Burnt oil and NIFPS pits shall be RCC tank shall be provided with membrane type
internal water proofing. It shall have C.I man hole cover (750 x 750 mm) and rungs
to enter the pit.
21.6.1 The roads shall be designed and constructed based on the General layout of the
Solar Power Plant.
21.6.2 Carriage way width of all approach roads shall be of 3.50 M (Single lane) with
minimum 500 mm wide shoulder on both sides. Moorum/brick, with a minimum
125 mm thick shall be provided for the shoulder along the approach road. The
crown of the road shall be minimum 150 mm above NGL. The final finished roads
shall have a camber of 1 in 50. These roads shall be laid with:
Base Course and Two layers of WBM laid over Granular Subbase, thickness of
Sub base Course layers to be as per Detailed Design Engineering
Carriage way width of all internal, and peripheral roads shall be of 3.50 M (Single
lane). These roads shall be laid with:
Soling layer This bottom layer shall be laid in layers using laterite/BG
Boulders/locally available natural rock boulders - Each of 115
mm thickness, total thickness as per requirement of site
condition and each layer shall be blinded with gravel with
1/3 quantity of laterite/boulders.
Approach road, internal road and Peripheral Road detailed drawing and layout shall
be submitted to SPD/ SPD’s Engineering Consultant for approval, before
commencement of work.
All fasteners shall confirm to BIS 1367 & shall be hot dip galvanized as per latest
BIS 1367 (Part XIII)
PVC coated Chain link Fencing & GI Barbed wire shall be of reputed make and shall
be got approved before use on works.
Fencing details and layout drawings shall be submitted to SPD for approval, before
commencement of work.
Entrance gate detailed drawing shall be submitted to SPD for approval, before
commencement of manufacturing / construction.
/Galvalume sheet roofing and flooring with paver block shall be provided
adjacent to the PESS Building.
21.12 STORE ROOM
Store room of minimum 200 sqm floor area, using structural framework with
colour coated metal /Galvalume sheet roofing and RCC flooring shall be
constructed for storing equipment, tools and their spare parts including materials
necessary for the operation & maintenance of the Solar Power Plant. It shall the
ensured that the materials inside the store room shall be protected from rain, dust
and corrosion.
21.13 MODULE CLEANING SYSTEM
Contractor shall design and install Robotic/Wet cleaning system for the entire
project site for successful operation of the plant for 25 years.
21.13.1 In case of Wet Module cleaning system, contractor shall adhere to following
specification:
✓ To the extent feasible, the run-off from washing shall be designed to get
absorbed in the soil below the solar arrays. Excess water during rains
shall be drained through storm water drains built in the Plant area and
finally let into the main storm water drain leading to the Nallah.
Contractor shall submit detailed design document and Module cleaning system
layout drawings for SPD approval. The Contractor shall lay main & distribution
pipelines required for wet cleaning purpose.
a) Though the cleaning system is dry type and waterless, but should able to
use water sprinkled for cleaning more stubborn stains.
b) It shall be automatic, SCADA enabled robot-based cleaning system without
the usage of rail. It should have Smart embedded micro controller for robot
control and operation with remote SCADA to ensure cleaner operation,
monitor various faults, battery status through cloud-based software. It
should withstand high temperature of 80oC and lowest temperature of
15oC, and should withstand wind speed of minimum 47m/s or as per IS 875
(Part III) (based on Survey of India Political Map printed in 2002) when it is
docked at the docking station.
c) It shall have provision to be powered by its own solar panels and
rechargeable LiFePO4 batteries to have fully autonomous operation of
cleaning. There should have provision for External Charging Facility of
Battery at Docking Station. Can perform one cleaning cycle Forward &
Reverse of any length of panel row as fast as possible. It should run suitable
Battery Capacity Lithium Iron Phosphate batteries with maximum cycle life
d) The cleaning system shall not cause any stress to the main solar module
glass. The robot should have wheels and should move on panel frames and
on bridge rails between adjacent tables.
e) Design shall ensure that any misalignment in panel layout does not affect
cleaning and enable inter-string/table traversal.
f) It shall be docked at home position extending beyond the panels, without
casting shadow on the solar modules. It should have Non-abrasive,
nonconductive and electrically safe brush material such as micro fibre or
nylon.
g) It shall be Light weight with material that ensure that the robot has smooth
surface exerts minimal stress on the panel frames and doesn’t get
corroded.
h) The Robot should employ flexible brush assemblies that mechanically
adjust to the vertical variations and offsets in adjacent panels.
i) Whatever may be the layout (portrait or landscape) or the dimensions of
the panels, the robot should ensure that the panels are uniformly cleaned
with the help of flexible brush assemblies.
j) Each robot should have separate high torque DC motor with encoder, for
linear movement on the panel in forward and reverse directions. Suitable
motors to be employed for operation of the brushes to clean the dust from
the panels without affecting the glass surface of the module
k) Robotic module cleaning system shall also have:
i. Provision for Emergency Stop and local manual operation
ii. System and Controller panel housing - IP65 enclosure
iii. Facility to be integrated to Solar Plant SCADA System
iv. Locking Arrangement of Robot at the docking station.
v. Suitable track changer for robotic cleaner to move from one row to
another automatically
vi. Required Rail arrangement for moving robot within a row from one
table to another
vii. A system Warranty of minimum 3 years from date of
Commissioning of cleaning system.
l) The manufacturer should provide the list of the vendors from whom, they
have supplied.
Contractor shall supply the complete robotic cleaning system at site as per
approved Array / Plant layout drawings, and supervision of installation &
commissioning by supplier along with SPD O&M team, all other activities related
to robotic cleaning including storage, loading, unloading, transportation within site,
its supply including start end docking station, bridge material required complete in
all aspect, nuts and bolts, fasteners, installation, coordination, commissioning and
any other activity not specified herein but required for successful commissioning of
robotic cleaning system is included in the scope of contractor.
and if anything required to complete the following scope of work bidder shall arrange
the same by Bidder at its own cost.
a) Site visit for reconnaissance survey and collection of data required for successful
completion of the study. Bidder need to acquaint himself regarding complete site -
specific information before start of work. An interim report covering site visit report,
identification of outfall locations and preliminary planning schemes of drainage
network will have to be submitted to SPD
b) Estimation of rainfall intensity and run-off corresponding to 25-year, 50 year and
100-year return period
c) Report shall cover flood risk analysis and inundation map at project site for various
rainfall return period of 100, 50 and 25 years.
d) Preparation of digital elevation model (DEM) for the study area for delineation of
catchment and delineation of drainage network for comparison with drains of topo-
sheet.
e) Estimation of high flood levels at various critical locations of project site.
f) Catchment area of streams entering the plot and outer catchment contributing to
drains within the plot to be identified
g) Natural streams/rivers, direction of water flow and width, depth, invert levels of
streams to be captured
h) Estimation of run off coefficient and recommendation for plant drainage System.
i) In post project scenario, the plot plan will have to be considered while planning
j) network within plant area. Runoff at critical points (at proposed culverts) of the
proposed drainage network including at all outfall locations will have to be
estimated.
k) Finalization of outfall points to evacuate flood waters from plant area.
l) Review of safe grade elevation based on the high flood level and other
considerations such as free board including optimization for land filling
m) Remedial measures to prevent site flooding.
n) Providing technical services as and when called for by the SPD.
Bidder is advised to follow the natural contour with specific requirements as below
SPD reserves the right for any changes and final decision.
21.14.2 STORM-WATER DRAINAGE NETWORK
Contractor shall design and provide storm water drainage network consisting of
internal drains and peripheral drains taking into account the topography of the
plant area, array layout, area drainage patterns and intensity of rainfall as per
latest BIS / IRC standards.
All internal drains shall be Earthen Drains / trapezoidal in section with minimum
600 mm wide at the base with side slope 1V:1.5H.
The trapezoidal drains shall be with RR pitching / pre-cast slab lining / any other
methodology which shall be decided during detailed design engineering.
based on hydrology study report and IMD data worst condition shall be taken for
design of drainage system. At no time for entire service life of 25 years, water
stagnation shall happen, and care shall be taken to maintain slope and prevention
of waterlogging. The surface run off coefficient shall be considered as per site soil
condition and shall not be less than 0.6 for the design of drainage system. The
velocity within the pipe culvert shall not be less than self-cleansing and not more
than erosion limit of lining material. The drainage scheme shall be designed
considering the BIDDER’s plot area and nearby catchment area contributing to the
plot drainage.
The complete drainage scheme, type & design of pipe culverts shall be submitted
to SPD for review and approval before start of drainage work at site.
The minimum & maximum flow velocity in pipe culvert shall be 0.6 m/sec and 1.80
m/sec respectively.
BIDDER shall also ensure that drainage from the plot does not encroach/flood into
the adjacent property and adjacent solar plots.
All above parameters may be suitably adjusted based on inputs being made
available by SPD for reference purpose. Also, any specific reference mentioned for
Drain design in any IS Code or IRC Code would also be acceptable subject to
approval of overall design during detailed Engineering stage. All project drains
would connect to the main drains of Park as per detailed layout to be prepared
during detailed Engineering stage.
Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) system shall be established by the contractor for
project site by using rooftop rain water harvesting system, ground water recharge
pits /ground water recharge trenches / recharge wells / percolation ponds etc.,
Collected rain water shall be effectively used by the contractor for gardening and
flushing purpose without treatment and in case of drinking purpose with water
treatment. Details of rain water harvesting system shall be submitted by contractor
along with storm water drainage design & drawing.
21.15 LANDSCAPING DESIGN
The contractor shall design landscaping / garden etc., aesthetically by
considering the aerial view of the entire Plant causing no shadow on the solar
panels.
✓ Contractor shall provide a flag pole for flag hoisting in important days in
front of PESS/MCR building. Interlocking paver block shall be provided
for walkways.
✓ The landscaping drawings shall be submitted to SPD and got approved
before commencement of work.
✓ The contractor shall have to maintain the gardens /landscaping during
the construction as well as entire O&M period.
SPD reserves the right to modify the landscaping design at any stage as per local
site conditions/requirements.
21.16 POWER EXPORT SWITCHYARD AND TOWER LINES
Civil and structural works for the Power Export Switchyard & Tower lines shall be
installed as per the technical requirements of State Electricity Department, and
CEA norms. Contractor shall get all the construction drawings vetted by State
Electricity department. The civil works for the PSS includes construction of all
equipment / tower / mast foundations, cable trenches, earth pits, and drains. All
pedestals for towers/equipment will extend to a minimum of 300mm above FGL.
The design document shall be submitted for support structures and towers to
SPD before the commencement of erection work. All structural steel shall be
galvanized as per relevant BIS standards.
The structure shall be designed for loads and load combination as per Indian
Standards (latest revisions)
Live load (LL) Live loads shall be considered as per latest BIS-875(Part-
2)
Wind Load (WL) The wind load parameters shall be considered as per
latest BIS 875 (Part-3).
Earthquake Load The PEB structure shall be designed for Seismic forces.
(EL) Seismic parameters Zone & Importance Factor shall be
based on latest BIS: 1893(Part-1).
Vertical Deflection & Horizontal Sway Limits: The limiting permissible vertical
and horizontal deflection for structural steel members shall be as per latest BIS
800: 2007.
21.17.3 STRUCTURAL AND MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS:
➢ Fabricated from hot rolled structural shapes shall have a minimum yield
strength of 250 MPa and shall confirm to the physical specifications of IS
2062 or equivalent ASTM specification.
OR
➢ Fabricated by cold forming process shall have a minimum yield strength
of 350 MPa and shall confirm to the physical specifications of IS 811 or
equivalent ASTM specification.
OR
➢ Fabricated from tubular steel sections with minimum yield strength of
310 MPa according to IS according to latest IS 4923 or equivalent ASTM
specification.
All structural steel shall be galvanized as per IS 4759. All cold formed structural
members shall be hot dip galvanized as per BIS 4759 and the average coating
thickness shall be 80 micron and local coating thickness shall be minimum 90
micron.
[Link] Secondary members -
Purlins, Girts and Eave struts shall be cold formed steel shall have a minimum
yield strength of 350 MPa and shall conform to the physical specifications of IS
811 or equivalent ASTM specification. All other secondary members (Bracings,
sag rods and ties) shall be hot rolled steel sections with minimum yield strength
of 250 MPa.
All structural steel shall be galvanized as per IS 4759. All cold formed structural
members shall be hot dip galvanized as per BIS 4759 and the average coating
thickness shall be 80 micron and local coating thickness shall be minimum 90
micron.
[Link] Fasteners & Connections:
Insulated wall cladding or roofing shall consist of double skin metal cladding
with Poly Urethane Foam (PUF). PUF must be made of continuous method
PU foam and must be CFC free, self-extinguishing, fire retardant type with
density 40 +/-2 kg/m3 and thermal conductivity 0.019-2.2 W/ (m.k) at
10deg.C. For roof insulation, the PUF shall be of minimum 70mm thick & for
wall insulation minimum 60mm thick. The PUF panels shall be a factory made
& ready for installation at site.
Standard panels shall have both exterior and interior facings of 26 gauge
steel galvanized and colour coated having minimum yield strength of 345
MPa and shall conform to the physical specifications of ASTM A-653 or
equivalent BIS. The zinc coating shall be by hot dip galvanization process G90
(275 g/ m2). The painting shall be baked enamel polyester (white) or silicon
polyester of approved colour with a film thickness of 25 microns. The reverse
side shall be white with 10 microns film thickness.
[Link] Doors, windows and ventilators:
SECTION 22.0
QUALITY ASSURANCE, INSPECTION & TESTING AND SAFETY
ICE-1: For these items Manufacturing Quality Plan to be approved by SPD and Joint
Inspection shall be carried out by Contractor or Contractor approved third party along with
SPD representative(s). MDCC shall be issued by SPD based on Joint inspection reports.
ICE-2: For these items Manufacturing Quality Plan to be approved by SPD and Inspection
shall be carried out by Contractor or Contractor approved third party & MDCC shall be
issued by SPD based on the inspection reports submitted by Contractor.
ICE-3: For these items, dispatch clearances shall be issued by the Contractor based on Test
Reports/COC/ Test Certificates. Test reports shall be submitted to SPD for record.
22.1.4. In the end of the inspection, MoM will be made and if found satisfactory by the SPD
Engineer, Provisional Material Dispatch Clearance may be issued as a part of MoM.
However, Material Dispatch Clearance Certificate (MDCC) shall be issued from SPD HQ
on receipt of request from Contractor, along with the Inspection reports / Documents
as per approved MQP and after scrutiny of the same. SPD has the right to cancel the
previously given Provisional Material Dispatch clearance, if any discrepancy found in
the submitted Reports.
22.1.5. No dispatches shall be made by the supplier without obtaining Provisional Material
Dispatch Clearance / MDCC from SPD. Wherever reworks are involved, re-inspections
shall be conducted and all expenditure towards the same shall be borne by the
Contractor.
22.2. Field Inspection & Testing
22.2.1. Field Quality Plans (FQP) shall detail out all the site activities, tests / checks to be
carried out during receipt, unloading, storage, erection of the equipment and have
attachments of OEM documents like Erection & commissioning manuals, inspection
procedure and other reference documents. FQP will be mutually discussed and
finalized preferably in the format suggested by SPD during Detailed Engineering. In
these Field Quality Plans, Contractor / SPD shall indicate customer hold points (CHP),
i.e., test/checks which shall be carried out in presence of SPD/ Project Manager or his
authorized representative and beyond which the work will not proceed without
consent of SPD in writing.
22.3. SAFETY
For Safety requirements, refer to Section 10 of Volume-1B.
22.4. Drawings & Documents: During Detailed Engineering the following particulars of the
"Quality Assurance, Inspection & Testing" shall be submitted for approval by SPD.
1) MQP for All the Individual Equipment / Systems as listed in 22.1.3 above and other
equipment / systems as applicable.
2) FQP for AC Works
3) FQP for DC Works
4) FQP for Civil works
SECTION 23.0
SPARES, TOOLS & TACKLES AND DOCUMENTS
23.3.2. General formats and Content: All the drawings shall contain material list, brief
description of components, make of bought out component, overall dimensions,
dimensions to check the suitability of the equipment, dimensions relevant to other
facilities. These drawings shall show sufficient overall dimensions, clearances and space
requirements of all apparatus to be furnished, to enable SPD to determine the design
and layout of the installation.
23.3.3. The Contractor shall not, without SPD’s prior written consent, disclose the contract or
any provision thereof or any specification, plan, drawing, pattern therewith to any
person other than person employed by the Contractor in performance of the contract.
Disclosure to any such employed person shall be made in confidence and shall extend
strictly for purpose of performance only.
23.3.4. With the delivery of equipment, following shall be supplied:
a) All approved drawings& documents relevant to the equipment &Certified
dimension drawings including details of all parts subject to wear and breakage.
b) Instruction in English language for unpacking, assembly and erection of all
equipment including handling / unpacking / erection drawings / sketches.
c) Instruction in English language for operation and maintenance of equipment and
control.
d) Spare parts lists with drawings, specification, and manufacturer’s catalogue.
e) Complete list of items detailing individual items with ratings, capacity, services
etc.
23.3.5. On successful completion of PG Test Period for the Project, and on completion of each
year of O&M Period, the following shall be supplied:
a) PG Test Evaluation Report.
b) Operation log book for 1 year
c) Power export log for 1 year
d) Inventory of spares at project site
e) As-Built Drawings – Where ever corrections involved
f) List and description of major maintenance works done on equipment and
buildings
g) Off Take Constrain Registers
h) Stock List of Mandatory Spares
23.4. For Closure of the contract, the contractor has to submit Completion Report
highlighting all major milestone events, module & inverter ID list, Spares list with part
number, Mandatory Spares, Transfer of Live Warranty by OEM for Specified Equipment
after O&M Period to SPD for the remaining period, do’s and don’ts, special
instructions, lessons learnt, Project potential, etc.
SECTION 24.0
24.1.7 Follow up of all the required activities to obtain State / Central Electrical Inspectors
approval for the installation and carrying out any changes called for by the Inspector
shall be carried out without extra cost to SPD.
24.1.8 Based on the individual equipment approval status, Statutory clearances and readiness
of the required equipment, the startup and commissioning of the Power Project shall
be executed by the Contractor in a planned coordinated sequence along with the
power evacuation system.
24.2. COMMISSIONING & PART COMMISSIONING: The Definition of Commissioning & Part
Commissioning shall be referred in Commercial Volume of the Contract agreement.
24.3. SCHEDULED COMMERCIAL OPERATION DATE (SCOD): The Definition of SCOD shall be
referred in Commercial Volume of the Contract agreement.
24.4. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE TEST (PG TEST): This PG test has to be carried out to
monitor and assess the overall plant performance, both in short term basis and long
term basis. After SCOD, the contractor shall notify in writing to SPD, that the project is
ready for PG Test as per contract requirements. All auxiliary systems shall be taken into
service before commencement of PG Test of the plant. Any special equipment,
instrumentation, tools and tackles and manpower required for the successful
completion of the PG Test shall be provided by the contractor free of cost. The
accuracy class of the instrumentation shall be as per the relevant clause of documents.
The PG test shall be conducted based on the PG test procedure as briefly described
below and the Detailed PG test procedure along with requisite forms /Checklists
/Manuals & Calibration Certificates of the Instruments used for PG Test shall be
submitted by the contractor for approval by SPD's Site In charge. This test shall be
conducted in the presence of SPD and shall be binding on all the parties of the Contract
to determine compliance of the equipment with the functional guarantee.
On verification of the above and approval by SPD, PG Test shall be carried out from a
mutually agreed date, (Which shall be scheduled within 2 months from the date of
SCOD) for a period of 90 Days consecutively.
24.5.1. The procedure for PG Test: The procedure for PG Test is briefly furnished below.
1. The Annual Estimated Net Energy Export & Month wise Estimated Net Energy
Export for the Total capacity as in Technical Schedule -1, approved by SPD during
detailed Engineering shall be the basis of PG Test.
2. The Actual Net Energy Export Readings recorded at the Metering Station at the
Delivery points in kWh and the actual GHI values in kWh/m2, Average Ambient
Temperature in Degree Celsius and Wind Speed in m/Sec shall be the Primary Data.
These readings shall be noted by the Contractor and shall be monitored & Certified
by the Site in charge of SPD on daily basis for entire PG Test period.
3. Effect of any other meteorological parameters shall not be considered except for
the above 3 mentioned meteorological parameters.
4. The above actual values shall be measured and recorded at site as described in
Section 13.
24.5.2. PG Test Calculations: Technical Schedule - 2 is the Format adapted from IEC 61724-3,
for the PG Test calculations and Calculation of Compensation for the
underperformance, if any.
Following factors shall be considered for computing the Expected Net Energy Export
and shortfall (if any).
a) Actual measured GHI, Tamb and Wind Speed.
b) Grid outage or unavailability of power evacuation system: Generation loss due to
Grid outage or unavailability of power evacuation system for the reason not
attributable to the Contractor, the GHI measured during the period of outage of
the power evacuation system shall be excluded to calculate the Actual Average
GHI value.
A separate Register shall be maintained from SCOD throughout the contract
Period to record such events with relevant details like Timing, Cause and the
Measured Average GHI values etc. by the Contractor and submitted to the SPD
Site In-charge immediately after the resumption of Grid for approval. Based on the
data of such register, Technical Schedule-3 shall be prepared to arrive at the
'Actual Average GHI values Considering Grid Outage' and got approved by SPD
after the resumption of Grid.
c) Back down /Surrender Constrain: Back down / Surrender of Power might be
ordered by the authorities on account of events like consideration of grid security
or safety of any equipment or personnel or any other conditions warranting Back
down / Surrender of Power. If the reason for the Back down / surrender is not
attributable to the Contractor, the GHI measured during such duration of Back
down / Surrender shall be calculated as described in Technical Schedule 3 and got
approved by SPD on such Back down days.
A separate Register shall be maintained from SCOD throughout the contract
Period to record such events with relevant details like Back down / Surrender
Order references, Timing, the Quantum of Surrendered Power in MW, Measured
Average GHI values for the period etc. by the Contractor and submitted to the SPD
Site In-charge immediately after the withdrawal of Back down / Surrender for
approval. Based on the data of such register, Technical Schedule-3 shall be
prepared to arrive at the modified GHI values. The Entries shall be got approved by
SPD each time after Normalization.
d) The Expected Net Energy Export shall be calculated using the actual measured GHI,
Tamb and Wind Speed by feeding them in the PVSYST software, keeping all the
other Parameters fixed as per the approved design values to meet out the
Expected Net Energy Export.
e) The PG Test shall be repeated in case of outage of any one of the following
equipment for more than 7 days continuously.
1. Evacuation System Equipment including Extended Bay & metering at
33/400KV PSS.
2. Inverter Duty transformer
3. Inverter
4. SCADA System
5. Pyranometer, Ambient Temperature & Wind Speed Sensors.
24.5.3. Evaluation of PG Test Results:
a) If short fall in Actual Net Energy Export is observed in the Monthly PG Test
Calculations, the contractor shall analyze the reasons for such shortfall and submit a
report with the proposed necessary corrective actions for strict implementation to
improve the generation in the subsequent months and implement the corrective
actions without any cost.
b) After the end of the PG Test, the contractor shall submit the following records and
approved documents within ten working days.
1. Technical Schedule - 2
2. Technical Schedule – 3
3. Authenticated measured Data (Net Energy Export, GHI, Tambient & Wind
Speed).
4. PVSYST simulation report along with all input Data and files (Met. Data,
PAN, OND, Etc.)
c) On verification and perusal of the above documents submitted for the PG Test
Period, if the Actual measured Net Energy Export is found to be equal or more than
the Expected Net Energy Export in the PG Test Calculations as per Technical
Schedule-2, then successful completion of PG Test will be declared by SPD.
d) If there is a shortfall in the Expected Net Energy Export in the PG Test Calculations,
the Contractor shall repeat the PG Test for another 90 days by following the same
procedure furnished above, after taking corrective actions like necessary
modifications/replacements/repowering to avoid the short fall in energy. At least 10
days Prior to start of the 2nd PG Test, the Contractor shall notify in writing to SPD,
that the Project is ready for 2nd PG Test along with the list of
modifications/replacements/repowering carried out. The Date of Commencement
of the second PG Test shall be scheduled in such a way that PG Test completes well
before one year from the COD.
e) SPD may accept the plant with Compensation for deficiency in the Contract
Execution of the Project, that shall be levied for the quantum of such short fall as
per the calculation method described in Technical Schedule - 2 for the following 2
cases:
1. At the end of the Second PG Test Period, if there is a shortfall in the Expected Net
Energy Export in the 2nd PG Test Calculations.
2. In case Contractor could not complete the PG test within One year from COD, the
period from COD till completion of one year shall be considered as PG Test Period
and the Annual Net Exported Energy and Annual GHI values measured during this
one year shall be used in Technical Schedule - 2 for calculation of Shortfall in
Expected Net Energy Export and for declaration of the PG Test Result.
24.5.4. Final Takeover: The contractor shall refer to commercial volume for details on final
take over.
SECTION 25.0
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M)
25.1 GENERAL
Operation & Maintenance (O&M) of entire SPP till extended bay at point of connection
shall be undertaken by the Contractor, at free of cost for the warranty period of 12
Months from SCOD and paid O&M of SPP for a period of 3 years after the warranty
period.
Free O&M of the commissioned Blocks of the SPP till SCOD is also in the scope of
Contractor, to ensure maximum generation.
The Contractor shall carry out O&M activities for the entire Solar PV Power Plant
including its associated civil structures, approach roads, Power export substation and
control room buildings, Entire power evacuation system comprising of laid cables,
interfacing bays & allied equipment in the connecting substation till the terminal point
of connectivity, Gate complex, Security Buildings, Garden etc., The O & M activities also
includes Security of the entire Power Plant Land & Equipment.
Operation work includes day-to-day operation of Solar PV Power Plant in co-ordination
with the concerned LDC/Solar park authorities including the power evacuation system,
maintenance of LT, and HT system up to the terminal point of grid connectivity and
maintenance of all Civil Works.
25.1.1 The Contractor shall furnish proposed maintenance (preventive) schedule for the
operation and maintenance of the power plant including the complete power
evacuation system up to the point of grid connectivity. The long-term maintenance/
replacement schedule indicating the unit replacement of parts/ equipment, if any, shall
also be furnished considering the life of such parts/ equipment. Equipment overhaul
schedule indicating the loss of generation during such periods, if any, and the proposed
catch-up plans for maintaining the scheduled/ committed generation shall also be
furnished.
25.1.2 The operation & maintenance staff for the Solar PV power plant including the power
evacuation system shall be available at all times in the plant premises.
25.1.3 The Contractor shall maintain attendance register for all their staff deployed for
carrying out jobs on regular basis and shall be produced for verification on demand by
authorized personnel of SPD.
25.1.4 The Contractor shall ensure that all safety measures are taken at the site to avoid the
accidents to his employees or his Sub Contractor employees.
25.1.5 In order to ensure longevity, safety of the core equipment and optimum performance
of the system, the Contractor shall use only genuine spares of high-quality standards.
25.1.6 The O&M is inclusive of replacement of parts/equipment, spares, consumables, etc.
25.2 SCOPE
25.2.1 The Contractor shall provide operation and maintenance staff for the entire Solar
Power Plant including the power evacuation system for day-to-day operation and
maintenance. The operation and maintenance personnel shall be qualified, certified by
competent authorities and well trained so that they can handle any type of operational
hazards quickly and timely. The responsibility of providing suitable Personal Protection
Equipment rests solely with the Contractor.
25.2.2 The security of the Solar Power Plant including power evacuation system will rest with
the Contractor, till such time, the operation and maintenance of the power plant and
its auxiliaries have been finally taken over by SPD after completion of the O&M
contract period.
25.2.3 The maintenance personnel shall be in a position to check and test all the equipment
regularly, so that, preventive maintenance, could be taken well in advance to save any
equipment from damage. Abnormal behaviour of any equipment shall be brought to
the notice of SPD not later than 2 hours for taking appropriate action.
25.2.4 All repairing & replacement works are to be completed by the Contractor within
reasonable time from the time of occurrence of fault or defect. If it is not possible to
set right the equipment within reasonable time, the Contractor shall notify SPD
indicating nature of fault & cause of damage etc. within 12 hours from the time of
occurrence of the fault.
25.2.5 During operation and maintenance, if there is any loss or damage to any component of
the power plant and the evacuation system due to miss-management/ miss-handling
or due to any other reasons, what so ever, the Contractor shall be responsible for
immediate replacement / rectification of the same. The damaged component may be
repaired, if it is understood after examination that performance of the components
shall not be degraded after repairing, otherwise the defective components shall have
to be replaced by new one without any extra cost to SPD.
25.2.6 Regular operation and maintenance of the Solar PV Power Plant and Power Evacuation
System including water supply system and submission of daily performance data of the
power plant. The Contractor shall maintain log book in this respect to clearly record the
date of checking & comments for action taken etc.
25.2.7 The scope of operation and maintenance includes all equipment/accessories of the
Solar Power Plant and the Power Evacuation System up to the Grid Connecting
Substation. Proper records of operation of the entire Power Plant System are to be
kept as per direction of SPD.
25.2.8 Cleaning of the Power Plant including array yard on regular basis.
25.2.9 Cleaning of module surface shall be done periodically taking in to account of the
measured Soiling Ratio from the soiling stations, in such a way to maximize Generation.
25.2.10 Normal and preventive maintenance of the Power Plant including power evacuation
system such as tightening of all electrical connections, Line accessories, Transformers
and associated switchgears, Circuit Breakers, protective equipment at Point of
connection etc.
25.2.11 Keeping & recording daily log sheet as per approved format for the Power Plant System
to be supplied after commissioning of the Power Plant.
25.2.12 Under no circumstances, the operator shall run the power plant damaging the
substation or grid.
25.2.13 Contractor employees shall use no part of the power plant building for residential or
any other purpose except for running the plant.
25.2.14 The Contractor shall submit monthly Performance report of Solar PV Power Plant
indicating cumulative energy export data as per approved format within three days of
the following month. The reporting shall also include any mismatch or abnormality in
the performance of the power plant based on SCADA details review. Day to day
coordination with SPD authorities and sending details required by them are also under
the scope of the O & M contract.
25.2.15 The Contractor shall preserve all recorded data in either/both manual or Digital
formats as required by the contract and shall submit to SPD every month.
25.2.16 The Contractor shall develop & maintain the garden, which will be developed by the
Contractor himself as per landscaping including daily watering and manuring as and
when necessary and on regular basis.
25.2.17 During operation and maintenance period, the Contractor shall refill the fire
extinguishers as per manufacturer’s recommendation before expiry.
25.3 TOOLS AND TACKLES
Tools and tackles is not a supply item. A list of tools and tackles which are required for
O & M of the solar power plant including the power evacuation scheme along with the
separate list of special tools supplied along with the equipment, if any, shall be
furnished to SPD during commencement of the O&M period. Such tools and tackles
shall be maintained by the Contractor in good condition for use during the O&M
period. Regular maintenance tools and tackles may be taken back by the Contractor
after completion of O & M period. However, the special tools & Tackles supplied by the
respective OEMs shall be handed over to SPD in good condition.
25.4 TESTING INSTRUMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS
All details like Make, Type, Numbers, Range, Accuracy, etc. of onsite testing
instruments / equipment shall be furnished to SPD during commencement of the O&M
period. Details of equipment / instrument, make, numbers, range, accuracy, etc shall
be furnished to SPD.
25.6.2 O&M Performance Calculations: Technical Schedule - 4 is the Format for the Data
collection during O&M and Calculation of Compensation for the underperformance, if
any, from the Expected Net Energy Export (O&M) as applicable.
The performance of the entire capacity of the plant shall be monitored monthly by the
short fall, if any, in the Expected Net Energy Export using the Technical Schedule - 4.
Following factors shall be considered for computing the Expected Net Energy Export
(O&M) and shortfall (if any).
a) Actual Meteorological parameters– GHI values, Ambient Temperature and Wind
Speed.
b) Grid outage or unavailability of power evacuation system: Generation loss due to
Grid outage or unavailability of power evacuation system for the reason not
attributable to the Contractor, the measured GHI of the period of the outage of
the power evacuation system shall be excluded to calculate the Monthly Actual
Average GHI value.
A separate Register shall be maintained during contract Period to record such
events with relevant details like Timing, Cause and the Measured Average GHI
values etc. by the Contractor and submitted to the SPD Site In-charge immediately
after the resumption of Grid for approval. Based on the data of such register,
Technical Schedule 3 shall be prepared to arrive at the 'Actual Average GHI values
Considering Grid Outage' and got approved by SPD after the resumption of Grid.
c) Back down /surrender Constrain: Back down / Surrender of Power might be
ordered by the authorities on account of events like consideration of grid security
or safety of any equipment or personnel or any other conditions warranting Back
down / Surrender of Power. If the reason for the Back down / surrender is not
attributable to the Contractor, the GHI measured during such duration of Back
down / Surrender shall be calculated as described in Technical Schedule 3 and got
approved by SPD on such Back down days.
A separate Register shall be maintained during the contract Period to record such
events with relevant details like Back down / Surrender Order references, Timing,
the Quantum of Surrendered Power in MW, Measured Average GHI values for the
period etc. by the Contractor and submitted to the SPD Site In-charge immediately
after the withdrawal of Back down / Surrender for approval. Based on the data of
such register, Technical Schedule 4 shall be prepared to arrive at modified GHI
value due to Back-Down for the month. The Entries shall be got approved by SPD
each time after Normalization.
d) In case of outage of any one of the following equipment for more than the
stipulated days as indicated below continuously in any Quarter, then the quarterly
payment of O&M Contract value for the respective Quarter will be reduced for the
quantum of such outage duration.
1. SCADA System - 3 Days
SECTION 26.0
SUB VENDORS & SUB CONTRACTORS
The Contractor shall supply the class I items from the approved Manufacturers only.
26.1.2 The Contractor shall furnish in their bid, the proposed list of sub vendor(s) for each of
the bought out items of both class - I and II.
authenticated documents.
The consolidated list of accepted Sub Vendors & Sub Vendors enlisted for future
acceptance under category I and category II will be made available to the Contractor
in the contract agreement. Similar
26.1.4 For all other components/equipment/systems which are not figuring in the bought out
items list, Contractor’s standard practice of selecting of vendors may be carried out.
I. Electrical Items
1 Solar PV modules NA
Pyranometer: Kipp&Zonen.
24 Module Cleaning
system
25 Surge Arrestor
26 Isolator
1. Module Mounting
Structure (MMS)
Transmission line
2. structures (if
applicable)
Pre-Engineered
3.
Building material (if
applicable)
B. Class II items:
Sl. No Equipment list for Class II items Category I Sub Vendor names
Note: In case, the contractor is proposing a Vendor who has already supplied the
specific material/equipment to NLCIL but the same is not in the above list, such Vendor
shall be considered as Category-I after due verification.
Acceptance Criteria:
In case the Contractor is engaging Sub Contractors / Agencies for the PV Solar Project
Works in the fields of Civil, Electrical, Control & Instrumentation, Mechanical etc. for
the following works, approval shall be obtained from SPD before engaging them as
sub- Contractor / Agencies for the works.
1) Solar Project Design Consultancy works.
2) Erection works – AC Works & DC Works.
3) Civil & Structural works – MMS, MCR, ICR, Evacuation system.
4) Third party Inspection works
5) Third Party Commissioning works
6) O&M works
7) Security Services
Approval shall be given by SPD, based on the request by the Contractor for the
approval along with the following documentary evidence.
1) Contract award copy to show that similar works were carried out by the Sub
Contractor / Agency as on the original scheduled date of Tender opening.
2) Performance certificate (End user’s certificate) to show that the job referred
above has been completed satisfactorily.
Site Works: In case the Contractor engages sub contractors for minor works at site apart from
the above listed works, approval shall be obtained from the SPD’s Site In-charge by submitting
an undertaking for any action, deficiency, and/or negligence on the part of the sub
contractors.
SECTION 27.0
ATTACHMENTS
27.1 The following Annexure / Technical Schedules referred at the respective clauses are
attached in this section.
Annexure -1
List of Category II Sub Vendors for Bought out Items
(Contractor to Propose and Submit during Bid)
Class I items:
Sl. Equipment list for Class I items Sub Vendor Name(s)
No I. Electrical Items
1 Solar PV modules NA
2 Central Inverter
3 String Combiner & Monitoring Unit
4 Inverter Duty Transformer
5 Grid Tie Power Transformer
6 HT Auxiliary Transformer
7 LT Panel
8 HT Switchgear
9 Instrument Transformers
10 HT Power cables
11 LT Power cables
12 DC Cables
13 HT OH Line Conductors
14 HT OH Line Insulators
15 Battery Charger
16 UPS
17 Batteries
18 SCADA
19 C&R Panel
20 Numerical Relays
21 Transformer Fire protection system / NIFPS
22 Fire detection alarm panel
23 ABT Energy Meter
24 WMS (Class A meteorological Sensors and
data loggers)
25. Tracker System
26. Module Cleaning system
27. Surge Arrestor
28. Isolator
II. Civil Items
1. Module Mounting Structure (MMS)
2. Transmission line structures (if applicable)
3. Pre-Engineered Building material (if applicable)
Class II items:
Sl. Equipment list for Class II items Sub Vendor Name(s)
No
1 Cable termination kits
2 LED Lamp fixtures for indoor
3 LED Flood light fittings for outdoor
Annexure – 2
List of Mandatory Spares
Sr. No Description Unit & Quantity
Spares related to Solar PV Modules
1 Solar PV Module NA
2 Module Mounting Structure (MMS) 0.25% of total population for each type
3 Module Connector Set (Male & Female) with wire 0.25% of total population for each type
Spares related to SCMBs
4 String Combiner & Monitoring Box 2% of total population
5 DC fuses 25 nos. of each type and rating
6 Surge Protection Devices 2% of total population
Spares related to 33kV Switchgear
33kV Circuit Breakers 1 no. of each type for interchangeable
7
rating
8 33 KV Current Transformer for HT switchgear 1 no. of each type and rating
9 33 KV Potential Transformer for HT switchgear 1 no. of each type and rating
10 33 KV Bus Potential Transformer 1 no. of each type and rating
11 33 KV Surge Arrestor for HT switchgear 3 no. of each type and rating
12 33 KV Isolators (As Applicable) 1 no. of each type and rating
13 Earthing Trolley (Bus Earth & Cable Earth) 1 no. of each type
Numerical relay for 33kV HT Switchgear (PCSS, 1 no. of each type
14
PESS & PSS)
15 Auxiliary Relays 1 no. of each type
33kV Switchgear-Voltage Detecting Insulator (VDI) 10% of total population
16
and Voltage Presence Indicator (VPI) as applicable
Spares related to Inverters
17 Electronic Cards 5% of total population for each type
18 IGBT Unit for Inverters 5% of total population
19 Semiconductor Fuse 5% of total population
20 All the Other Fuses used in Inverter 25 nos. of each rating
21 Cooling System Fans 10 nos. of each Type
22 Air Filters 5% of total population
Spares related to SCADA
23 SCADA ethernet switch 1 no of each type
24 CPU / PLC 1 no of each type
25 I/O Modules 2 nos of each type
26 Power Supply Module 1 no of each type
Spares related to Cables
27 DC Solar Cable (SPV Module to SCMB) 10 km
28 DC Cable (SCB to PCU) of highest size 2 km
29 AC Cable from inverter to Inverter transformer 1 km
30 HT Cable 33kV (PCSS to PESS) of highest size NA
31 HT Cable 33kV (PESS to EHV Tie-transformer) NA
32 HT Cable 33kV Jointing /Termination Kits 2 nos of each type
Technical Schedule – 1
(To be submitted during Detailed Engineering)
MONTHLY & ANNUAL ESTIMATED NET ENERGY EXPORT VALUES
SPP Unit Place:
SPP Unit Capacity:
Sl. No. Month Estimated Estimated
Average Net Energy
GHI Values Export
(kWh/m2) (MU)
1 January
2 February
3 March
4 April
5 May
6 June
7 July
8 August
9 September
10 October
11 November
12 December
Annual Values
Note:
1. The Month-wise Average Global Radiation on horizontal surface (kWh/m2/ Day) shall be
taken for the Co-ordinates of the Location (Latitude: 11.520 N & Longitude: 79.470 E)
from the SOLARGIS database.
2. The Reference Solar PV Module details, mandatory Losses and other parameters to be
considered during PVSYST Simulation are as listed below.
(±3) mm
Bifaciality factor - 70 %
Rear shading factor - 5.0%
Rear mismatch loss - 10.0%
3. Inverter Characteristics As per contractor's design
4. Array Soiling Losses 2%
5. Thermal Loss factor Uc-29 Watts/m2-K
Uv-0.0 Watts/m2-K
6. Wiring Ohmic Loss (DC) 1.5%
7. LID - Light Induced Degradation Loss 1.0 %
8. Module Quality Loss 0%
9. IAM Losses As per PV Module
Characteristics
10. Module & String mismatch losses 1.1 %
11. AC Wiring loss (From Inverter to Delivery 2.0%
point)
12. Transformer Loss As per datasheet (max. 1.1%)
13. System Unavailability Loss 1.0% (in 3 periods and one
period each in Mar, Jun, Nov)
14. Auxiliary Loss 3 Watts/kW
* Based on the actual Solar PV Module data, the parameters may be modified suitably as
per site conditions.
3. The PVSYST Reports with simulation parameters / variants, shading diagrams,
production charts, loss diagrams, OND files of Inverters etc. are to be furnished for both
reference module and SPD supplied module.
4. The Generation of the PVSYST Report considering the reference module and above given
parameters shall not be less than the Estimated Net Energy Export value of 1035.10MU
(410MW)/1009.85MU (400MW) and this shall be submitted during bidding.
5. PVSYST report with SPD's Module datasheet shall be generated by keeping all the other
parameters of the report in point (4) above, fixed and replacing the PAN file of reference
module with the PAN file provided by SPD. The generation arrived in this report shall be
furnished in the Technical Schedule-1 table given above which will be the basis for PG
Test (Technical Schedule-2) and Performance evaluation during O&M (Technical
Schedule-4).
6. The following module available in the PVSYST Software shall be considered as reference
module for PVSYST Simulation and shall be used for bidding purpose only.
Manufacturer: Jinkosolar
Model:LJKM-560N-72HL4-BDV Bifacial
Technical Schedule – 2
Calculation of PG Test Results & Methodology for levying Compensation for Energy Short fall
PG Test Number:
Date of Commencement of the PG Test Period:
Date of Completion of the PG Test Period:
Ʃ Value (Added
Values of
S. No. Description Unit Methodology Month 1 Month 2 Month 3 Month 4
Month 1, 2, 3
and 4)
A Month (Jan to Dec)
B Total Number Days in the Month Nos.
C Number of PG Test Days Nos. 90
Estimated Net Energy Export of the Taken from Technical
D (kWh)
Month Schedule 1
Estimated Net Energy Export of the
E month corrected to the number of (kWh) D x (C/B) ƩE
PG Test days
Actual Net Energy Export derived
F from measurements at Delivery (kWh) ƩF
Point
Expected Net Energy Export,
considering Actual GHI, Tamb, Wind
G (kWh) ƩG
Speed, Grid Outage and Back down
by simulation in the PVSYST
Short Fall in Expected Net Energy, if (G-F)
H (kWh) ƩH
any, during PG Test Period. (Expected - Actual)
i. The data shall be filled in appropriately by the contractor as the PG Test progresses and shall be submitted to SPD on a monthly basis for
verification. This Record is to be maintained throughout the PG Test Period by the Contractor and submitted to SPD on completion of PG Test
period.
ii. If Actual measured Net Energy Export (ƩF) is equal or more than the Expected Net Energy Export (ƩG) in the above Calculations (i.e., ƩH is 0 or
negative), then successful completion of PG Test will be declared by SPD.
iii. If Actual measured Net Energy Export (ƩF) is less than the Expected Net Energy Export (ƩG) in the above Calculations (i.e., ƩH is
positive),Compensation on account of short fall in Energy during PG test period shall be levied (L = J x K).
iv. The commercial document of contract shall be referred for the other details on Compensation and for applicable GST on Compensation
amount payable by contractor.
Technical Schedule – 3
Format for Actual Average GHI Values During Grid Outage/Backdown (GO/BD)
Billing Cycle Month:
.....
31
Note: The adjusted GHI values shall be used in the Hourly Input File of PVSYST Software.
Technical Schedule – 4
Calculation of O&M Performance Test Results & Methodology for levying Compensation for Energy Short fall
1. The data shall be filled in appropriately by the contractor as the O&M progresses and shall be submitted to SPD for verification on a
monthly basis. This Record is to be maintained throughout the O&M Period by the Contractor and submitted to SPD on completion of a
financial year and O&M Contract.
2. The Year wise Estimated Net Energy Export for Free O&M period of one year and Paid O&M period of 3 years is given below.
3.
TABLE - 1: Year wise Estimated Net Energy Export
S No O&M year Estimated Net Energy Export (MU)
1 Warranty Year Y= Taken from Technical Schedule 1
2 First Y1= (1-X%) X Y
3 Second Y2= (1-X%) X Y1
4 Third Y3= (1-X%) X Y2
Here, X - Annual degradation value of the Solar PV Module to be supplied by SPD.
Ʃ Value
(Added
S. No. Description Unit Methodology Month 1 .... .... Month 13 values of
Month1 to
Month13)
A Month& number of O&M days …. ….
Actual Net Energy Export derived
B from measurements at Delivery (kWh) ƩB
Point
Expected Net Energy Export,
c considering Actual GHI, Tamb, Wind (kWh) ƩC
Speed, Grid Outage, Backdown and
Technical Schedule – 5
MONTHLY & ANNUAL EXPECTED NET ENERGY EXPORT WITH ACTUAL GHI, Tamb, WIND SPEED, GRID OUTAGE, BACKDOWN
2 February
3 March
4 April
5 May
6 June
7 July
8 August
9 September
10 October
11 November
12 December
Annual Values Y
Signature and Seal of the Site Incharge/SPD. Signature and Seal of the Contractor.
Note:
1. The PVSYST Reports with simulation parameters / variants, shading diagrams, production charts, loss diagrams etc. are to be furnished.
TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS
(To be submitted during Bidding)
1. PVSYST Report with Reference Module.
A Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) is crucial in the e-tender process because it is mandatory for the submission of bids; without it, the system will not accept the bid submissions . Digital signatures ensure the authenticity and integrity of the submitted bids by verifying the identity of the bidder, thereby preventing fraud and ensuring that the submitted bids are legally binding . The absence of a DSC can lead to the rejection of the bid, as the submission process cannot be completed without digitally signing the bids . Additionally, failing to use a DSC could result in the bidder being excluded from the tender process, thus missing the opportunity to participate in the contract award .
Obtaining approval for a point of connection is crucial for ensuring that a solar power plant can safely and legally connect to the grid before the plant is charged or made operational. This involves coordination with statutory authorities such as the Central Electricity Authority (CEA) to comply with national and state regulations. The process includes submitting detailed drawings, technical documents, and necessary applications to these authorities. The contractor must assist in preparing these documents and coordinate with relevant authorities to expedite the approval process . This approval is essential to ensure that the power evacuation system and other installations meet the required standards and regulations, thereby facilitating the seamless integration of the solar power plant into the existing electrical grid .
The contractor is responsible for ensuring safety at the construction site by organizing the work to prevent endangerment of workmen and providing temporary access as required for the erection work . They must set up a suitable safety organization at the site, adhere to statutory safety, health, and pollution control measures, and are liable for any accidents due to negligence, including compensating for injuries . The contractor must also provide necessary safety equipment like shoes, helmets, and life-saving jackets and ensure their workers do not work without these safety measures . Regarding equipment, the contractor is prohibited from disposing of or transporting any tools, tackles, or materials without prior written approval from the purchaser . The contractor must maintain insurance coverage for equipment against risks until the plant is provisionally taken over by the purchaser and is liable for any loss or damage during handling, transportation, storage, or erection .
To ensure compliance with performance guarantee tests, the contractor must conduct a demonstration by commissioning engineers/specialists and carry out successful tests for 90 days following the Scheduled Commercial Operation Date (SCOD). The contractor must also complete the PG within one year from the SCOD and ensure the warranty for the inverters and other equipment is honored as per the contract requirements .
Maintaining electronic bids with digital signatures is significant as it ensures the authenticity and integrity of the submitted bids, making them legally binding . This system enforces digital signature requirements by rejecting any bids not digitally signed, thereby maintaining strict adherence to security protocols . Moreover, the digital signature provides a verifiable means of ensuring that the bid comes from the genuine bidder and has not been tampered with, reinforcing the credibility of the e-tendering process . Any unsigned or improperly signed bids are deemed non-responsive, and the system does not accept them .
Contractors must minimize interference with other contractors and tradesmen, promptly addressing any injuries or damages related to their work. The contractor should notify the purchaser/consultant of any discrepancies or potential delays caused by other contractors and resolve conflicts as directed by the purchaser/consultant .
The contractor must keep the purchaser/consultant informed in advance about field activity plans and schedules. Regular updates, coordination meetings, and adherence to decisions taken in these meetings are vital for scheduling and resolving any operational disputes. Despite this coordination, the contractor retains full responsibility for meeting all field activity obligations .
During the AMC period, if a breakdown occurs, the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) must send a representative within 72 hours to address the issue. For minor faults, not affecting generation, such as communication or display issues, a seven-day rectification window is provided to fix the faults .
Upon receiving corrigendum, amendments, or errata, the bidder must retrieve the submitted bid from the 'Saved bid' status and update it accordingly based on the new information. The updated bid must then be resubmitted before the bid closing date to ensure compliance with the new specifications; otherwise, the bid could be deemed non-compliant .
If a part of the contractor's work depends on another contractor's work, the contractor must inspect and report any defects unsuitable for proper execution promptly. Failure to do so constitutes acceptance of the previous work, except for defects developing post-completion. The contractor must inspect any preceding work execution and provide a written report to rectify discrepancies .